Precast Concrete Systems

Precast Concrete Systems
A brief introduction to CFS

Quality, innovation, support
These three words are at the heart of everything CFS
provides to the lift industry, and remain as true today as
when the business was first founded back in 2000 by
Tim Chart.
The goal of CFS is simple: provide an enhanced level of
service within the existing market, while always deliver
cost-effective, technically brilliant solutions that resolve
any application problem. Making this goal a reality is only
possible through the drive, passion and commitment of
the whole CFS team, who for over a decade have held the
companys philosophy true:
Analysis Discussion Action Result

Quality products you can trust
Ideally suited to concrete, steel or composite structures,
the highly innovative CFS product range includes lift
suspension eyes, lift frames, through bolts for guide rail
fixings, plus the newly created S-Fix secure bolt fixing.
However, the company is forever pushing to develop new

products to meet the needs of an ever-changing industry.
Product quality is also key to CFS continued success, which
is why the company is proud to be ISO 9001 certified.
Testing and technical support
CFS is a member of the LEEA Association (Lifting
Equipment Engineers Association) and fully understands
the importance of on-site testing for both safety reasons
and for peace of mind.
CFS can also provide rapid technical backup for the
many products provided, while full AutoCAD drawing
services are available. Furthermore, CFS has the services of
qualified engineers to assist with all projects and carries
professional indemnity.
Recent CFS projects include: Central St. Giles / The Cube,
Birmingham / Stratford Olympic Village / UCLH Hospital.
Contents
1
Lifting Systems Design Criteria
Lifting Sockets
Fixing Sockets
Spherical Head Anchors
Quick Lift Anchors
Cast-in Lifting Loops
Double Wall Lifting Anchors
Reinforcement Continuity Systems
Cast-in Channels
10
Precast Panel Support and Restraint Systems
11
MOSO Precast Panel Suspension System
12
Precast Wall Connection Wire Rope Boxes
13
CVS Staircase Connectors
14
Precast Column and Wall Shoes,

and Other Connection Systems
15
Thermokorb Balcony Connector System
16
Well Void Tube
17
ecostal Permanent Formwork for

R
Construction Joints
18
Magnetic Formwork Systems
www.cfsfixings.com
0-1
Quality and CE Certification

Lifting Components
Fixing Components
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
Construction Products Regulation (CPR) 305/211/EC
Lifting anchors, loops, eyes and chains are all covered

by the European Machinery Directive as they are lifting
accessories and an integral part of the load.
Fixing Sockets are covered

by the Construction Products
Regulation (CPR) as they are
structural steel construction
components for the permanent
works (ie not used temporarily
for construction purposes).
The requirements have been implemented in the

UK by the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
2008, as amended by the Supply of Machinery (Safety)
(Amendment) Regulations 2011.
The CE marking on our lifting products shows that the
item complies with the Machinery Directive and that
they are safe to use. This same requirement has now
been implemented as national law in all countries in the
European Economic Area and in Switzerland.
The Machinery Directive outlines the process for
designing and marking the steel. Manufacturing is in
accordance with BS EN 1090. The Machinery Directive
does not make any consideration of the failure of
concrete and there is no UK or European Harmonised
Standard for considering the failure of lifting inserts.
The best practice guidance in the industry
currently is the Association of German
Engineers (VDI) Guidance Document for Lifting
Insert Systems VDI/BV-BS-6205 April 2012
This has not yet been adopted as a national or European
Standard, however CFS products follow this guidance
to ensure our sockets provide our customers with the
highest quality standards available on the market. In
addition to this, we believe the technical support we
can provide is amongst the most comprehensive and
responsive in the market.
Machinery
Directive
2006/42/EC
0-2
Association
of German
Engineers
Guidance
VDI/BV-BS-6205
www.cfsfixings.com
Best Practice
The CE marking on our fixing products shows that the

item complies with the Construction Products Regulation
and that they are safe to use. The Construction Products
Regulation outlines the process for designing and
marking the steel. Manufacturing is in accordance with
BS EN 1090.
Harmonised European Standards
Most of our fixing products do not come under a
harmonised European standard. Alternatively the
production standard EN 1090 is used. In addition, if
required for safety-critical applications perhaps for example
in the rail and nuclear sectors, we have some products
have enhanced approval via European Technical Approval.
This provides the highest possible product certification,
please contact CFS for advice if this is a requirement
for your application. All our sockets are designed in
accordance with best practice, providing our customers
with the highest quality standards available on the market.
The CE Process
Our CE certified products follows a best-in-class process
to provide safe products. Our high quality products are
coupled with complete and well considered technical
information and support to ensure that the right lifting
and fixing attachments and accessories are used in the
right situation.
Factory Production Control Certificate

The following is evidence of or socket manufacturer,
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Cos conformity to EN 1090.
We can provide certificates for each of our manufacturers
evidencing that our products meet BS EN 1090.
Initial Type Testing - Steel and Concrete
Determination of load capacity
Verified by Independent Technical Bodies
Manufacturing under Certified Factory

Production Control (FPC) - EN 1090
Manufacturing using Certified Raw Materials

based on European Standards
Fixing and Lifting Instructions
Product Marking
Declaration of Conformity
www.cfsfixings.com
0-3
Product Marking
How do you know if the CE mark is genuine?
Product marking is required by the Machinery Directive

and the Construction Products Regulation. This is
stamped onto our products unless the product is too
small, when it is provided as a certificate or tag.
Unfortunately even where products are marked with a CE

marking, further checks should be carried out as it may
not be genuine. There is a similar CE mark that denotes
China Export for example, which will provide you with
none of the assurance of safety that a genuine European
CE mark provides.Products should be provided with a CE
mark which refers back to a Declaration of Performance
from the manufacturer and to a Factory Production
Control (FPC) certificate and a welding certificate from
approved bodies. Please also check that the Execution
Class is adequate for your application.
It is difficult in the case of lifting equipment such as this

as the loading that the product can take is dependent
also on the element it is cast into.
Old marking used load steps where the same diameter
of socket had the same load step, independent of type.
The new load class is now a category symbol and does
not include kg or t and is the same figure as the old
load step. Users should use the load tables published in
this catalogue and the safe lifting load may be greater or
less than the load step value.
M20 Socket with load class 2.0

Declaration of Conformity
This is a formal declaration by our manufacturers that the
products meet all relevant requirements of all product
safety directives applicable. It is a sign that a product
has been designed and constructed for compliance with
relevant essential requirements, and has been through
the appropriate conformity assessment processes.
Declarations of Conformity are available for all our
products where CE markings apply.
What are your responsibilities?
The CE mark is a passport that allows accurate description
of a products properties. It does not cover its fitness for
purpose in a particular application. The designer of the
element is responsible for considering all relevant load
conditions.
This information must be passed onto the person
responsible for the unit. Contractors and precasters must
only use CE certified products and should ensure that
they have copies of the Declarations of Conformity. The
precaster has to pass on all necessary information in a
written installation instruction to the contractor on site
0-4
www.cfsfixings.com
www.cfsfixings.com
0-5
Lifting Systems
Design Criteria
1-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Lifting Systems Design Criteria
1-3
Applied Load on Each Anchor
1-5
LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

10
www.cfsfixings.com
1-2
Lifting Systems
Design Criteria
We have four main systems available for the lifting of
precast concrete units. The reasons for selection may
be technical, economic, or may be due to the lifting
equipment already owned.
CFS can supply all the accessories you need including
lifting loops, clutches and recess formers for each of
these systems.
Threaded Sockets
These are usually used for light to medium-weight units.
They are easy to install in the concrete element and may
be recessed if required.
Wavy tail anchors are particularly easy to fix as they may
require no further reinforcement. Tube and flat plate
sockets are also available, which depend on separate
reinforcement.

These anchors may be used for any lift, up to very heavy
units. They are recessed into the concrete and may
require no additional reinforcement, depending on the
application.
Quick Lift System
Cast-in Loops
This is an economic option

available for lifting light to
medium-weight precast concrete.
These
anchors requirec no further
a
accessories as the loop is attached
directly to the crane hook.
They are economic where smaller
numbers are required, as you do
not have to buy a lifting clutch.
b
They
can be used for units where
d
the area around the lifting point
is not visible in their permanent
condition, as the loop is cast into
the top of the concrete.
1-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Selection of type within an anchor system

You must consider if the anchor is to be used in the edge of
walls as (1), in slabs (2) or in beams (3), and also whether the
unit will need to be tilted using the anchor, or simply be used
for vertical lifting.
(1)
With these factors in mind, review the different types of

anchors within this catalogue to decide which is most
suitable for your application. If in doubt contact us for advice.
(2)
(3)
Load Cases
You must consider the unit over its life until it reaches its
permanent destination. The loadcases may have different
direction of action which must be considered as the anchors
have different capacities in axial, angled and shear lifting.
Axial Lift
Angled Lift up to a spread of 90, or 45

from the vertical
Shear Lift
Typically there are six possible load cases that may be critical:
1. Demoulding by vertical lift from formwork at precast yard
2. Demoulding by tilting to vertical from formwork at precast yard
3. Handling vertically at precast yard
4. Tilting onto transport or storage at precast yard
5. Tilting from transport or storage on site
6. Handling vertically on site
Typically handling at the precaster is with young concrete, but in a more
controlled manner. On site the concrete is more mature, but may receive
rougher treatment.
www.cfsfixings.com
1-4
Applied Load
on Each Anchor
The way in which a unit is lifted influences the load that
is applied to the anchors. For each load case that applies
to your unit, the following factors must be considered:
Weight of the Unit, Fv
Number of lifting points, N
This should be the unfactored weight.
Two legged slings are statically determinate. N=2
Typically:
Three legged slings are statically determinate provided

the anchors are not in one line. N=3
FG = V x FG = self weight [kN]

V = Volume [m]
= specific weight of the

precast element [kN/m]
Typically =25 kN/m
Four legged slings are statically indeterminate. It must be

assumed that only two anchors are holding the load at
any one time. N=2
A spreader beam of tri-plate can make a four legged sling
statically determinate. N=4
The use of two anchors is usual for beams and upright panels, and four anchors installed symmetrically to the load
centre is recommended for horizontal slabs.
Position of the Anchors
If the anchors cannot be placed symmetrically to the centre of gravity, the load on the anchors must to be calculated
according to simple static analysis.
1-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Chain Angles
If no spreader beam is used, the spread angle a depends
on the length of the suspending cable.
The spread angle, depends on the arrangement and
length of the suspending cables.
The resulting horizontal component increases the tensile
force on the anchor.
Spread Angle
Spread
Coefficient
15
7.5
1.01
30
15
1.04
45
22.5
1.08
60
30
1.16
75
37.5
1.26
90
45
1.41
Dynamic Factors
The dynamic process of lifting a unit adds load to the anchors. The magnitude of this dynamic effect is determined by the
choice of lifting equipment, the length and type of cable or chain, and the hoisting speed.
Cables made of steel or synthetic fibre have a damping effect that increases with cable length. The table below provides
typical values that you can use. If you are unsure as to which factor to apply please consult CFS.
Lifting Equipment
Typical Dynamic Impact Factor,
Stationary Crane, Mobile Crane, Rail-Mounted Crane
1.3
Lifting and transporting on even ground
2.5
Lifting and transporting on uneven ground
www.cfsfixings.com
1-6
Demoulding Adhesion to Formwork

Adhesion forces between the formwork and the concrete vary according to the type of formwork used.
The following may be taken as guide:
Formwork Type
Adhesion coefficient, qadh

(kN/m2)
Oiled steel formwork
Varnished timber formwork
Rough formwork
Fadh = qadh x A
Fadh = Adhesion Force [kN]
qadh = Adhesion forces [kN/m2]

A = Surface area in contact with the formwork prior to lifting [m2]
Ribbed and waffle panels cause more adhesion. Please contact CFS for advice if required.
1-7
www.cfsfixings.com
Calculation of the Action for Each Load Case

Demoulding Vertically (Loadcase 1) Axial or Angled Lift
E1=(FG + Fadh) x z
E = Action (kN)
FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
Fadh = Adhesion Force (kN)

z = Spread Coefficient
N = Number of Lifting Points
Demoulding by Tilting (Loadcase 2) Shear Lift

E2=(FG + Fadh) x z
E = Action (kN)
2N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)

Fadh = Adhesion Force (kN)

In this situation half the weight is resting on the formwork.
E3 or E6 = FG x x z

Handling Vertically (Loadcases 3 and 6) Axial or Angled Lift

E = Action (kN)
N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
= Dynamic Impact Factor

Tilting (Loadcases 4 and 5) Shear Lift

E4 or E5 = FG x x z
E = Action (kN)
2N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
= Dynamic Impact Factor
In this situation half the weight is resting on the formwork.

Capacity of anchors
The capacity of each anchor (R) is determined by several factors. These include concrete strength, anchor distance to
edges and available reinforcement.
The capacities under commonly occurring situations are found in the tables, found in each section of this catalogue.
For panels that are to be tilted from the horizontal to the vertical additional reinforcement must be applied to the
anchor to achieve the capacities quoted. The tables provided within this catalogue provide the capacity, or load
resistance of each anchor in most conditions encountered.
If you have a situation outside the conditions in this catalogue, please contact CFS with a drawing and description of
your circumstances and we will provide advice.
For each load case, ensure that
R E
R = Capacity (kN)
E = Action (kN)
www.cfsfixings.com
1-8
Lifting Sockets
2-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Socket Systems
2-3
Tube Cross-Hole Sockets
2-4
Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
2-5
Economy Cross-Hole Sockets
2-6
Lifting Capacities for Cross-Hole Sockets
2-7
Anchorage Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets
2-8
Angled Pull Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets
2-9
2-10
Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
2-11
Lifting Capacities for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
2-12
Angled Pull Reinforcement for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
2-14
Shear Reinforcement for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
2-15
Flat Steel Socket Anchors
2-16
Lifting Capacities for Flat Steel Socket Anchors
2-17
Anchorage Reinforcement for Flat Steel Socket Anchors
2-18
Angled Pull Reinforcement for Flat Steel Socket Anchors
2-19
Crown Foot Socket Anchors
2-20
Lifting Capacities for Crown Foot Socket Anchors
2-21
Anchor Reinforcement for Crown Foot Socket Anchors
2-22
Shear Reinforcement for Crown Foot Anchors
2-23
Crosspin Socket Anchors
2-24
Lifting Capacities for Crosspin Socket Anchors
2-25
Shear Reinforcement for Crosspin Socket Anchors
2-26
Lifting Loops
2-27
Rotating Eyes
2-28
Identification
2-29
Retro Eye
2-30
Accessories
2-31
Accessories
2-32
LIFTING SOCKETS
Shear Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Socket Anchors
10
www.cfsfixings.com
2-2
Socket Systems
Cross Hole Sockets
Tube Sockets
Solid Sockets
Economy Sockets
Solid Crosspin Sockets
Flat Plate Socket Anchors
Wavy Tail Anchors
Short
2-3
Long
www.cfsfixings.com
Tube Cross-Hole Sockets

d
Electroplated or stainless steel

Precision steel tube (S355)
Rd thread
The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a

reinforcement bar threaded through the cross-hole.
A pressed-plastic stopper prevents the penetration of

the concrete from below into the thread.
Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications

due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can
be applied; pipes, walls, slabs
Part No
Zinc Plated
Part No
Stainless Steel
Load Group
Dimensions of socket
CFS-LS-12
CFS-LSS-12
0.5
Rd 12
40
22
CFS-LS-16
CFS-LSS-16
1.2
Rd 16
54
27
13
mm
CFS-LS-20
CFS-LSS-20
Rd 20
69
35
15
CFS-LS-24
CFS-LSS-24
2.5
Rd 24
78
43
18
CFS-LSS-30
Rd 30
103
56
22
CFS-LSS-36
6.3
Rd 36
125
68
27
CFS-LS-42
CFS-LSS-42
Rd 42
145
80
32
CFS-LS-52
CFS-LSS-52
12.5
Rd 52
195
97
40
Essential Steps:
Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-LS-30
CFS-LS-36
Axial Pull Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8

Angled Pull Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-10
Shear Pull include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-9
www.cfsfixings.com
2-4
Precision Electroplated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod

M thread

This socket provides the highest corrosion resistance as

there is protection by solid stainless steel

These sockets may also be used as fixing sockets
Part No
Zinc Plated
Part No
Stainless Steel
Load Group
d
Outside
Diameter
g
mm
CFS-LSRH-10
CFS-LSRHS-10
0.4
M 10
50
21
16
CFS-LSRH-12
CFS-LSRHS-12
0.5
M 12
50
23
11
16
CFS-LSRH-16
CFS-LSRHS-16
1.2
M 16
75
26
14
22
CFS-LSRH-20
CFS-LSRHS-20
M 20
75
33
16
27
CFS-LSRH-24
CFS-LSRHS-24
2.5
M 24
100
42
18
32
CFS-LSRH-30
CFS-LSRHS-30
M 30
125
54
22
40
Essential Steps:
Lifting Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Fixing Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-4
2-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Economy Cross-Hole Sockets

An economical range of flat end lifting sockets
Zinc plated or Stainless Steel
M thread

Part No.
Zinc Plated
Part No.
Stainless Steel
Load Group
CFS-LSE-12
CFS-LSES-12
0.5
CFS-LSE-16
CFS-LSES-16
1.2
CFS-LSE-20
CFS-LSES-20
CFS-LSE-24
CFS-LSES-24
d
M 12
60
25
10.3
M 16
79
27
13.3
M 20
99
37
15.3
2.5
M24
112
43
17.3
mm
Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7

www.cfsfixings.com
LIFTING SOCKETS
Essential Steps:
2-6
Lifting Capacities for

Cross-Hole Sockets
Part No
Load Group
Typical Installation Conditions
Axial Load
Shear Load
Edge Distance
Element
thickness
Fv
FQ
Ccr
hcr
Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)

15
mm
25
15
25
kN
CFS-LS*-10
0.4
140
80
3.7
4.8
CFS-LS*-12
0.5
140
80
11
12
4.1
5.3
CFS-LS*-16
1.2
180
100
17
18
6.2
CFS-LS*-20
250
120
30
36
12
15.6
CFS-LS*-24
2.5
300
120
37
40
12.8
16.6
CFS-LS*-30
350
160
48
52
20.8
26.8
CFS-LS*-36
6.3
400
160
63
76
20.8
26.8
CFS-LS*-42
500
200
80
102
20.8
26.8
CFS-LS*-52
12.5
600
200
125
140
35
45
LS* - LS, LSRH or LSE

These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations.
Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Minimum reinforcement of two layers of 131mm2/m mesh.
15
Fv Fv
60
Fs Fs
FQ
hcr hcr
CcrCcr
ds
D min
D min
ds
hcr hcr
CcrCcr
D min
L1
h cr
Axial Pull Include Anchorage Reinforcement

page 2-8
2-7
Ccr
www.cfsfixings.com
Angled Pull Include Anchorage

Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled
Reinforcement page 2-9
Shear Pull include Anchorage Reinforcement

page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-10
Anchorage Reinforcement for

Cross-Hole Sockets
Cross-hole sockets must be used with anchorage reinforcement.
Part No
Load Group
Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds
Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10
0.4
250
60
CFS-LS*-12
0.5
300
60
CFS-LS*-16
1.2
12
350
70
CFS-LS*-20
12
400
80
CFS-LS*-24
2.5
16
500
116
CFS-LS*-30
16
600
135
CFS-LS*-36
6.3
20
600
150
CFS-LS*-42
25
650
200
CFS-LS*-52
12.5
32
900
300
The legs of the reinforcement should be vertical

as shown here, or may be angled up to 60 from
the vertical depending on the application.
n
mi
LIFTING SOCKETS
ds
www.cfsfixings.com
2-8
Angled Pull Reinforcement for

Cross-Hole Sockets
Where the lifting chains are angled greater than 15 from
the vertical, the additional reinforcement must be used
and placed on the opposite side of the socket, opposing
the pull force. This reinforcing bar should touch the
socket where it wraps around and be located as close to
the concrete surface as cover allows.
Part No
Load Group

ds
Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10
0.4
130
32
CFS-LS*-12
0.5
130
32
CFS-LS*-16
1.2
170
32
CFS-LS*-20
10
220
40
CFS-LS*-24
2.5
10
240
40
CFS-LS*-30
16
265
56
CFS-LS*-36
6.3
16
285
56
CFS-LS*-42
20
350
140
CFS-LS*-52
12.5
20
370
140
Fv
15
Fs
hcr
FQ
Ccr
hcr
D min
ds
Ccr
Ccr
hcr
L
15
2-9
www.cfsfixings.com
FQ
Shear Reinforcement for

Cross-Hole Socket Anchors
Where the unit is being tilted, or the lift is in the edge of
the element resulting in a shear pull on the socket, the
reinforcement shown here must be used. This reinforcing
bar should touch the socket where it wraps around and be
located as close to the concrete surface as cover allows.
Part No
Load Group

ds
L1
Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10
0.4
95
24
CFS-LS*-12
0.5
95
24
CFS-LS*-16
1.2
130
32
CFS-LS*-20
10
170
40
CFS-LS*-24
2.5
10
185
48
CFS-LS*-30
16
195
48
CFS-LS*-36
6.3
16
200
64
CFS-LS*-42
16
215
64
CFS-LS*-52
12.5
20
220
140
15
LIFTING SOCKETS
31
15
FQ
D min
60
ds
ds
D min
D min
Ccr
ds
h cr
D min
L1
31
60
15
2-10
www.cfsfixings.com
ds
ds
ds
L
Wavy Tail Socket
Anchors
d
g

Rd thread
The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using

0102 6
its integral reinforcement bar. No need for anchorage
ng
reinforcement
u
g
i
n
i
e
ch Quick and easy to fix into unit
ds
Wavy Tail Short Anchors are typically used in beams
Wavy Tail Long Anchors are typically used in panels

and walls
a.
wicht
e
Stck
Die Lasttabellen sind auf zwei BetonWrfeldruckfestigkeiten aufgebaut:

15 N/mm2 und 25 N/mm2.
Alle Lasten sind an Staatl. Materialprfungsmtern

in entsprechenden
VerPart No
Part No
Load Group
4,60
Zinc Platedsuchen Stainless
Steel
ermittelt worden, und des sind die
L
2,60
mm
Sicherheiten garantiert, die durch
die
Wavy Tail Short Types
fr Transportanker
hes Gewinde Sicherheitsregeln
Rundgewinde
mit
ca.
CFS-WAS-12-108
CFS-WASS-12-108
0.5
Rd 12
108
4,80
und -systeme
von Betonfertigteilen
der167
metrischer
Steigung
Gewicht
CFS-WAS-16-167
CFS-WASS-16-167
1.2
Rd 16
0,90
Berufsgenossenschaften
gefordert
sind.je187
CFS-WAS-20-187
CFS-WASS-20-187
2
Rd 20
kg]
CFS-WAS-24-240
CFS-WASS-24-240
2.5
Rd 24
100 Stck
240
1,90
d x L sind
Die Gewindeteile
galvanisch
CFS-WAS-30-300
CFS-WASS-30-300
4
Rd 30 mit 4 300
Bestell-Nr.
[mm]
Bestell-Nr.
[kg]
CFS-WAS-36-380
CFS-WASS-36-380
6.3
Rd 36
380
0,40
6 m Auflage verzinkt.
CFS-WAS-42-450
CFS-WASS-42-450
Rd 42
CFS-WAL-20-257
CFS-WALS-20-257
Rd 16 x 320
CFS-WALS-30-450
Rd 18 x 360
CFS-WALS-24-360
2.5
k3116lrRd 24
k3118lrRd 30
CFS-WALS-36-570
6.3
450
Wavy Tail Long

0
k3112lm
Rd 12
x 300
k3112lr
14,60
SieTypes
knnen
auch
in rostfrei
oder
6,90
CFS-WAL-12-137
CFS-WALS-12-137
0.5
Rd 12
137
mechanisch
0
k3114lm
Rd 14verzinkt
x 310 geliefert
k3114lrwerden.22,60
7,10
CFS-WAL-16-216
CFS-WALS-16-216
1.2
Rd 16
216
0
k3116lm
8,90
CFS-WAL-24-360
CFS-WAL-30-450
6,10
CFS-WAL-36-570
Rd 20
Rd 36
257
34,80
360
450
50,90
570
0
0
CFS-WALS-42-620
Rd 42
620
In den Schroeder-Tabellen
ist die
k3120lm
Rd 20 x 400 8 k3120lr
61,90
CFS-WAL-52-880
CFS-WALS-52-880
12.5
Rd 52
880
Laststufe
der Praxis
bliche 90,40
k3124lm
Rdeine
24 xin
450
k3124lr
Belastungsangabe fr Transportanker
Essential
Steps:
und
-systeme,
k3130lm
Rd 30 xdie
600pro Gewinde
k3130lr fr alle
186,90
ist.
Lifting Artikelgruppen
Check LiftingRd
Load36
Capacity
Table page
2-12 and 2-13
k3136lm
x gleich
750
k3136lr
347,10
0
0
Tragfhigkeit
die Hchstbelastung
k3142lm
Rd 42 ist
x 850
k3142lr
498,90
Shear Pull include Shear Reinforcement page 2-15
nach
den
Sicherheitsregeln
fr
k3152lm
Rd 52 x 900
k3152lr
756,10
0
0
CFS-WAL-42-620
ds
22
Die Lasttabellen
sind auf
27
wrfeldruckfestigkeiten
a
Wrfeldruckfestigkeiten
16
35
2
2
20 15 N/mm43 und 25 N/mm
12
20
56
Alle Lasten
sind an Staa
69
28 prfungsmtern
80
in entsp
suchen ermittelt worden
8
22
Sicherheiten
garantiert,
12
27
fr Tr
16 Sicherheitsregeln
35
20 und -systeme
43
von Beton
20
56
Berufsgenossenschaften
25
25
28
28
69
80
Die Gewindeteile
sind ga
90
6 m Auflage verzinkt.
Sie knnen auch in rostf

mechanisch verzinkt gel
Angled Pull Include Angled Reinforcement page 2-14
Transportanker und -systeme von Betonfertigteilen, wobei alle Sicherheitsfaktoren fr Seilbruch (4), Stahl- und
Betonbruch (3) enthalten sind.
m]
g
252-11
25
www.cfsfixings.com
In den Schroeder-Tabelle
Laststufe eine in der Pra
Belastungsangabe fr Tra
und -systeme, die pro Ge
Artikelgruppen gleich ist
Tragfhigkeit ist die Hc

nach den Sicherheitsreg
Transportanker und -syst
fertigteilen, wobei alle S
faktoren fr Seilbruch (4
Lifting Capacities for Wavy

Tail Socket Anchors
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations. The capacities are the same for
both electroplated and stainless steel anchors.
Wavy Tail Short Types Table
Part No
Load
Group
Typical Installation
Conditions
Axial Load
Edge
Distance
Element
thickness
Ccr
hcr
15
mm
Angled Load
Shear Load
25
15
25
15
25
kN
Wavy Tail Short Types

CFS-WAS-12-118
0.5
95
140
4.3
5.6
CFS-WAS-16-167
1.2
135
195
14.4
18.5
12
15.5
13.4
14
CFS-WAS-20-187
170
215
20
26
20
26
15.8
20.3
CFS-WAS-24-240
2.5
220
270
27.6
36
25
32.2
18
23.2
CFS-WAS-30-300
275
330
40
50.4
40
50.4
35.7
46.1
CFS-WAS-36-380
6.3
300
415
63
81.3
63
81.3
35.7
46.1
CFS-WAS-42-450
400
480
80
103.3
80
103.3
45
58.1
15
Fv Fv
D min
ds
ds
Ccr Ccr
hcr hcr
Ccr Ccr
L1
D min
FQ
hcr hcr
D min
60
Fs Fs
LIFTING SOCKETS
Ccr
hcr
Axial Pull
Angled Pull Angled Reinforcement

page 2-14
Shear Pull Shear Reinforcement page 2-15
D min
Fv Fv
Fs Fs
D min
ds
hcr hcr
Ccr Ccr
L1
FQ
ds
D min
60
15
hcr hcr
Ccr Ccr
L
Ccr
hcr
www.cfsfixings.com
2-12
Wavy Tail Long Types Table

Part No
Load
Group
Typical Installation
Conditions
Axial Load
Edge
Distance
Element
thickness
Ccr
hcr
15
mm
Angled Load
Shear Load
25
15
25
15
25
kN
Wavy Tail Long Types

CFS-WAL-12-137
0.5
CFS-WAL-16-216
1.2
CFS-WAL-20-257
CFS-WAL-24-360
2.5
CFS-WAL-30-450
CFS-WAL-36-570
6.3
CFS-WAL-42-620
CFS-WAL-52-880
12.5
150
200
250
300
350
500
500
600
60
2.5
2.6
80
6.7
8.6
6.7
9.3
2.7
3.5
100
8.3
10.9
8.3
10.9
3.3
4.3
130
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
4.3
5.6
80
14.4
18.5
12
15.5
7.4
9.6
100
18
23.2
15
19.4
10.3
120
21.6
25.4
18
23.2
11.1
14
145
25.4
25.4
21.8
25.4
13.4
14
100
20
26
20
25.8
11.5
120
24
30.9
24
30.9
11.6
13.9
140
28
34.1
28
34.1
12.6
16.3
175
34.1
34.1
34.1
34.1
15.8
20.3
100
27.6
35.6
25
32.2
11.6
120
33.1
42.7
27
34.9
10.8
13.9
140
38.6
45.7
31.6
37.6
12.6
16.2
200
45.7
45.7
45.7
45.7
18
23.2
120
34.2
44.2
34.2
44.2
17.1
22.1
140
40
51.6
40
51.6
20
25.8
160
45.6
58.9
45.6
58.9
22.8
29.4
250
69.1
69.1
69.1
69.1
35.7
46.1
140
55.9
72.2
55.1
71.1
18.8
24.2
160
63.9
82.6
63
81.3
21.5
27.8
180
71.9
92.8
70.8
91.5
25.6
33.1
220
100.4
113
86.6
111 .8
31.5
40.6
250
113
113
98.4
113
35.7
45.1
160
86.8
112
80
103.3
22.4
29
180
97.6
126
90
116.2
25.2
35.5
200
108.5
138.5
100
129
28
36.1
240
130.2
138.5
106.7
137.7
40
51.6
300
138.5
138.5
133.3
138.5
45
58.1
200
146.6
180
125
161.4
38
49
240
175.2
180
150
180
45.6
58.8
280
180
180
175
180
62.5
62.5
300
180
180
180
180
62.5
62.5
15
Fv Fv
D min
ds
D min
Ccr Ccr
ds
hcr hcr
Ccr Ccr
L1
Ccr
hcr
Axial Pull
2-13
FQ
hcr hcr
D min
60
Fs Fs
Angled Pull Angled Reinforcement

page 2-14
www.cfsfixings.com
15
Shear Pull Shear Reinforcement page 2-15

Part No
Load Group

ds
Dmin
mm
CFS-WA*-12
0.5
130
32
CFS-WA*-16
1.2
170
32
CFS-WA*-20
10
220
40
CFS-WA*-24
2.5
10
240
40
CFS-WA*-30
16
265
56
CFS-WA*-36
6.3
16
285
56
CFS-WA*-42
20
350
140
CFS-WA*-52
12.5
20
370
140
WA* - WAL or WAS
15
Fs
hcr
FQ
Ccr
LIFTING SOCKETS
Fv
hcr
D min
ds
CC
cr
cr
hcr
L
15
Fv
Fs
hcr
www.cfsfixings.com
FQ
ds
2-14

reinforcement shown here must be used. This reinforcing
bar should touch the socket where it wraps around and be
located as close to the concrete surface as cover allows.
Part No
Load Group

ds
L1
Dmin
mm
CFS-WA*-12
0.5
95
24
CFS-WA*-16
1.2
130
32
CFS-WA*-20
10
170
40
CFS-WA*-24
2.5
10
185
48
CFS-WA*-30
16
195
48
CFS-WA*-36
6.3
16
200
64
CFS-WA*-42
16
215
64
CFS-WA*-52
12.5
20
220
140
WA* - WAL or WAS
15
31
15
FQ
D min
60
ds
ds
D min
D min
Ccr
ds
hcr
L
L1
D min
31
15
15
60
FQ
www.cfsfixings.com
ds
2-15
ds
ds

Rd thread
The flattest profile lifting socket available
The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using
reinforcement over its flat plate.
Sockets are typically used in slabs
Part No
ar
Load Group
aA
d
0.5
Rd 12
30
22
35
25
CFS-FA-16
1.2
Rd 16
35
27
50
35
CFS-FA-20
Rd 20
47
35
CFS-FA-24
2.5
Rd 24
54
43
ar
60
60
80
60
CFS-FA-30
Rd 30
72
56
100
80
CFS-FA-36
6.3
Rd 36
84
68
130
100
CFS-FA-42
Rd 42
100
80
130
130
CFS-FA-52
12.5
Rd 52
120
100
150
130
LIFTING SOCKETS
mm
CFS-FA-12
Essential Steps:
Axial Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18
Angled Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-19
Shear Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-20
www.cfsfixings.com
2-16
Lifting Capacities for Flat

Steel Socket Anchors
Part No
Load Group
Edge Distance
Element Thickness
Axial or Angled Load 45

Ccr
hcr
15
mm
mm
kN
25
CFS-FA-12
0.5
180
80
6.5
CFS-FA-16
1.2
250
90
12
15.5
CFS-FA-20
300
110
20
25.8
CFS-FA-24
2.5
400
125
25
32.3
CFS-FA-30
500
150
40
51.6
CFS-FA-36
6.3
650
165
63
81.3
CFS-FA-42
650
180
80
103.3
CFS-FA-52
12.5
750
215
125
161.4
Include minimum slab reinforcement in slab as shown in the table on page 2-18

page 2-18
2-17
www.cfsfixings.com
Angled Pull Include Anchorage

Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled
Shear Pull include Anchorage

Reinforcement page 2-18 and Shear

If you have used the capacities described as with
anchorage reinforcement then the following
reinforcement must be included in the element you are
lifting. Please ensure that the reinforcement touches the
end plate of the socket.
Part No
Reinforcement B500B (min) for Axial Load

n x ds
Min Slab
Reinforcement
Ls
L0
Lges
B500M
mm
CFS-FA-12
2x6
60
60
250
Q188A
CFS-FA-16
2x8
70
90
420
Q188A
CFS-FA-20
4 x 10
80
90
640
Q188A
CFS-FA-24
4 x 10
100
90
640
Q188A
CFS-FA-30
4 x 12
110
110
830
Q257A
CFS-FA-36
4 x 16
120
140
1140
Q335A
CFS-FA-42
4 x 16
120
140
1250
Q424A
CFS-FA-52
4 x 20
150
160
1530
Q524A
LIFTING SOCKETS
www.cfsfixings.com
2-18

Part No
Load Group

ds
Dmin
mm
CFS-FA-12
0.5
130
32
CFS-FA-16
1.2
170
32
CFS-FA-20
10
220
40
CFS-FA-24
2.5
10
240
40
CFS-FA-30
16
265
56
CFS-FA-36
6.3
16
285
56
CFS-FA-42
20
350
140
CFS-FA-52
12.5
20
370
140
15
ds
dmin
ds
dmin
L1
L1
2-19
www.cfsfixings.com

Zinc plated
Rd thread
Easy to install requiring no anchorage reinforcement
Economical solution
Sockets are typically used in light to medium weight
beam applications
Part No
Load Group
d
mm
CFS-CRA-16-80
1.2
Rd 16
80
CFS-CRA-20-100
Rd 20
100
CFS-CRA-24-115
2.5
Rd 24
115
CFS-CRA-30-120
Rd 30
120
CFS-CRA-30-150
Rd 30
150
Essential Steps:
www.cfsfixings.com
LIFTING SOCKETS
For most applications no additional reinforcement will be required. Enhanced capacities may be achieved by using
additional reinforcement as guided by the capacity tables.
2-20

Part No
Load
Group
Axial Load
Shear Load
without rebar
with rebar
Edge
Distance
Element
thickness
C1, C2, C3,

C4
15
mm
25
without rebar
with rebar
15
15
25
15
25
5.2
6.8
13.1
14.4
14.1
22.5
7.5
9.7
14.4
14.4
kN
CFS-CRA-16-80
1.2
110
110
8.2
11.9
CFS-CRA-20-100
140
130
12.9
16.7
CFS-CRA-24-115
2.5
160
150
16.2
20.9
18.8
31.3
9.5
12.3
17.2
20.7
CFS-CRA-30-120
170
150
17.3
22.3
28.4
40.8
10.5
13.6
19
20.7
CFS-CRA-30-150
210
180
24.3
31.4
33.4
50.2
14.3
18.5
28.7
36.9
Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that the each of the axial and shear
components are less than the capacities and also that:
Axial Component
Axial Capacity
Shear Component
Shear Capacity
1.2
Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xC apart.
Crown Foot Axial Reinforcement See page 2-23
Crown Foot Shear Reinforcement include hear Reinforcement page 2-24
b
N
V
C2
C1
C1
2-21
25
C2
www.cfsfixings.com
C3
C4
Anchor Reinforcement for

Lh
Where the values with reinforcement have been

used from the load capacities table, the following
reinforcement must be included.
Part No
edge bars for

shear loads
CFS-CRA-20-100
CFS-CRA-24-115
Load Group
mm
2.5x e
0,5
Lb
120
50
10
140
50
U bars for axial

10 loads
CFS-CRA-30-120
12
150
50
CFS-CRA-30-150
12
180
75
Lh
If your element does not allow the inclusion of this reinforcement, please discuss with CFS as alternative solutions can
be designed for your particular problem.
LIFTING SOCKETS
0,5 x e
U bars for axial

loads
www.cfsfixings.com
2-22

Crown Foot Anchors
shearused
U barfrom the
shear
bar
loadUcapacities
table, the following
Part No
Load Group
edge bars for

shear loads
U-Bars
d
U bars for axial U bar

loads
edge bars for

shear loads
Standard Edge Bars
Lb
mm
CFS-CRA-16-80
1.2
10
200
100
CFS-CRA-20-100
10
200
10
100
CFS-CRA-30-120
12
CFS-CRA-30-150
16
250
edge bars10for
shear loads
10
100
edge bars
200 for
shear loads
220
100
U bars for axial U bar

loads
100
10
Edge Bars
U-Bar
12
shear U
bar
shear U 2.5
bar
CFS-CRA-24-115
0,5 x e
0,5 x e
Lb
Lb
If your element does not allow the inclusion of this reinforcement, please discuss with CFS as alternative solutions can
be designed for your particular problem.
Lb
2-23
Lb
www.cfsfixings.com

d
Zinc Plated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod and Crosspin

M thread

crosspin provided through the cross-hole.
In stainless steel, this socket provides the highest corrosion
resistance as there is protection by solid stainless steel
Sockets used in axially require no further reinforcement
These sockets may also be used as fixing sockets
Part No Zinc Plated
Part No Stainless Steel
Load Group
d
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
0.4
M10
50
50
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
0.5
M12
50
75
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
0.5
M12
75
75
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
1.2
M16
75
75
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
M20
75
90
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
2.5
M24
100
100
Essential Steps:
For most applications no additional reinforcement will be required. Enhanced capacities may be achieved by using
additional reinforcement as guided by the capacity tables.
www.cfsfixings.com
LIFTING SOCKETS
2-24

falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations. If you wish to uses these sockets
for permanent fixing, please consult the table on page 3-9.
Part No
Zinc Plated
Part No
Stainless Steel
Load
Group
Axial Load
Shear Load
without rebar
Edge Distance
Element
thickness
C1, C2
15
C3, C4
mm
with rebar
25
15
25
15
25
kN
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
0.5
90
55
80
6.4
1.8
2.3
4.3
5.2
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
0.5
125
90
100
9.4
12.2
3.7
4.8
7.5
9.2
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
1.2
120
80
100
8.4
10.9
3.3
4.3
7.5
9.2
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
120
75
100
8.3
10.7
3.1
7.5
9.2
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
2.5
160
100
130
12
15.5
4.9
6.3
17.2
20.7
Axial Component
Axial Capacity
Shear Component
Shear Capacity
1.2
Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xC3 apart.
Crosspin Shear Reinforcement where required, please see page 2-27
2-25
www.cfsfixings.com

reinforcement must be included. This U-Bar should be
touching the socket and placed as close to the surface as
concrete cover allows.
Part No Zinc Plated
Load Group
U-Bars
d
Lb
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
0.4
100
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
0.5
100
CFS-LSRB-12-75shear
U bar CFS-LSRBS-12-75
edge
8 bars for
shear
loads
8
0.5
U bar
l
130
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
1.2
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
130
130
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
2.5
12
200
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRB-20-75
LIFTING SOCKETS
Lb
Lb
www.cfsfixings.com
2-26
Lifting Loops
The CFS lifting loop is designed for use with CFS threaded
socket systems. Loops are available from 12 to 52 mm
sizes in both Rd & M thread types. The load capacity for
each application is to be taken from the corresponding
tables. The CFS loops can be subjected to a diagonal
lift up to 45. If a transverse loading is to be applied, a
rotating eye should be used.
Loops should be discarded immediately if a wire strand
has broken. Loops carry an individual number identifiable
to a certificate. The loops also have a tag indicating the
load group of the loop. The tag is colour coded showing
which load category threaded anchor the loop should be
used with. All tags are CE marked.
M and Rd Thread Compatibility
Rd thread loops should only be used in Rd sockets. M
thread loops can be used in either Rd or M thread sockets
with no reduction in load capacity.
Part No
Load Group
d
Colour Tag
g
mm
CFS-LL-12
0.5
CFS-LL-16
1.2
M/Rd 12
M/Rd List
16
130
22
Orange
170
27
Red
42
CFS-LL-20
M/Rd 20
210
35
10
Light Green
CFS-LL-24
2.5
M/Rd 24
260
43
12
Black
CFS-LL-30
M/Rd 30
340
56
16
Dark Green
CFS-LL-36
6.3
M/Rd 36
380
68
18
Blue
CFS-LL-42
M/Rd 42
420
80
20
Grey
CFS-LL-52
12.5
M/Rd 52
550
97
26
Yellow
The lifting capacities of the loops exceed those of the sockets they fit, so please refer to the load capacity table for the
sockets to make selections for your application.
Approx.
weight
per
piece
Load capacity
[kg]
[kg]
2-27
axial
0.06
900
0.10
1400
www.cfsfixings.com
45 minimum angle
for lifting
Die fortschrittlichste Generation der An

The advanced Generation of attachmen
Rotating Eyes
The CFS Rotating Eye is used to transport precast
elements with socket anchors. It is designed for inclined
lifting operations up to 90 and thus is used for tilting
and shear lifting operations. It is also our most durable
option for lifting operations.
D1
The rotating eye is easy to attach or remove due to the

forged hexagon shaped body of the swivel. There is also a
crimp on the link to prevent it from kinking. Both external
and internal surfaces are protected against corrosion by a
tough galvanized coating. The link can swing more than
180 and rotate 360 and it can rotate under load which
also means that it is not possible to loosen the baseplate
under load.
e
M
Rotating eyes carry an individual number identifiable to

a certificate. The eyes have a marking indicating the load
group of the loop. All eyes are CE marked.
Part No
Load Group
Erhhu
unter B
Funktio
Leichte
durch g
am Wir
Quetsc
Verklan
Korrosio
berzu
ber 18
Vierfach
allen Be
Unter L
Eindeu
der Tra
M
D1
mm
0.4
M10
36.5
18
0.5
M12
36.5
18
CFS-RE-16
1.2
M16
36.5
20
CFS-RE-20
Anschlagpunkte
Anschlagpunkte
M20
52
30
CFS-RE-24
2.5
M24
CFS-RE-30
M30
CFS-RE-36
6.3
Lift
Generation
eneration
der
derAnschlagwirbel
Anschlagwirbel
CFS-RE-42
8
ation
ion ofofattachment
attachment
swivels
swivels12.5
CFS-RE-52
Lifting
Lifting
Points
Points
57
30
70
35
M36
81
50
M42
81
60
M52
104
60
45
60
LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-RE-10
CFS-RE-12
Eindeut
Neigung
Anschla
Zustzlic
Drehen
Mit Hil
keitsta
Ablege
ageanweisungen
tageanweisungen
finden
finden
Sie
Sie
m
um
Download.
Download.
Verbes
The
The
corresponding
corresponding
operating-/assembly
operating-/assembly
instructions
instructions
can
can
bebe
found
found
onon
www.jdt.de
www.jdt.de
forfor
download.
download.
1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
0 0
9090
0 0
9090
t t
t t
t t
t t
t t
t t
t t
t t
1,01,0
0,50,5
2,02,0
1,01,0
0,70,7
0,50,5
1,01,0
0,75
0,75
1,41,4
0,70,7
2,82,8
1,41,4
1,01,0
0,70,7
1,41,4
1,01,0
0 0
45
45
mecha
Abstt
Smtlic
auf Anf
3 o.
3 o.
4 4
4545
60
60
0 0
45
45
MOR
4545
60
60
Tragfhigkeit
Tragfhigkeit
| WLL
| WLL
2,02,0
1,01,0
4,04,0
2,02,0
1,41,4
1,01,0
2,12
2,12
1,51,5
2,82,8
1,41,4
5,65,6
2,82,8
2,02,0
1,41,4
3,03,0
2,12
2,12
www.cfsfixings.com
2-28
Identification
The following identification information data is stencilled
in every rotating eye (figure):
Use and Operation
The rotating eye is screwed into the lifting anchor. Insert
threaded bolt deep enough to achieve a close fit between
the concrete and the base plate. If the unit is lifted the
wide base plate is supported by the concrete, and an
undesirable bending of the threaded bolt is prevented.
For correct installation of the rotating eye it is essential
that: The contact surface of the base plate is absolutely at
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the lifting anchor.
If precast concrete units are being lifted with rotating
eyes, it is recommended to install the lifting anchor
with large plastic nailing plate. The rotating eye body is
tightened by hand against the concrete surface. Do not
use smaller recesses then the eye diameter.
Safe working load

Safe working load
Size = Type
Size = Type
Flat side for tightening by hand
Flat side for tightening by hand Max. clearance between
and lower part >S<
The rotating eye can turn in any direction against the

base plate thus ensuring the correct direction of the
inclined force. The rotating eye is not to be used to
rotate precast elements.
2-29
Attention
Maintenance
Before attaching put link in the correct position.
Rotating eyes are filled with grease during production

when first used. The compact design prevents
penetration of dirt. However should dirt have collected in
the interior of the rotating eye impairing an easy turning
operation, the turning mechanism can be oiled.
Normal Size
Max. Clearance S
0,5 1,4t
2,0 2,5t
3,0 6,7t
8,0 10,0t
15,0t
20,0 30,0t
1,5mm
1,5mm
2,4mm
3,2mm
4,0mm
4,5mm
www.cfsfixings.com
Max. clearance between upper

Max. clearance
upper
and lowerbetween
part >S<
and lower part >S<
LoADLoAD
RIngRIng
- VLBg
- VLBg
Retro Eye
Complies
Complies
with the with
machinery
the machinery
directives
directives
2006/42/EC
2006/42/EC
The CFS Retro Eye is used to lift existing concrete slabs

where lifting anchors are not cast in. It is used with the
CFS Female Bar Coupler Fixings and either Fisher FIS
V-360 Resin or bolted through the element. It is available
to suit a range of slab thicknesses with load capacities
from 0.3t to 20t.
Please consult CFS for your individual application.
Part No
Max Load Capacity
kN
CFS-VLBG-8
CFS-VLBG-10
6.3
CFS-VLBG-12
10
CFS-VLBG-16
15
CFS-VLBG-20
25
CFS-VLBG-24
40
CFS-VLBG-30
50
CFS-VLBG-42
100
CFS-VLBG-48
200
User User
Instructions
Instructions
- Part- 1Part 1
LIFTING SOCKETS
SafetySafety
instructions
instructions
This safety
This
instruction
safety instruction
/ declaration
/ declaration
of the manufacturer
of the manufacturer
has to be has
kepttoonbefile
kept
for on
thefile
whole
for the
lifetime
whole
o
EC-Declaration
EC-Declaration
of the manufacturer
of the manufacturer
AccordingAccording
to the Machinery
to the Machinery
Directive 2006/42/EC,
Directive 2006/42/EC,
annex II Bannex
and amendments.
II B and amendments.
We hereby
We
declare
herebythat
declare
the design
that the
and
design
construction
and construction
of the equipment
of the equipment
detailed within
detailed
thiswithin
document
this d
appropriate
appropriate
level of health
level and
of health
safetyand
of the
safety
corresponding
of the corresponding
EC regulation.
EC regulation.
Any un-authorised
Any un-authorised
modification
modification
of the equipment
of the equipment
and/or anyand/or
incorrect
any usage
incorrect
of the
usage
equipment
of the equipm
not ad
these userthese
instructions
user instructions
waivers this
waivers
declaration
this declaration
invalid. invalid.
The equipment
The equipment
must be regularly
must be regularly
tested and
tested
inspected
and inspected
as per BGR
as per
500.BGR
Failure
500.toFailure
carry out
to car
the
maintenance
maintenance
and testing
and
of testing
the equipment
of the equipment
waivers this
waivers
declaration
this declaration
invalid. invalid.
Designation
Designation
of the equipment:
of the equipment:
LIFtIng PoInt
LIFtIng PoInt
Type: LoadType:
ring Load
- VLBg
ring
- for
- VLBg
bolting
- for bolting
Manufacturers
Manufacturers
sign:
sign:
CFS bar coupler in resin
Drawings are
Drawings
available
areon
available
requeston
as request
hard copies
as hard
or DXF
copies
files.
or Drawings
DXF files.can
Drawings
also becan
downloaded
also be downloaded
from our w
www.rud.com.au.
www.rud.com.au.
CFS bar coupler drilled through slab
Check the Check

RUD website:
the RUDwww.rud.com.au
website: www.rud.com.au
for productfor
information.
product information.
Workshop Workshop
wall chartswall
available
chartsupon
available
request
upon
forrequest
workingfor
load
working
limits load
(WLL).
limits (WLL).
Please visit
Please
ourvisit
website
our website
at www.rud.com.au
at www.rud.com.au
to register
to register
for yourfor
FREE
yourCD
FREE
with
www.cfsfixings.com
2-30
Accessories
Plastic Recess Plate
D
The nail plate is used to attach the socket anchors to

the formwork. The plastic nail plates are available for
thread sizes M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The plastic recess plate
produces a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating
eye can be threaded.
Part No
Dimensions
Rd
D1
mm
CFS-NPL-12
M/Rd 12
58
10
CFS-NPL-16
M/Rd 16
58
10
CFS-NPL-20
M/Rd 20
58
10
CFS-NPL-24
M/Rd 24
70
10
CFS-NPL-30
M/Rd 30
70
10
CFS-NPL-36
M/Rd 36
100
12
CFS-NPL-42
M/Rd 42
100
12
CFS-NPL-52
M/Rd 52
95
15
Rd
Magnetic Recess Plate
D2
The magnetic nail plate attaches socket anchors to steel

formwork by magnets. They are available for thread sizes
M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The magnetic recessl plate produces
a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating eye can be
threaded.
D1
Part No
2-31
Thread
Adhesion
D1
mm
kPa
mm
D2
CFS-MAG-12
12
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-16
16
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-20
20
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-24
24
100
178.2
74
12
CFS-MAG-30
30
120
194.2
90
12
CFS-MAG-36
36
120
105.2
101
12
CFS-MAG-42
42
180
115.3
110
15
CFS-MAG-52
52
180
135.3
130
15
www.cfsfixings.com
Accessories
Marking recess disc with fixing
These provide additional safety by marking the concrete
surface with an imprint of the thread size and load
capacity. The disc diameter is sufficient to allow rotating
eyes to be used with the cast in socket.
(1) Marking Recess Disc composite material

Part No
For fixing screw

pin size
mm
CFS-MPP-12
M12
150.5
12
23.5
10
CFS-MPP-16
M16
159.2
16
30.5
10
M20
173.5
20
37
10
M24
178.2
24
41
12
CFS-MPP-30
M30
194.2
30
50
12
CFS-MPP-36
M36
105.2
36
59
12
CFS-MPP-42
M42
115.3
42
67.5
15
CFS-MPP-52
M52
135.3
52
81
15
LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-MPP-20
CFS-MPP-24
(2) Fixing Screw Pin Steel

Part No
Internal thread depth
mm
CFS-FSP-12
M12
23.5
CFS-FSP-16
M16
30.5
CFS-FSP-20
M20
37
CFS-FSP-24
M24
41
9.5
CFS-FSP-30
M30
50
9.5
CFS-FSP-36
M36
59
9.5
CFS-FSP-42
M42
67.5
12
CFS-FSP-52
M52
81
16
www.cfsfixings.com
2-32
Seal Caps
For using directly in sockets and other threaded products
without outer disc.
Part No.
For Lifting
Anchor
Dimensions
L
d
CFS-CAPG-12
CFS-CAPG-16
CFS-CAPG-20
Rd 12
Rd 16
Rd 20
18.5
25.5
31.5
12
16
20
CFS-CAPG-24
CFS-CAPG-30
Rd 24
Rd 30
24
30
CFS-CAPG-36
CFS-CAPG-42
CFS-CAPG-52
Rd 36
Rd 42
Rd 52
35.5
44.0
52.5
55.9
69.5
36
42
52
Architectural Socket Caps

We can provide architectural socket caps to use directly
in sockets and other threaded products to cover up the
exposed thread and provide an architecturally pleasing
appearance.
These are available in all sizes and produced to order to
suit your concrete recess dimension. Please contact CFS to
discuss your requirement.
2-33
www.cfsfixings.com
LIFTING SOCKETS
www.cfsfixings.com
2-34
Fixing Sockets
3-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Socket Systems
3-3
3-4
Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
3-5
Anchorage Reinforcement for Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
3-6
Shear Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets
3-7
Crosspin Sockets
3-8
Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Crosspin Sockets
3-9
3-10
Flat End Fixing Sockets
3-11
Design Capacities for Flat End Fixing Sockets
3-12
Anchorage Reinforcement for Flat End Fixing Sockets
3-13
Bent End Fixing Socket
3-14
Design Fixing Capacities for Flat End Fixing Sockets
3-15
Propping Sockets
3-16
Design Capacities for Propping Sockets
3-17
Anchorage and Shear Reinforcement for Propping Sockets
3-18
Accessories
3-19
Accessories
3-20
Seal Caps
3-21
FIXING SOCKETS
Shear Reinforcement for Crosspin Sockets
10
www.cfsfixings.com
3-2
und haben eine hhere Tragfhigkeit.

senmuffen
Liste
21
Gewindehlsen mit gelochtem Flachende

aus Edelstahl Werkstoffgruppe A4
Das Gewinde wird mit berma

geschnitten.
Die Belastungen wurden mit 4 5-facher
Sicherheit aus Ausziehversuchen
in unbewehrtem Beton C 20/25 (B 25)
bei Axial-, Schrg- und Querzugbelastung ermittelt.
Socket Systems
Solid Crosshole Sockets
Abmessungen [mm]
Edelstahl
Werkstoffgruppe A4
Hinweise fr die Anwendung

enthalten die technischen Bltter.
Crosspin Sockets
Flat End Sockets
ca.
Belastung bei
Die angegebenen
Gewicht 45-facherSicherheit
in kg Belastungen
sind
nur
bei der Verwenje
[1
kg =
10erreichbar
N,
aus BSt 500 S
100 Stck
1000dung
kg = von
1 t = Gabelbgeln
10 kN]
in
den
folgenden
Abmessungen
axial
Schrgzge
Liste
[kg]
15
10
23
8,3
8,3
1,43
1,95
240
240
M 10 150 8 100 60
200
200
150
100
M 12
10
60
250
10
10
15
25
10,3
10,3
1,75
2,27
290
290
300
k2135va
10
24
10,3
3,10
450
230
M 14 170 10 100 70
230
170
100
M 16
10
70
400
M 20 300 12 250 80
k2139va
k2141va
12
12
20
43
12,3
12,3
2,60
3,53
440
600
M 12 x 62 *: k2149va
tzhlsen
Sttzhlsen :12
370
M 24 250 12 150 80
500
400
350
M 27
14
100
500
25
12,3
4,00
600
500
M 30 400 14 350 100
600
dxL
Bestell-Nr.
M 8 x 40
M 8 x 53
k2115va
k2117va
9
9
M 10 x 45
M 10 x 57
k2124va
k2127va
M 10 x 57 *
M 12 x 55
M 12 x 78
M 14
xSonderanfertigungen
80 verschweiter
k2155vamitauf
13
33 12,3
6,30
600
windehlse
mit
Fuplatte
Anfrage
Gewindehlse
verschweiter
Fuplatte
M 16
x 80 mitk2161va
15
30 Klebeteller
12,3
8,45
1300
ch mit vormontiertem
Klebeteller
auch
vormontiertem
k2162va
Bent50End
15
12,3Sockets
10,72
M 20 x 95
M 20 x 115
k2171va
k2172va
18
18
28
50
14,3
14,3
15,53
19,15
M 24 x 120
k2181va
21
40
14,3
29,58
4 / 2009 / WW
M 16 x 100
[mm]
bis
bis
45 d 90 d
s
br
bis
30d
500
450
400
1300
1100
1100
900
900
800
800
1700
1500
1300
900
2000
1700
1500
1000
G
300
350
Biegerollen-
dbr
400
ds
450
Zubehr
Zubehr
Prop Sockets
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KG

58809
Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
1700 Neuenrade,
1500 1300 Germany
900
info@schroeder-neuenrade.de www.schroeder-neuenrade.de
Die mit einem * gekennzeichneten Artikel werden

aus Rohren mit grerer Wandstrke gefertigt
und haben eine hhere Tragfhigkeit.
geschnitten.
Die angegebenen Belastungen
d
16
16
Abmessungen
Klebeteller aus Kunststoff
sindca.
nur Gewicht
erreichbar bei der VerwenBestell
- Nr.dung
Material
Abmessungen
ca. Gewicht
aus Kunststoff
von Gabelbgeln aus Klebeteller
BSt 500 S
d
L
e Bestell
t
D
t
100Material
Stck Abmessungen
Bestell - Nr.
-DNr.
in den
folgenden
L
e
t
D[mm]
t
100 Stck
Bestell - Nr.
[kg] [mm] D
[mm]
[mm]
1 16 45 42
45 242 16 3 43 50 38
43 38
5 70
3 50
S5 8617
70
S 8620
[kg]
S 8617
60
S 8620
70
ds
d br
G
[mm]
S 235 50
60
8
60
250
S70235 - galvanisiert
50 3
50
M 12
10
60
300
galvanisiert 50 3
M 14
10
70
300
3
K5116kt
K5116kt
3
K5116kt
K5116kt
Biege-
M 16
10
70
350
M 10
20
12
80
400
Berechnung nach CEN/TS 1992-4, M
Einsatz
als Befestigungsmittel
M 24
12
80
450
t
D
rollen-
dbr
Einsatz als
d
(2)
(1)
EinsatzTransportanker
als s
Bemessungswiderstnde
Berechnung
nach
als Befestigungsmittel
Zusatzbewehrung fr
Rand
(c i)CEN/TS
- und 1992-4,
Beton- Einsatz
M 27
14
100
500
(2)
Zuglasten
Transportanker
festig- ohne Zusatz (1)
Achsabstnde
charakt.
- mit
Zusatz Bemessungswiderstnde
Zusatzbewehrung
fr
Rand (c i) - und
Beton- (s),
M 30
14
100
600
zul F(2)
keit
Schalendicke
(d)
bewehrung
bewehrung
Bruchlast
Zuglasten
festigAchsabstnde
(s),
charakt.
ohne
Zusatz
mit
Zusatz
Sonderanfertigungen auf Anfrage
ds Lu Ls Lo Lges
zul F(2)
keits
Schalendicke c(d)
bewehrung
Bruchlast Nchar,Bruch
d
Nbewehrung
VRd NRd VRd
1,2,3,4
Rd
ds Lu Ls Lo Lges
[mm] Nchar,Bruch
[kN]
[kN]
s
d [cm]
NRd C
VRd NRd VRd
c 1,2,3,4
4 / 2009 / WW
V
C1
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KGN
C1
12,1
1
13,458809
13,0
17,5 15,4[mm]
8 195
70 90 420 80-025,5
40
C2
[cm]
C80 5,5 20/25[kN]
Neuenrade, Germany
Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91[kN]
Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
14,0N
2
80 5,5 20/25 15,5 13,0 17,5 info@schroeder-neuenrade.de
15,5 8 195 70 90 420 www.schroeder-neuenrade.de
40
29,3
25,5
12,1
80 5,5 20/25 13,4 13,0 17,5 15,4 8 195 70 90 420
40
C3
C4
(1) Bemessungswiderstnde fr die angenommene Einbausituation mit =1,5, Anpassung bei anderen Rand14,0
80 5,5 20/25 15,5 13,0 17,5 15,5 8 195 70 90 420
40
29,3
bedingungen erforderlich. (2) Aus Versuchen in Zusammenarbeit mit der TU Dortmund - Institut fr
C3
C4
Bemessungswiderstnde
fr diedurchgefhrt
angenommene
Einbausituation
mit =1,5,
bei anderenBerechnung,
RandBefestigungstechnik,
in Anlehnung
an VDI/BV-BS
6205Anpassung
und versuchsbasierter
gilt
ngungen erforderlich.
(2)Tranportanker
Aus Versuchen
Zusammenarbeit
mit(Verfahren
der TU Dortmund
- Institut fr
bei Einsatz als
mit in
Sicherheitsfaktor
=2,1
A)
estigungstechnik, durchgefhrt in Anlehnung an VDI/BV-BS 6205 und versuchsbasierter Berechnung, gilt
Einsatz als Tranportanker mit Sicherheitsfaktor =2,1 (Verfahren A)
Bei reiner Zugbelastung ohne Zusatzbewehrung gilt :
Bei gleichzeitig wirkender Zug - und Querkraft gilt :
- Randabstand >= 1,5 x (L-t) + 0,5 x D
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd <=1,2
- Achsabstand
>=Zusatzbewehrung
3,0 x (L-t) + D
ei reiner
Zugbelastung
ohne
gilt
:
Bei
gleichzeitig
wirkender
Zug - und Querkraft gilt :
www.cfsfixings.com
3-3
Erreichen
vollen
RandabstandZum
>= 1,5
x (L-t) der
+ 0,5
x D Betonausbruchkraft.
Das Gewinde
wird
Achsabstand
>= 3,0 x (L-t)
+ Dmit berma
geschnitten.
um Erreichen
der vollen Betonausbruchkraft.
Zusatzbewehrung fr Zuglasten
Zusatzbewehrung fr Querlasten
C2

Precision Elecroplated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod
M thread

This socket provides the highest corrosion resistance as

there is protection by solid stainless steel

These sockets may also be used as lifting sockets
Part No
Electroplated
Part No
Stainless Steel
Load Group
d
50
21
mm
CFS-LSRH-10
CFS-LSRHS-10
0.4
M 10
CFS-LSRH-12
CFS-LSRHS-12
0.5
M 12
50
23
11
CFS-LSRH-16
CFS-LSRHS-16
1.2
M 16
75
26
14
CFS-LSRH-20
CFS-LSRHS-20
M 20
75
33
16
CFS-LSRH-24
CFS-LSRHS-24
2.5
M 24
100
42
18
CFS-LSRH-30
CFS-LSRHS-30
M 30
125
54
22
FIXING SOCKETS
Essential Steps:
www.cfsfixings.com
3-4
Fixing Design Capacities for

These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing
devices. They should be compared to the design loads on
the socket.
These tables show a typical situation and you should
check your situation is within these parameters. If your
situation falls out of these parameters, please Contact
CFS for bespoke advice and calculations
Part No

Edge Distance
Element thickness
Ccr
hcr
mm
Axial Load
Shear Load
FV
FQ
kN
CFS-LSRH-10
140
80
10
4.6
CFS-LSRH-12
140
80
15.0
6.6
CFS-LSRH-16
180
100
22.5
10.0
CFS-LSRH-20
250
120
45.0
19.5
CFS-LSRH-24
300
120
50.0
20.8
CFS-LSRH-30
350
160
65.0
33.5
Minimum concrete strength = 25N/mm2
15
Fv
Fs
hcr
Fv
FQ
hcr
D min
ds
Ccr
Ccr
h cr
hcr
Ccr
L
page 3-5
3-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Shear Pull include Anchorage Reinforcement

page 3-5 and Shear Reinforcement page 3-6
Ccr

Cross-hole sockets must be used with anchorage
reinforcement. Without this they are ineffective and unsafe.
Part No

ds
Dmin
mm
CFS-LSRH-10
250
60
CFS-LSRH-12
300
60
CFS-LSRH-16
10
350
70
CFS-LSRH-20
12
400
80
CFS-LSRH-24
16
500
116
CFS-LSRH-30
16
600
135
The legs of the reinforcement should be vertical as

shown above, or may be angled up to 60 from the
vertical depending on the application.
n
mi
FIXING SOCKETS
ds
www.cfsfixings.com
3-6

Cross-Hole Sockets
reinforcement shown here must be used. It is important
that the bar is place as close to the surface of the element
as concrete cover requirements allow.
Part No

ds
L1
Dmin
Total Length
CFS-LSRH-10
95
24
295
CFS-LSRH-12
95
24
295
CFS-LSRH-16
130
32
370
CFS-LSRH-20
10
170
40
480
CFS-LSRH-24
10
185
48
520
CFS-LSRH-30
16
195
48
590
15
31
15
FQ
D min
60
ds
ds
D min
D min
Ccr
ds
h cr
L
L1
D min
31
60
15
www.cfsfixings.com
ds
D min
3-7
D min
ds
Crosspin Sockets
d
Zinc Plated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod and Crosspin

M thread
crosspin provided through the cross-hole.
In stainless steel, this socket provides the highest

corrosion resistance as there is protection by solid
stainless steel
Sockets used in axially require no further reinforcement
f
These sockets may also be used as lifting sockets

Part No
Zinc Plated
Part No
Stainless Steel
d
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
M10
50
75
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
M12
50
75
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
M12
75
75
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
M16
75
75
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
M20
75
90
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
M24
100
100
Essential Steps:
FIXING SOCKETS

Shear Pull Include Shear Reinforcement page 3-9
www.cfsfixings.com
3-8
Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Crosspin Sockets

These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing devices. They should be compared to the design loads on a
socket.
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS of bespoke advice and calculations.
Part No Zinc Plated
Part No Stainless
Steel

Edge Distances
C1, C2
Element
Thickness
C3, C4
Axial Load
without rebar
with rebar

30
mm
Shear Load
45
60
30
45
60
30
45
60
kN
Uncracked Concrete
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
80
55
80
13.1
16.1
18.6
6.1
10.2
12.3
12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
90
55
80
13.8
17
19.6
6.1
10.2
12.3
12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
125
90
100
23.1
23.1
23.1
10.5
12.8
14.8
17.6
19.4
19.4
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
120
80
100
23.3
28.6
33
9.2
11.3
13
17.6
21.9
21.9
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
120
75
100
22.9
28
32.3
8.6
10.5
12.1
17.6
21.9
21.9
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
160
100
130
33.2
40.7
46.9
13.7
16.8
19.4
40.7
48.3
48.3
Cracked Concrete
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
80
55
80
9.4
10
10
3.5
4.3
9.4
11.5
12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
90
55
80
9.9
12.1
14
3.5
4.3
9.9
12.1
12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
125
90
100
18.6
22.8
23.1
7.4
9.1
10.5
17.6
21.9
21.9
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
120
80
100
16.7
20.4
23.6
6.5
9.2
16.7
20.4
21.9
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
120
75
100
16.3
20
23.1
6.1
7.4
8.6
16.3
20
21.9
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
160
100
130
23.7
29
33.5
9.7
11.9
13.7
37.9
46.4
48.3
Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that each of the axial and shear components
are less than the capacities and also that:
Axial Component
Axial Capacity
Shear Component
Shear Capacity
1.2
Whre two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2 x C3 apart.
Crosspin Shear Reinforcement if required, include reinforcement shown on page 3-10
C1 = Edge distance towards the free
edge where the shear force acts
C1
Shear Load
Axial Load
C4
C4
3-9
www.cfsfixings.com
C2
C2 = Edge distance in the direction

away from the force
C3 and C4 = Edge distances
perpendicular to the shear force action
Please note that the socket should be
orientated with the pin parralel to the
shear force action as shown here.
shear U bar
edge bars for

shear loads
Shear Reinforcement
for Crosspin Sockets
Part No Zinc Plated
Part No Zinc Plated
U-Bars
d
Lb
mm
CFS-LSRBS-10-42
100
CFS-LSRB-10-50
CFS-LSRBS-10-50
100
CFS-LSRB-12-50
CFS-LSRBS-12-50
100
CFS-LSRB-12-75
CFS-LSRBS-12-75
130
CFS-LSRB-16-75
CFS-LSRBS-16-75
130
CFS-LSRB-16-100
CFS-LSRBS-16-100
10
200
CFS-LSRB-20-75
CFS-LSRBS-20-75
CFS-LSRB-20-100
CFS-LSRBS-20-100
12
CFS-LSRB-24-100
CFS-LSRBS-24-100
12
shear U bar
edge bars for

shear loads
130
U bar
200
200
Lb
FIXING SOCKETS
Grade B500B reinforcement.
Lb
www.cfsfixings.com
3-10
belastung ermittelt.
Plated or
M thread
stell-Nr.
2115va
2117va
bis
[mm]
bis
bis
s
eis anchored
[kg] into the
0 concrete
30 dunit
45 using
gThe socket
d s90a d br
reinforcement
bar
threaded
through
the
cross-hole.
8100
60
9
10
8,3
1,43
240
200M 10
150
250
23
8,3
9Stainless
steel
1,95
240
200
150
M 12
100
10
G
300
300
2139va
2141va
12be applied;
20 12,3
2,60
pipes, walls,
12
43 12,3
3,53
2149va
12
25
12,3
2155va
13
33 12,3
nfertigungen
aufNo
Anfrage
Part
Zinc Plated
1,75
axially
require290
no
2,27
290
slabs440
400
600
250
24
400
27
12150
350
14
80
450
100
500
4,00
600
500M 30
400
14350
100
600
6,30
600
500
450
400
1300 d 1100
1300 mm
1100
900
900
800
L
800
15
15
2171va
2172va
CFS-FSH-8-40
18
28 14,3
CFS-FSH-10-45
18
50 14,3
CFS-FSHS-8-40
40
15,53
1700 M8
1500 1300
900
58809
Neuenrade,
Germany
CFS-FSHS-10-45
M10
45
19,15
1700
1500
1300
900
2181va
21
CFS-FSH-12-60
CFS-FSHS-12-60
CFS-FSH-16-80
CFS-FSHS-16-80
40
12,3
12,3
14,3
CFS-FSH-16-100
ekennzeichneten
Artikel
8,45
10,72
29,58
2000
erer Wandstrke
gefertigt CFS-FSHS-16-120
CFS-FSH-16-120
here Tragfhigkeit.
CFS-FSH-20-95
CFS-FSHS-20-95
CFS-FSHS-20-115
M12
1700
1500
M16
8.3
1000
80
12.3
15
30
M16
100
12.3
15
50
M16
120
12.3
15
70
M20
95
14.3
18
35 (28)
M20
115
14.3
18
55 (50)
Essential Steps:

geschnitten.

Anchorage Include the Anchorage Reinforcement on Page 3-13
Die angegebenen Belastungen

sind nur erreichbar bei der Verwendung von Gabelbgeln aus BSt 500 S
in den folgenden Abmessungen
[mm]
d
ds
d br
M 10
60
250
M 12
10
60
300
M 14
10
70
300
M 16
10
70
350
M 20
12
80
400
M 24
12
80
450
M 27
14
100
500
M 30
14
100
600
Biegerollen-
dbr
ds
auf Anfrage

58809 Neuenrade, Germany Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
www.cfsfixings.com
15 (12)
Tel. +49
23 94 / 91 80-88
10.3(0) 23 94 / 91 80-0
10 Fax +49 (0)15
info@schroeder-neuenrade.de
www.schroeder-neuenrade.de
55
12.3
12
20
Numbers in brackets are for stainless steel
3-11
CFS-FSHS-16-100
werden
CFS-FSH-20-115
ds
2161va
2162va
30
50
350
370M
500
M
Part No Stainless
Steel
Biegerollen-
dbr
2135va
15 10,3
10Sockets
used
10
25 10,3
60
230M 14
170 10100
70
in
further
reinforcement
230
170
100
M 16
10
70
10
24 10,3
3,10
450
400M 20
300 12250
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can 80
2124va
2127va
Edelstahl
Zinc
stoffgruppeA4
ca.
Belastung bei
d
Die angegebenen
Belastungen
Gewicht 45-facher Sicherheit
in kg
sind
nurN,erreichbar bei der Verwenje
[1 kg
= 10
Stainless
Steel Socket
with
Crosshole
dung
aus BSt 500 S
100 Stck
1000 kg
= 1 tvon
= 10Gabelbgeln
kN]
in
den
folgenden Abmessungen
axial
Schrgzge
essungen [mm]
Design Capacities for

the socket.
Part No Zinc Plated
Wall thickness
Minimum edge
distance
Design Loads
mm
Axial
Shear
kN
CFS-FSH-8-40
CFS-FSHS-8-40
120
80
3.8
1.6
CFS-FSH-10-45
CFS-FSHS-10-45
135
90
4.6
1.6
CFS-FSH-12-60
CFS-FSHS-12-60
180
120
2.4
CFS-FSH-16-80
CFS-FSHS-16-80
240
160
20.8
12.8
CFS-FSH-16-100
CFS-FSHS-16-100
300
200
20.8
12.8
CFS-FSH-16-120
CFS-FSHS-16-120
360
240
20.8
12.8
CFS-FSH-20-100
CFS-FSHS-20-100
300
200
27.2
14.4
CFS-FSH-20-120
CFS-FSHS-20-120
360
240
27.2
14.4
Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2.
Axial Component
Axial Capacity
Shear Component
Shear Capacity
1.2
www.cfsfixings.com
FIXING SOCKETS
3-12
Anchorage Reinforcement
for Flat End Fixing Sockets
The anchorage reinforcement below must be used with
these sockets.
Part No Zinc Plated
Anchorage Reinforcement B500B minimum

ds
Dmin
kN
CFS-FSH-8-40
CFS-FSHS-8-40
60
250
CFS-FSH-10-45
CFS-FSHS-10-45
60
250
CFS-FSH-12-60
CFS-FSHS-12-60
10
60
300
CFS-FSH-16-80
CFS-FSHS-16-80
10
70
350
CFS-FSH-16-100
CFS-FSHS-16-100
10
70
350
CFS-FSH-16-120
CFS-FSHS-16-120
10
70
350
CFS-FSH-20-100
CFS-FSHS-20-100
12
80
400
CFS-FSH-20-120
CFS-FSHS-20-120
12
80
400
nim
G
sd
3-13
www.cfsfixings.com
Abmessungen [mm]
Stahl blank /
verzinkt und chromatiert
Lxh
ca.
Gewicht
je
100 Stck
Belastung bei
4 -- 5-facher
Sicherheit in kg
[1 kg = 10 N,
1000 kg = 1 t = 10 kN]
[kg]
axial
Bent End Fixing Socket

Bestell-Nr.
30 x 20
k1508bk/zn
Zinc Plated or Stainless
8
16Steel Socket
1,32 with Bent End
180
35 x 21
k1510bk/zn
M thread
45 x 25
60 x 30
12
20into the concrete
3,40
k1512bk/zn
The socket is anchored
unit by400
its
bent end.
k1516bk/zn
15
32
9,91
950
70 x 30
18
28 is not16,30
k1520bk/zn
Additional reinforcement
required.
80 x 37
25,60 of applications
14500
k1524bk/zn
Sockets can be21used in30a wide range
10
Part No Zinc Plated
20
Part No Stainless
Steel
2,00
240
12500
d
30
20
12
35
21
10
18
25
12
20
30
15
22
30
18
24
37
21
30
mm
CFS-FSB-8-30
CFS-FSBS-8-30
CFS-FSB-10-35
CFS-FSBS-10-35
CFS-FSB-12-45
CFS-FSBS-12-45
Edelstahl
CFS-FSB-16-60
CFS-FSBS-16-60
CFS-FSB-20-70
CFS-FSBS-20-70
CFS-FSB-24-80
CFS-FSBS-24-80
g
s
Abmessungen [mm]
Werkstoffgruppe A4
Lxh
Bestell-Nr.
M8
M10
ca.
M12
Gewicht
je
M16
100 Stck
M20
M24
Belastung bei
45
4 -- 5-facher
Sicherheit60in kg
[1 kg = 10 N,
1000 kg = 1 t70
= 10 kN]
[kg]
80
axial
k1508va
12
1,70
180
35 x 21
k1510va
10
18
2,50
240
45 x 25
k1512va
12
20
3,50
400
60 x 30
k1516va
15
22
9,50
950
70 x 30
k1520va
18
22
16,00
12500
80 x 37
k1524va
21
30
25,60
14500

geschnitten.
FIXING SOCKETS
30 x 20

Auf Wunsch werden unsere Gewindehlsen galvanisch mit 4 bis 6 m

Auflage verzinkt und zustzlich gelb
chromatiert.
fertigungen auf Anfrage

58809 Neuenrade, Germany Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
www.cfsfixings.com
3-14
Design Fixing Capacities

for Flat End Fixing Sockets
the socket.
Part No Zinc Plated
Wall thickness
Minimum edge distance
Axial Load
60
1.8
mm
CFS-FSB-8-30
CFS-FSBS-8-30
90
CFS-FSB-10-35
CFS-FSBS-10-35
105
70
2.4
CFS-FSB-12-45
CFS-FSBS-12-45
135
90
CFS-FSB-16-60
CFS-FSBS-16-60
180
120
9.5
CFS-FSB-20-70
CFS-FSBS-20-70
210
140
12.5
CFS-FSB-24-80
CFS-FSBS-24-80
240
160
14.5
Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2.
3-15
kN
www.cfsfixings.com
Propping Sockets
Zinc Plated sockets for use in propping and other
applications
M thread
Socket with welded round plate
Plastic adhesive cap plate available
May be used for both fixing and lifting operations
Part No Zinc Plated
d
mm
CFS-FAR-16-50
M16
45
42
50
CFS-FAR-16-70
M16
43
38
70
50
Plastic Ashesive Cap

CFS-FAP
FIXING SOCKETS
e L
e
t
www.cfsfixings.com
3-16
Einsatz als
Transportanker
nsatz als Befestigungsmittel
Design
Capacities
for
Zusatzbewehrung
fr
Zuglasten
charakt.
mit Zusatz Propping
Sockets
ewehrung
Bruchlast
erstnde(1)
(2)
V
C1
zul F(2)
Theseds
tables
Lges to be used as fixing
Luare for
Ls these
Lo sockets
design loads on
VRddevices. They should be compared toNthe
char,Bruch
NRd
the socket.
[mm]
[kN]
12,1
7,5
14,0
7,5
C3
e Einbausituation mit =1,5, Anpassung bei anderen RandPart No
Wall
thickness
Minimum
edge
Zusammenarbeit
mit der
TU
Dortmund
- Institut
frWithout Anchorage reinforcement
distance
n VDI/BV-BS 6205 und versuchsbasierter
Berechnung,
gilt
C1, C2, C3, C4
Axial
Shear
r =2,1 (Verfahren A) mm
kN
g gilt :
C2

25,5 If your
15,4
70 is 90
420
check8your195
situation
within
these parameters.
situation
falls
out
of
these
parameters,
please
15,5 8 195 70 90 420
29,3 Contact
C4
With Anchorage reinforcement
Axial
Shear
kN
CFS-FAR-16-50
55
400
13.4
13
17.5
15.4
CFS-FAR-16-70
55
400
15.5
13
17.5
15.5
Bei gleichzeitig wirkender Zug - und Querkraft gilt :

The loads here are for use in fixing and propping applications. These anchors may be also used as lifting anchors. Please
contact CFS for load capacities in lifting.
Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2
For propping applications with an angled load, ensure that
Zusatzbewehrung
fr Querlasten

Shear Design
Load
+
1.2
ewehrung
Axial Capacity
Shear Capacity mu Kontakt zur Hlse haben
Die Zusatzbewehrung
Axial Design Load
ach oben
B500B ds=8 mm, Verankerungslnge L1= 130 mm
Lu
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co KG
09 Neuenrade, Germany - Tel 0049-2394-9180-0 - Fax 0049-2394-9180-88

info@schroeder-neuenrade.de - www.schroeder-neuenrade.de
3-17
www.cfsfixings.com
- U Bgel
Bei reiner Zugbelastung ohne Zusatzbewehrung gilt :

- Randabstand >= 1,5 x (L-t) + 0,5 x D
- Achsabstand >= 3,0 x (L-t) + D
Zum Erreichen der vollen Betonausbruchkraft.
Anchorage and Shear

Reinforcement for Propping Sockets
Zusatzbewehrung fr Zuglasten
Part No
Anchorage Reinforcement B500B minimum
Shear Reinforcement B500B

minimum
Die Zusatzbewehrung
soll anL die vorhandene
Bewehrung
d
L
L
L
d
mm
anschliessen, die Aufbiegung kann daher auch nach obenmm
CFS-FAR-16-50
8
195
70
90
420
8
zeigen.
CFS-FAR-16-70
8
195
70
90
420
8
s
ges
L1
130
Die Zusa
B500B d
130
30
err
ood
Ls
Lu
Anchorage Reinforcement
Lo
Ls
Lu
L ges
FIXING SOCKETS
Friedrich S
58809 Neuenrade, Germany - Tel 00

info@schroeder-neu
Shear Reinforcement
www.cfsfixings.com
3-18
Accessories
Plastic Recess Plate
D
The nail plate is used to attach the socket anchors to

the formwork. The plastic nail plates are available for
thread sizes M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The plastic recess plate
produces a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating
eye can be threaded.
Part No
Dimensions
Rd
D1
mm
CFS-NPL-12
M/Rd 12
58
10
CFS-NPL-16
M/Rd 16
58
10
CFS-NPL-20
M/Rd 20
58
10
CFS-NPL-24
M/Rd 24
70
10
CFS-NPL-30
M/Rd 30
70
10
CFS-NPL-36
M/Rd 36
100
12
CFS-NPL-42
M/Rd 42
100
12
CFS-NPL-52
M/Rd 52
95
15
Rd
Magnetic Recess Plate
D2
The magnetic nail plate attaches socket anchors to steel

formwork by magnets. They are available for thread sizes
M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The magnetic recessl plate produces
a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating eye can be
threaded.
D1
Part No
3-19
Thread
Adhesion
D1
mm
kPa
mm
D2
CFS-MAG-12
12
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-16
16
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-20
20
100
165
60
12
CFS-MAG-24
24
100
178.2
74
12
CFS-MAG-30
30
120
194.2
90
12
CFS-MAG-36
36
120
105.2
101
12
CFS-MAG-42
42
180
115.3
110
15
CFS-MAG-52
52
180
135.3
130
15
www.cfsfixings.com
Accessories
Marking recess disc with fixing
These provide additional safety by marking the concrete
surface with an imprint of the thread size and load
capacity. The disc diameter is sufficient to allow rotating
eyes to be used with the cast in socket.
(1) Making Recess Disc composite material

Part No
CFS-MPP-12
For fixing screw

pin size
M12
12
23.5
10
mm
150.5
M16
159.2
16
30.5
10
M20
173.5
20
37
10
CFS-MPP-24
M24
178.2
24
41
12
CFS-MPP-30
M30
194.2
30
50
12
CFS-MPP-36
M36
105.2
36
59
12
CFS-MPP-42
M42
115.3
42
67.5
15
CFS-MPP-52
M52
135.3
52
81
15
FIXING SOCKETS
CFS-MPP-16
CFS-MPP-20
(2) Fixing Screw Pin Steel

Part No
Internal thread depth
mm
CFS-FSP-12
M12
23.5
CFS-FSP-16
M16
30.5
CFS-FSP-20
M20
37
CFS-FSP-24
M24
41
9.5
CFS-FSP-30
M30
50
9.5
CFS-FSP-36
M36
59
9.5
CFS-FSP-42
M42
67.5
12
CFS-FSP-52
M52
81
12
www.cfsfixings.com
3-20
Seal Caps
For using directly in sockets and other threaded products
without outer disc.
Part No.
For Lifting
Anchor
Dimensions
L
d
CFS-CAPG-12
CFS-CAPG-16
CFS-CAPG-20
Rd 12
Rd 16
Rd 20
18.5
25.5
31.5
12
16
20
CFS-CAPG-24
CFS-CAPG-30
Rd 24
Rd 30
24
30
CFS-CAPG-36
CFS-CAPG-42
CFS-CAPG-52
Rd 36
Rd 42
Rd 52
35.5
44.0
52.5
55.9
69.5
36
42
52
Architectural Socket Caps

We can provide architectural socket caps to use directly
in sockets and other threaded products to cover up the
exposed thread and provide an architecturally pleasing
appearance.
These are available in all sizes and produced to order to
suit your concrete recess dimension. Please contact CFS to
discuss your requirement.
3-21
www.cfsfixings.com
FIXING SOCKETS
www.cfsfixings.com
3-22
4-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Product Summary
4-3
Recess Formers and Accessories
4-4
Accessories
4-5
Other CFS Products for use in Construction with Spherical

Anchor Systems
4-5
Type T - Spherical Head T Anchors
4-6
Type T - Axial Lifting of Beams and Walls
4-7
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Axial Lifting of

Beams and Walls
4-8
Type T - Angled Lifting of Beams and Walls
4-9
4-10
Type T - Axial or Angled Lifting of Slabs
4-11
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Angled Lifting of Slabs
4-12
Type TPA - Spherical Head Plate Anchors
4-13
Type TSG - Spherical Head Cranked Anchor
4-14
Type TKS - Rod Lifting Anchor
4-15
Type O - Eye Lifting Anchor
4-16
Type TKS - Additional Reinforcement
4-17
Type TKA - Tilt Anchor
4-18
Type TKA - Additional Reinforcement for Shear Lifting

of Beams and Walls
4-19
Type TKA - Recess Formers
4-19
Recess Formers for Spherical Head Anchors
4-20
Recess Formers for Spherical Head Anchors
4-21
Spherical Head Anchor Lifting Devices
4-22
Lifting Clutches - Type H2
4-22
Anchor Lifting and Turning Devices
4-23
SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Angled Lifting of

Beams and Walls
10
www.cfsfixings.com
4-2
Product Summary
T - Spherical Head T Anchor
TPA - Spherical Head Plate Anchor
Forged from round steel St 52-3

with load groups 1.332 (higher
load groups on request). Suitable for
large precast elements such as slabs,
beams, walls and pipes.
Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor with a

welded-on plate. Load groups 2.510
t. or use in thin large-sized heavy slabs
which are to be lifted or assembled in
a horizontal position.
TKS - Spherical Head Rod Anchor
O - Spherical Head O Anchor
TKA - Spherical Head Tilt Anchor
Forged from ribbed steel St 52-3,

with load groups 215. For use in
very thin concrete sections.
This anchor has a bar passed through

the hole. For use in thin sections.
Designed for tilting pre-cast element

from the horizontal to vertical.
Anchor identification
Material
Anchors head are always marked with

the load group e.g. 5.0.
Anchors are available in steel ST 52-3

or stainless steel 304 or hot dip spun
galvanized.
5.0.
4-3
www.cfsfixings.com
TSG - Spherical Head

Cranked Anchor
Replace paragraph with Specially
cranked anchor to enable sandwich
panel lifting to take place.
Safety and quality

Factors safety
Quality
Anchors and lifting eyes have a minimum factor of safety

of 3:1. Load data provides in the tables is based upon a
factor of safety of 2.5:1 against concrete failure.
All anchors and clutches are produced by state of the art

production equipment in accordance with ISO 9001. All
anchors are batch checked and tested by a recognised
research institute.
Recess Formers and Accessories

Rubber recess former
Narrow rubber recess former
To attach the spherical head lifting anchor to the mould.

forms a semi-circular recess to accept the lifting clutch
To attach the spherical head lifting anchot to the mould

and to produce the narrow recess in slender precast
concrete units.
Magnetic recess former

A former for use with spherical head anchors.
Incorporates high power magnets to fix to the steel
formwork. Use insert RRM.
www.cfsfixings.com
4-4
Accessories
Lifting eye
Turning and lifting device
Lifting clutch in 7 different load groups 1.345 t

to suit the load carrying range of all Lifting Anchors
of the Spherical-Head Anchor System.
For easy lifting and turning of heavy, large concrete pipes.

Load groups 1.332 t. The Turning and Lifting Link is
attached to an installed Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor.
Please contact CFS for specific application details.
Other CFS Products for use in Construction

with Spherical Anchor Systems
Chain sets for lifting precast planks and slabs
4-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Pipe joining chains type BCH
Type T - Spherical Head T Anchors

T Anchors are the most commonly used spherical head
anchor and can be used in most situations. They are ideal
for beam or wall elements.
The anchors must be fixed in the mould using recess

formers. The recess former retains the anchor securely in
position during the concrete pour.
The load on the anchor is transmitted to the concrete

through the anchor foot. In the same load group,
anchors are available with different lengths. Longer
anchors are installed for reduced edge spacing or for low
concrete strengths.
The recess former creates a void around the head which

corresponds to the shackle. The incorrect coupling of
parts from different load groups is impossible. Another
advantage is that the shackle rests agains the concrete
during an angled lift and therefore the horizontal load is
transferred into the concrete directly.
Load Group
Part No Standard
Load Group
Part No Standard
Load Group
CFS-T-013-0035
1.3
CFS-T-050-0210
CFS-T-100-0500
10
CFS-T-013-0040
1.3
CFS-T-050-0240 **
CFS-T-100-0540
10
CFS-T-013-0050
1.3
CFS-T-050-0340
CFS-T-100-0650
10
CFS-T-013-0055
1.3
CFS-T-050-0480
CFS-T-100-0680
10
CFS-T-013-0065
1.3
CFS-T-050-0680
CFS-T-100-1300
10
CFS-T-013-0085
1.3
CFS-T-075-0085 *
7.5
CFS-T-150-0140
15
CFS-T-013-0120
1.3
CFS-T-075-0095 *
7.5
CFS-T-150-0150
15
CFS-T-013-0240
1.3
CFS-T-075-0100
7.5
CFS-T-150-0165
15
CFS-T-025-0045
2.5
CFS-T-075-0120
7.5
CFS-T-150-0170
15
CFS-T-025-0055
2.5
CFS-T-075-0140
7.5
CFS-T-150-0200
15
CFS-T-025-0065
2.5
CFS-T-075-0150
7.5
CFS-T-150-0210
15
CFS-T-025-0070
2.5
CFS-T-075-0160
7.5
CFS-T-150-0300
15
CFS-T-025-0085
2.5
CFS-T-075-0165
7.5
CFS-T-150-0400
15
CFS-T-025-0100
2.5
CFS-T-075-0170
7.5
CFS-T-150-0840
15
CFS-T-025-0120
2.5
CFS-T-075-0200
7.5
CFS-T-200-0100
20
CFS-T-025-0140
2.5
CFS-T-075-0240
7.5
CFS-T-200-0165
20
CFS-T-025-0170 **
2.5
CFS-T-075-0280
7.5
CFS-T-200-0170
20
CFS-T-025-0210
2.5
CFS-T-075-0300 *
7.5
CFS-T-200-0200
20
CFS-T-025-0240
2.5
CFS-T-075-0540
7.5
CFS-T-200-0240
20
CFS-T-025-0280
2.5
CFS-T-075-0680
7.5
CFS-T-200-0250
20
CFS-T-050-0055
CFS-T-100-0085
10
CFS-T-200-0340
20
CFS-T-050-0065 *
CFS-T-100-0090
10
CFS-T-200-0500
20
CFS-T-050-0075 *
CFS-T-100-0100
10
CFS-T-200-1000
20
CFS-T-050-0080
CFS-T-100-0115
10
CFS-T-320-0175
32
CFS-T-050-0085
CFS-T-100-0120
10
CFS-T-320-0280
32
CFS-T-050-0095 *
CFS-T-100-0135 *
10
CFS-T-320-0320
32
CFS-T-050-0110
CFS-T-100-0140
10
CFS-T-320-0500
32
CFS-T-050-0120 *
CFS-T-100-0150
10
CFS-T-320-0700
32
CFS-T-050-0140
CFS-T-100-0170
10
CFS-T-320-1200
32
CFS-T-050-0150
CFS-T-100-0200
10
CFS-T-450-0280
45
CFS-T-050-0160
CFS-T-100-0220
10
CFS-T-450-0500
45
CFS-T-050-0170
CFS-T-100-0250
10
CFS-T-450-0700
45
CFS-T-050-0180 *
CFS-T-100-0340 *
10
CFS-T-450-1200
45
Part No Standard
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard), hot dip galvanised steel, electro-galvanised steel and stainless steel.
Sizes highlighted in green are held standard in stock.
* Standard and hot dipped galvanized anchors held in stock. ** Standard, hot dipped galvanised and stainless steel held in stock.
All other anchors will take a few days longer and any bespoke length may be provided on request.
www.cfsfixings.com
4-6
Type T - Axial Lifting of Beams

and Walls
Load capacity under vertical axial lift using the CFS Lifting Clutch for walls and
beams.
The values in this table are valid when using the additional reinforcement
shown on the next page.
Load
Group
Part No
CFS-T-013-0120
CFS-T-025-0170
CFS-T-050-0340
CFS-T-050-0480
CFS-T-075-0300
CFS-T-075-0540
CFS-T-100-0340
CFS-T-100-0680
CFS-T-150-0400
CFS-T-200-0500
CFS-T-320-0700
CFS-T-320-1200
CFS-T-450-1200
1.3
2.5
7.5
7.5
10
10
15
20
32
32
45
Length of
anchor
Cover to
anchor head
Recess
radius
Min edge
distance
Minimum
element
thickness
Permissible axial load
amin
15
25
35
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
60
9.9
12.8
13
80
13
13
13
100
13
13
13
80
18.4
23.8
25
100
23
25
25
120
25
25
25
120
39.5
50
50
140
46
50
50
160
50
50
50
100
32.8
42
50
120
39.5
50
50
140
46
50
50
160
63.2
75
75
180
71
75
75
200
75
75
75
140
55.2
71.3
75
160
63.2
75
75
180
71
75
75
200
89.5
100
100
240
98
100
100
280
100
100
100
160
73.6
95.2
100
180
83
100
100
200
92
100
100
300
129
150
150
400
149
150
150
500
150
150
150
300
162
200
200
400
175
200
200
500
187
200
200
450
282
320
320
550
312
320
320
680
320
320
320
300
266
320
320
350
311
320
320
400
320
320
320
400
355
450
450
500
444
450
450
600
450
450
450
120
170
340
480
300
540
340
680
400
500
700
1200
1200
10
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
23
23
23
30
37
47
47
59
59
59
59
80
80
102
102
102
390
540
765
765
945
945
1100
1100
1250
1550
2150
2150
2400
Concrete strength in N/mm2
Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.
4-7
www.cfsfixings.com
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Axial

Lifting of Beams and Walls
For elements such as walls or beams where the lifting
occurs axially, the reinforcement below must be included
in addition to the mesh or other reinforcement specfified
by the engineer.
Edge reinforcement
BSt 500s
BSt 500s
nxd
Ls
Part No.
Load Group
mm
mm
mm
CFS-T-013
1.3
4 x 6
L+300
10
CFS-T-025
2.5
4 x 6
L+600
10
CFS-T-050
6 x 8
L+750
12
CFS-T-075
7.5
6 x 10
L+750
12
CFS-T-100
10
6 x 10
L+750
16
CFS-T-150
15
8 x 10
L+800
16
CFS-T-200
20
8 x 10
L+800
16
CFS-T-320
32
8 x 12
L+1000
16
CFS-T-450
45
12 x 12
L+1000
16
Stirrups
L = Anchor length
The stirrups adjacent to the anchor should be installed as close as possible to the recess former.
www.cfsfixings.com
4-8
Type T - Angled Lifting

of Beams and Walls
Load capacity under angled lifting up to 45 from vertical
using CFS Lifting Clutch for walls and beams
The values in this table are valid when using additional
reinforcement shown on the next page.
Load
Group
Part No
CFS-T-013-0120
CFS-T-025-0170
CFS-T-050-0340
CFS-T-050-0480
CFS-T-075-0300
CFS-T-075-0540
CFS-T-100-0340
CFS-T-100-0680
CFS-T-150-0400
CFS-T-200-0500
CFS-T-320-0700
CFS-T-320-1200
CFS-T-450-1200
1.3
2.5
7.5
7.5
10
10
15
20
32
32
45
Length of
anchor
Cover to
anchor head
Recess
radius
Min edge
distance
Minimum
element
thickness
Permissible angel load up to 45
amin
15
25
35
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
60
9.9
12.8
13
80
13
13
13
100
13
13
13
80
18.4
23.8
25
100
23
25
25
120
25
25
25
120
39.5
50
50
140
46
50
50
160
50
50
50
100
32.8
42
50
120
39.5
50
50
140
46
50
50
160
63.2
75
75
180
71
75
75
200
75
75
75
140
55.2
71.3
75
160
63.2
75
75
180
71
75
75
200
89.5
100
100
240
98
100
100
280
100
100
100
160
73.6
95.2
100
180
83
100
100
200
92
100
100
300
129
150
150
400
149
150
150
500
150
150
150
300
162
200
200
400
175
200
200
500
187
200
200
450
282
320
320
550
312
320
320
650
320
320
320
300
266
320
320
350
311
320
320
400
320
320
320
400
355
450
450
500
444
450
450
600
450
450
450
120
170
340
480
300
540
340
680
400
500
700
1200
1200
10
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
23
23
23
30
37
47
47
59
59
59
59
80
80
102
102
102
390
540
765
765
945
945
1100
1100
1250
1550
2150
2150
2400
4-9
www.cfsfixings.com
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for

Angled Lifting of Beams and Walls
Load capacity under angled lifting up to 45 from vertical using CFS Lifting Clutch for
walls and beams
The values in theis table are valid when using additional reinforcement shown on the
next page.
Stirrups
BSt 500s
Part No
Load Group
Edge
reinforcement
Angled Lift Reinforcement
BSt 500s
BSt 500s
nxd
Ls
da
La
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
CFS-T-013
1.3
4 x 6
L+450
10
25
400
CFS-T-025
2.5
6 x 10
L+600
10
10
25
750
CFS-T-050
6 x 10
L+750
12
16
35
1000
CFS-T-075
7.5
8 x 10
L+750
12
16
40
1150
CFS-T-100
10
8 x 10
L+750
16
20
50
1300
CFS-T-150
15
8 x 10
L+1000
16
2x20
80
1500
CFS-T-200
20
10 x 12
L+1000
16
2x25
80
1500
CFS-T-320
32
10 x 16
L+1100
16
2x25
80
1500
Stirrups
Edge Reinforcement
Angle Lift Reinforcement
L = Anchor length
The stirrups adjacent to the anchor

should be installed as close as
possible to the recess former and
then at a spacing of 125mm.
The angle lift reinforcement should
also be placed as close as possible
to the recess former and with
full contact to the anchor in the
opposite direction to the load.
www.cfsfixings.com
4-10
Type T - Axial or Angled

Lifting of Slabs
Load capacity under axial or angled lifting up to 45 from
vertical using CFS Lifting Clutch for slabs.
The values in this table are valid when using additional
reinforcement shown on the next page.
Length of
anchor
Load
Group
Part No
CFS-T-013-0040
CFS-T-013-0050
CFS-T-013-0065
Cover to
anchor
head
Recess
radius
Edge
distance
Permissible forces
min
Axial
Angle up to
45
Axial or angle up to 45
amin
15
15
25
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
kN
75
150
7.8
6.2
10
11.8
85
180
10
13
13
100
225
13
10.4
13
13
40
1.3
Minimum
Slab thickness
50
65
10
30
CFS-T-013-0085
85
120
285
13
10.4
13
13
CFS-T-025-0055
55
95
200
11.2
14.5
17.1
CFS-T-025-0065
65
105
230
13.8
11
17.8
21.1
125
290
19.5
15.6
25
25
CFS-T-025-0085
2.5
85
11
37
CFS-T-025-0120
120
160
395
25
20
25
25
CFS-T-025-0140
140
180
455
25
20
25
25
CFS-T-050-0085
85
125
300
20
16
26
30.8
CFS-T-050-0095
95
135
330
23.3
18.6
30
35.5
160
405
31.7
25.4
41
48.5
CFS-T-050-0120
120
15
47
CFS-T-050-0180
180
220
585
50
40
50
50
CFS-T-050-0240
240
280
765
50
40
50
50
CFS-T-075-0095
95
135
330
24.5
19.6
31.6
37.4
CFS-T-075-0120
120
160
405
31.3
25
40.4
47.8
180
465
38.5
30.8
49.9
59
210
555
49.6
39.7
63.7
75
75
CFS-T-075-0140
CFS-T-075-0170
7.5
140
170
15
59
CFS-T-075-0200
200
240
645
63.8
51
75
CFS-T-075-0300
300
340
945
75
60
75
75
CFS-T-100-0115
115
155
390
29
23.2
37.5
44.4
CFS-T-100-0150
150
190
495
42
33.6
54.3
64.2
CFS-T-100-0170
170
210
555
50.2
40.2
64.8
76.5
240
645
63.2
50.6
81.7
96.5
CFS-T-100-0200
10
200
15
59
CFS-T-100-0250
250
290
795
87.3
69.8
100
100
CFS-T-100-0340
340
380
1065
100
80
100
100
CFS-T-0150-0140
140
180
465
37.5
30
48.4
57.2
CFS-T-0150-0170
170
210
555
47.3
37.8
61
72.3
240
645
62.4
49.9
80.6
95.3
CFS-T-0150-0200
15
200
15
80
CFS-T-0150-0300
300
340
945
113
90.4
145
150
CFS-T-0150-0400
400
440
1245
150
120
150
150
CFS-T-0200-0200
200
240
645
61.6
49.3
79.5
94
CFS-T-0200-0240
240
280
765
80.5
64.4
103
122
290
795
85.5
68.4
110
130
CFS-T-0200-0250
20
250
15
80
CFS-T-0200-0340
340
380
1065
134
107
174
200
CFS-T-0200-0500
500
540
1545
200
160
200
200
CFS-T-0320-0280
280
330
910
102
81.7
131
155
370
1030
124
99.5
160
190
CFS-T-0320-0320
32
320
23
102
4-11
35
www.cfsfixings.com
Type T - Additional Reinforcement

for Angled Lifting of Slabs
For slab-type elements where lifting occurs at an angle greater than 30 from
the vertical, the reinforcement below must be included in addition to the
mesh or other reinforcement specified by the engineer.
not required
Reinforcement
required
45
Use a Type TKA

Tilt Anchor
BSt 500s
da
Part No
Load Group
La
mm
CFS-T-013
1.3
25
400
CFS-T-025
2.5
10
25
750
CFS-T-050
16
35
1000
CFS-T-075
7.5
16
40
1150
CFS-T-100
10
20
50
1300
CFS-T-150
15
2x20
80
1500
CFS-T-200
20
2x25
80
1500
CFS-T-320
32
2x25
80
1500
The angle lift reinforcement should also be placed as close as possible

to the recess former and with full contact to the anchor in the opposite
direction to the load.
This angled reinforcement may be omitted if the edge distance is
increased to the following:

At
Edge distance
fcu = 15N/mm
3 x amin
fcu = 25N/mm2
2.5 x amin
fcu = 35N/mm
2 x amin
www.cfsfixings.com
4-12
Type TPA - Spherical

Head Plate Anchors
The Spherical Head Plate Anchor is recommended for all
large thin precast slabs, when the standard short anchor
cannot be adequately anchored.
The minimum element thickness results from the anchor
length, the head cover dimension and the required
concrete cover.
Appropriate measures must be taken to ensure concrete
cover requirements for corrosion protection and also
allow the concrete to flow under the anchor plate.
Min Slab
thickness
Load
Group
Part No
CFS-TPA-025-055
CFS-TPA-025-085
2.5
CFS-TPA-025-120
Height of
anchor
mm
mm
Min edge
distance
amin
mm
85
55
280
115
85
770
150
120
1000
Cover to
anchor
head
Recess
radius
Additional
Reinforcement
Permissible forces
Axial
Angle up to 45

e
ds
Ls
15
25
15
25
mm
mm
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
kN
200
10
25
10.8
14
11
37
10
250
15
25
17
21
10
300
25
25
25
25
CFS-TPA-050-055
90
55
1000
12
12
50
14
18.6
CFS-TPA-050-065
100
65
1000
12
16
50
16
20.8
125
95
1000
33
50
28
35
145
110
1000
50
50
34
43.8
150
115
1280
80
100
34.5
44.5
CFS-TPA-050-095
CFS-TPA-050-110
CFS-TPA-100-115
10
15
47
12
450
12
15
59
16
600
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard), hot dip galvanised steel.
4-13
www.cfsfixings.com
150
320
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard) and hot dip galvanised steel.
www.cfsfixings.com
1,01
1150
0,52
240
1500
001
32
4,6
200
CFS-TSG-320-1150
4,7
90
8,7
986
0,9
200
6,11
1015
4,91
20
0,52
150
CFS-TSG-200-986
0,52
90
0,52
825
071-520-AKT
180
52
750
011
15
021
100
CFS-TSG-150-825
3,01
70
5,21
667
6,22
140
0,52
610
0,52
10
031
75
CFS-TSG-100-667
4,8
70
6,11
664
5,21
120
5,32
605
0,44
7.5
0,05
50
CFS-TSG-075-664
041
40
60
5,9
60
466
7,21
406
100
6,51
100
410
0,23
320
3,71
CFS-TSG-050-466
1,02
CFS-TSG-040-406
3,22
25
0,53
50
0,64
268
042-050-AKT
100
05
185
051
2.5
061
13
CFS-TSG-025-268
1,41
kN
50
6,51
mm
227
1,91
mm
80
6,42
dradnats GS
T
noitpircseD
722-310-GST
862-520-GST
604-040-GST
664-050-GST
466-570-GST
766-001-GST
528-051-GST
689-002-GST
0511-023-GS
T
mm
130
0,83
93 erutciP
toh GST
98034
19034
39034
59034
79034
10134
30134
noitpircseD tcudorP
.on
78034
VT-722-310G
ST
VT-862-520-G
ST
VT-604-040-G
ST
VT-664-050-G
ST
VT-466-570-G
ST
VT
7
6
6
0
0
1
G
ST
VT-528-051-G
ST
dezinavlag p
id
t cudor P
.on
88034
09034
29034
49034
69034
00134
20134
40134
31954
21954
itaretla
mm
1.3
0,84
d aoL
puorg
]Nk[
31
52
04
05
57
001
051
002
023
VT6
8
9
0
0
2
-GST
VT-0511-023
-GST
devreser sno
Load Group
CFS-TSG-013-227
0,05
elbat( Nk023
ROHCNA TE
ot Nk31 fo eg
SFFO GST
nar eht ni ecr
eht fo yrtemm
of da
ys f
daol eht fo eld o sixa eht no denoitisop e ol a ot dengised si )93 eru
tcip( ro
b tsum
dim e
h
h
t
d
c
n
a
n
o
e
a
h
d
G
e
r
o
n
S
h
o
T ehT
c
i
t
n
isop eb tsum
a ehT .slenap
ge
h
l
r
c
o
i
w
h
c
d
n
n
a
a
s
e
h
n
t
i de su
refsnart daol
efas a erusne
oT .)14
]mm[
722
862
604
664
466
766
528
689
0511
3102/92/01
Part No
0,05
c iP
A
]mm[
63
64
07
91
Permissible axial forces

Concrete strength 25N/
mm2
Diagonal/Angled Pull lifts are not permitted, therefore a

spreader beam or other provision must be made to ensure
only axial lifting is applied.Anchors are available in black
carbon steel (standard) and hot dip galvanised steel.
62
The foot of the anchor is installed within the middle of

the loadbearing layer of the panel, whilst the anchor head
is positioned at the centroid. This allows the panel to be
lifted vertically. Spalling of the concrete during erecting,
lifting and assembly operations is avoided.
If the element is produced with the front layer on top, the

element may only be lifted with a tilting table. Please consult
with CFS for pitching capacities. The positioning of several
connector pins in the vicinity of the anchor is beneficial.
63
Offset
The cranked lifting anchor differs from the standard

spherical head lifting anchor only by its cranked shape.
This special shape permits installation of this anchor in,
for example, sandwich panels.
64
Length of anchor
07
Element thickness
88
Min Edge
distance amin
Type TSG - Spherical

Head Cranked Anchor
4-14
Type TKS - Rod Lifting Anchor

The rod lifting anchor is used in very thin walls and the
webs of precast beams. Brick faced precast panels can
also be lifted using this anchor.
This anchor consists of a ribbed round steel bar with
a forged head. The anchor forces are tranferred solely
via the ribs of the steel bar into the concrete of the
prefabricated element.
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard)
and hot dip galvanised steel.
Part No
Load Group
Stirrups
BSt 500s
nxd
Ls
Edge
reinforcement
BSt 500s

BSt 500s
da
La
CFS-TKS-025-0400
2.5
8 x 8
550
10
10
25
600
CFS-TKS-025-0520
2.5
10 x 8
670
10
10
25
600
CFS-TKS-050-0580
10 x 10
700
12
12
35
1000
CFS-TKS-050-0900
16 x 10
800
12
12
35
1000
CFS-TKS-075-0750
7.5
14 x 10
750
16
20
40
1000
CFS-TKS-075-1150
7.5
20 x 10
900
16
20
40
1000
CFS-TKS-100-0870
10
16 x 10
800
16
20
50
1150
CFS-TKS-100-1300
10
22 x 10
950
16
20
50
1150
CFS-TKS-150-1080
15
18 x 12
1050
16
25
80
1200
CFS-TKS-150-1550
15
26 x 12
1200
16
25
80
1200
Stirrups
Edge Reinforcement
The stirrups adjacent to the anchor

should be installed as close as
possible to the recess former and
then at a spacing of 150mm.
The angle lift reinforcement should
also be placed as close as possible
to the recess former and with
full contact to the anchor in the
4-15
www.cfsfixings.com
Type O - Eye Lifting Anchor

The Eye Lifting Anchor is used whenever, due to special
circumstances, the load transfer through an anchor foot
is not possible. It is mainly designed for the use in slender
reinforced concrete elements, e.g. beams. It is also
suitable for lightweight concrete elements.
The Eye Lifting Anchor is designed so that the total
anchor force is transferred into the concrete via a
reinforcement bar. This reinforcement bar is installed so
that it is firmly fixed in the anchor hole and in contact
with it. The additional reinforcement should be as
described in the table below.
Diameter
of hole
Minimum
element
thickness
For an angled lift it is necessary to use additional

reinforcement similar to that installed with a T-Type
anchor.
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard)
and hot dip galvanised steel
Minimum
edge
distance amin
Permissible
axial load
Permissible angled
load up to 45
Reinforcement dimensions
E
Load
Group
15
15
25
15
25
35
Part No
mm
mm
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
mm
mm
mm
15
mm
CFS-O-013-065
1.3
65
80
250
13
10.4
13
700
600
450
CFS-O-025-090
2.5
90
13
80
300
25
20
25
1100
800
650
10
CFS-O-050-120
120
18
100
375
50
40
50
1700
1400
1100
16
CFS-O-100-180
10
180
25
140
600
100
80
100
2000
1600
1300
20
CFS-O-200-250
20
250
37
180
750
200
160
200
3000
2400
2000
32
CFS-O-320-300
32
300
47
260
1000
320
256
320
3800
2700
2200
40
Length of
anchor
The reinforcement bars of ribbed steel

must be bent to an angle of 30. End hooks are not
required. The length E can be reduced with the end
hooks (see EN 1045).
www.cfsfixings.com
4-16
Type TKS - Additional

Reinforcement
Part No
Load Group
Length of
anchor
Edge distance
min
CFS-TKS-025-0400
2.5
CFS-TKS-025-0520
CFS-TKS-050-0580
CFS-TKS-050-0900
CFS-TKS-075-0750
amin
15
25
15
25
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
kN
90
25
25
20
25
100
25
25
20
25
120
25
25
20
25
100
25
25
20
25
120
44.2
50
35.3
50
140
47
50
37.6
50
160
50
50
40
50
120
50
50
40
50
140
70
75
56
75
160
75
75
60
75
400
460
580
675
750
875
CFS-TKS-075-1150
1150
140
75
75
60
75
CFS-TKS-100-0870
870
160
95
100
76
100
160
100
100
80
100
200
144
150
115
150
200
150
150
150
150
CFS-TKS-100-1300
CFS-TKS-150-1080
CFS-TKS-150-1550
4-17
Permissible angled load

up to 45
900
7.5
mm
520
Minimum
element
thickness
10
15
www.cfsfixings.com
1300
1080
1550
1025
1250
Type TKA - Tilt Anchor

The CFS Tilt-up anchor is used for the erection and
transport of thin precast concrete elements (walls,
beams). It is especially suitable for production without a
tilting table. Special care must be taken when installing
the anchor to ensure that the tilt-up anchor is installed in
the direction of tilt.
The anchor is cast in the concrete by means of a special
recess formers (RBK) and should be used with a CFS
Lifting Clutch. Care should be taken that the tongue of
the CFS Lifting Clutch points in the direction of lift. Due
to the special geometry of the tilt-up anchor, the CFS
Lifting Eye bears on the anchor and not the concrete.
Additional reinforcement must be used around the
anchor to allow pitching.
Shear or Angled Lifting of Slabs
Angled Load
Length
of anchor
Minimum
element
thickness
Minimum
Edge
Distance
amin
Permissible shear load
up to 45
up to 15
15
25
35
15
25
35
15
25
35
mm
kN
kN
kN
kN
kN
kN
kN
kN
kN
Load
Group
Part No
mm
mm
80
765
2.4
3.6
10
12
11
13
CFS-TKA-013-120
1.3
120
100
765
3.4
4.6
10
12
13
11
12
13
CFS-TKA-025-170
CFS-TKA-050-240
2.5
170
240
Shear Load
120
765
4.4
5.6
12
13
13
12.5
13
13
100
765
6.4
7.8
10.1
18
24
25
17.7
25
25
110
765
7.4
11.6
18
24
25
19.4
25
25
120
765
8.4
10.3
12.5
19
25
25
22.6
25
25
130
765
9.5
11.6
12.5
19
25
25
23.5
25
25
140
765
12.7
15.6
20.1
31
42
50
32
44
50
150
765
14.1
17.3
22.3
33
44
50
35
46
50
160
765
15.6
19.1
24.6
35
46
50
38
48
50
www.cfsfixings.com
4-18
Type TKA - Additional

Reinforcement for Shear
Lifting of Beams and Walls
Reinforcement 1
Mesh
reinforcement
Reinforcement 1
da1
Reinforcement 2
L (straight)
L (bent)
da1
L1
Part No
Load Group
mm /m
mm
CFS-TKA-013-120
1.3
131
10
1035
500
10
500
CFS-TKA-025-170
2.5
131
10
1635
800
10
500
CFS-TKA-050-240
2 x 131
12
2240
1100
12
750
Type TKA - Recess

Formers
The TKA must be fixed in the mould using a specific
RBK recess former. This retains the anchor securely in
position during the concrete pour. The IPK is mounted in
the RBK in order to stabilise the RBK druing pouring and
hardening
4-19
Reinforcement 2
RBK Part
No
IPK Part
No
Load
Group
CFS-RBK-13
CFS-IPK-13
1.3
CFS-RBK-25
CFS-IPK-25
2.5
CFS-RBK-50
CFS-IPK-50
www.cfsfixings.com
70
32
49
86
38
60
110
53
78
mm
Recess Formers for

The installation of the Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor is
achieved with the help of a semispherical recess former.
This enables the simple and secure positioning, as well
as the recessed setting of the lifting anchor. Additionally
the dimensions of the recess former ensure that only the
correct lifting clutch can be used.
The load group is also marked on the top of the former.

The recess former is fixed to the formwork by means
of either a bolt (timber) or a magnet (steel). The recess
formers are produced from reusable materials e.g. rubber
or steel.
Standard recess former - type RB

The Rubber Recess formers are produced from stable
shape, oil and temperature (120 C) resistant rubber and
can be used repeatedly.
The CFS-RB recess former is used with the T anchor,
O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and TSG anchor.
R
Part No
Load Group
mm
CFS-RB-013
1.3
30
CFS-RB-025
2.5
37
CFS-RB-040/050
47
CFS-RB-075
7.5
60
CFS-RB-100
10
60
CFS-RB-150
15
80
CFS-RB-200
20
80
CFS-RB-320/450
32/45
108
The Rubber Recess Formers are produced from stable

shape, oil and temperature (120 C) resistant rubber and
can be used repeatedly.
The CFS-SRB recess former is used with the T anchor,
O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and TSG anchor.
Is often used for thin elements such as panels.
30
47
37
37
59
44
47
78
60
CFS-NRB-075
7.5
60
97
77
CFS-NRB-100
10
60
97
77
Part No
Load Group
mm
CFS-NRB-013
1.3
CFS-NRB-025
2.5
CFS-NRB-050
www.cfsfixings.com
Narrow recess former - type NRB
4-20
Recess Formers for

Fixing accessories for mould formers - IP and IPDV
IP type
There are two types of fixing accessories.
H = 100mm
Use either a projecting stud with a wing nut (IPDV) or an

internal plate with a threaded hole (IP).
IPDV type
Fixing Plate with Threaded Rod

and Wing Nut
Fixing Plate
Load Group
Thread
IP Part No
IPDV Part No
CFS-IP-013
CFS-IPDV-13
1.3
mm
M8
CFS-IP-025
CFS-IPDV-025
2.5
M10
CFS-IP-050
CFS-IPDV-050
M10
CFS-IP-075/100
CFS-IPDV-075/100
7.5/10
M12
CFS-IP-150/200
CFS-IPDV-150/200
15/20
M12
CFS-IP-320
CFS-IPDV-320
32
M16
Recess former with magnet type MPS and securing rings type RRM
The MPS recess former is made from stainless steel and used with the T anchor, O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and
TSG anchor. When these anchors are used a rubber ring RRM must be used to secure the anchor head firmly in the
magnetic former.
Magnetic Recess Former
Rubber Ring
Part No
Part No
Rubber Ring
mm
CFS-MPS-13
CFS-RRM-13
1.3
66.5
11
M12
20
21
10
11
CFS-MPS-25
CFS-RRM-25
2.5
80
11
M12
30
31
14
12
CFS-MPS-50
CFS-RRM-50
100
13
M12
37
38
20
14
CFS-MPS-100
CFS-RRM-100
100
129
16
M16
48
49
28
20
MPS Round Magnet Recess Former
4-21
Load Group
Magnetic Recess Former
www.cfsfixings.com
RRM Rubber Rings
Spherical Head Anchor

Lifting Devices
The spherical head lifting anchor system has long been
in use for hoisting, transporting and assembling concrete
elements.
The anchor is secured in the concrete by means of a rubber
former. Once the concrete has cured, the former can be
removed from the element mould. The design of the clutch
ensures safe and tight connection to the anchor.
Lifting Clutches - Type H2

Electrolytically zinc-plated, with test certificate.
The universal lifting clutch is made of wearresistant and
age-resistant steel. This hook can also be used for tilting.
B
A
Permitted load
The spherical ball fits exactly in the concrete cavity.

Thanks to the weight distribution, it is impossible for the
ball on the lifting clutch to come loose from the anchor
when under load. This means that no separate locking
mechanism is necessary.
C
G
The lifting clutch hook is delivered standard with an

individual certificate in accordance with European
standards, so that for each year the user need only carry
out a regular visual inspection.
After the lifting clutch has been tested with a test load of
three times the authorised load, it is given an individual
number which corresponds to the number on the test
certificate.
A
FF
48
77
60
55
40
32
165
92
75
68
55
42
205
68
121
86
88
64
57
240
CFS-H2-075/100
10
84
170
110
108
90
77
346
CFS-H2-150/200
20
124
230
140
146
118
115
520
CFS-H2-320
32
155
303
175
195
160
155
590
CFS-H2-450
45
155
303
175
195
160
155
590
Part No
Load Group
mm
CFS-H2-013
1.3
CFS-H2-025
2.5
CFS-H2-050
www.cfsfixings.com
4-22
Anchor Lifting
and Turning Devices
This is designed so that large elements can be rotated
about their centre of gravity making handling of the units
simplified. Ideal for products such as pipes or culverts
available in the weight range 1.3 t to 32 t.
For anchor selection and applied reinforcement, please
consult CFS for your particular application.
4-23
A. Before Installation
B. After Installation
Pipe
Culvert
Turning on C.O.G. point
www.cfsfixings.com
www.cfsfixings.com
4-24
Quick Lift Anchors
5-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Anchor Types
5-3
Type FSA - Spread Anchor
5-4
Type FSA - Load Capacities for Slabs and

Thick Walled Products
5-5
Type FSA - Load Capacities for Thin Walled Products
5-6
Type FTH - Two Hole Anchor
5-8
Type FTH - Load Capacity and Additional

Reinforcement Requirements
5-9
5-11
Tilting Anchor Load Capacity and Additional

5-12
Type FFA - Flat Foot Anchor
5-13
Type FFA - Capacity and Additional Reinforcement

Requirements
5-14
Type FPA - Plate Anchor
5-15
Flat Plate Anchor Capacity and Additional

5-16
Quick Lift Clutch
5-17
Rubber Recess Former Bayonet
5-18
Holding Plate
5-19
Holding Screw
5-19
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
Type FE - Tilting Anchor
10
www.cfsfixings.com
5-2
Anchor Types
Spread anchor type FSA
Flat foot anchor type FFA
Suitable for load ranges 0.7 t to 22.0 t for use in both

thin panels and slabs. The additional hole in the anchor
is for additional reinforcement which is used in certain
special applications.
This anchor is intended for use in slabs.

Additional reinforcement is placed over the
foot of the anchor.
Two hole anchor type FTH
Plate anchor type FPA
Suitable for load ranges 0.7 t to 22.0 t similar to the

spread anchor, except this anchor utilises additional
reinforcement passed through the hole for anchorage.
This anchor is suitable for use in the thinnest of slabs.

Additional reinforcement is placed over the flat plate
of the anchor.
Erection anchor type FE

This anchor is designed for tilting panels from the
horizontal to the vertical. The anchor head is designed
so that loads are not transferred to the upper part of
the concrete surface. This avoiding spalling.
5-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Type FSA - Spread Anchor

The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel with an additional
hole. The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through the
lower spead of the flat steel. It provides optimum anchoring
whether used in thin walls or large concrete units.
b
d
Part No
Load Group
Dimensions
a
CFS-FSA-0.7-110
110
CFS-FSA-1.4-110
110
CFS-FSA-1.4-160
160
CFS-FSA-2.0-130
130
mm
CFS-FSA-2.0-160
CFS-FSA-2.0-210
2.5
30
160
210
120
10
150
10
CFS-FSA-2.5-200
200
10
CFS-FSA-2.5-250
250
10
CFS-FSA-3.0-160
160
10
CFS-FSA-3.0-220
220
10
CFS-FSA-3.0-280
280
10
CFS-FSA-4.0-140
140
10
CFS-FSA-4.0-180
180
10
240
12
CFS-FSA-4.0-240
40
CFS-FSA-4.0-320
320
12
CFS-FSA-5.0-180
180
15
CFS-FSA-5.0-240
240
15
CFS-FSA-5.0-400
400
15
CFS-FSA-7.5-260
260
16
CFS-FSA-7.5-300
300
16
CFS-FSA-7.5-420
420
16
300
20
CFS-FSA-10-300
10
60
CFS-FSA-10-370
370
20
CFS-FSA-10-520
520
20
CFS-FSA-14-370
370
20
CFS-FSA-14-460
460
20
500
20
620
20
CFS-FSA-22-500
CFS-FSA-22-620
26
60
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
CFS-FSA-2.5-120
CFS-FSA-2.5-150
14
18
27
35
www.cfsfixings.com
5-4
Type FSA - Load Capacities for

Slabs and Thick Walled Products
Load capacity and installation dimensions for large-area precast elements or concrete beams
Part No
Permissible axial
load kN
Minimum
thickness of
precast unit
Minimum Spacing
Minimum thickness of beam
2xa
15
mm
25
15
mm
25
35
mm
CFS-FSA-0.7-110
145
390
280
70
70
70
CFS-FSA-1.4-110
14
145
390
380
110
80
70
CFS-FSA-2.0-130
20
165
460
460
150
110
90
CFS-FSA-2.0-160
20
195
660
660
120
80
80
CFS-FSA-2.5-150
25
185
530
530
180
130
100
CFS-FSA-2.5-200
25
235
730
700
130
90
70
CFS-FSA-3.0-160
30
195
560
560
210
150
120
CFS-FSA-3.0-220
30
255
700
700
160
120
100
CFS-FSA-4.0-180
40
215
630
630
280
200
160
CFS-FSA-4.0-240
40
275
840
840
200
140
110
CFS-FSA-5.0-180
50
215
630
630
380
270
220
CFS-FSA-5.0-240
50
275
840
840
270
190
150
CFS-FSA-7.5-260
75
300
910
910
420
300
240
CFS-FSA-7.5-300
75
340
1050
1050
360
250
200
CFS-FSA-10-300
100
340
1050
1050
540
380
300
CFS-FSA-10-370
100
410
1300
1300
420
300
240
CFS-FSA-14-370
140
410
1300
1300
700
500
400
CFS-FSA-14-460
140
500
1610
1610
530
380
300
CFS-FSA-22-500
220
540
1750
1750
900
640
520
CFS-FSA-22-620
220
660
2170
2170
700
500
400
TECHNICAL MANUAL 2D SYSTEM
Minimum edge distance = b/2
2D-VERSION 06-2013
If the lift is an angled pull 30 in a panel or wall, additional reinforcement will be required. Please also include the
Angled
reinforcement
as directed
on page 6-7
forLARGE-AREA
thin panels. PRECAST ELEMENTS OR CONCRETE BEAMS
LOAD Pull
CAPACITY,
INSTALLATION
DIMENSIONS
FOR
When the load is towards the narrow edge,

reinforcement for angled pull is necessary.
Picture 34
Picture 33
Designation
5-5
Anchor
length
L
www.cfsfixings.com
Minimum
Load thickness of
range precast unit
c
Minimum spacing
between centre b
Table 15
Minimum thickness of beam

2 x a
fcu
15N/mm
fcu
25N/mm
fcu
35N/mm
fcu
15N/mm
fcu
25N/mm
fcu
35N/mm
[mm]
[t]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
110
0,7
145
390
280
280
70
70
70
Load group 2,5t (0,7t 2,5t)

SA-B 0.7 T 110
Type FSA - Load Capacities

for Thin Walled Products
TECHNICAL
TECHNICAL
TECHNICAL
MANUAL
MANUAL
MANUAL
2D SYSTEM
2D SYSTEM
2D SYSTEM
2D-VERSION
2D-VERSION
06-2013
2D-VERSION
06-2013 06-2013
Load capacity and installation dimensions for thin panels and walls
LOADLOAD
CAPACITY,
CAPACITY,
LOAD CAPACITY,
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
FOR FOR
THIN-WALLED
THIN-WALLED
FOR THIN-WALLED
PRECAST
PRECAST
ELEMENTS
PRECAST
ELEMENTS
ELEMENTS
Picture
Picture
35 Picture
35
35
Picture
Picture
36 Picture
36
36
With reinforcement
With reinforcement
With reinforcement
tails placed
tails placed
as
tails
close
placed
as close
to astoclose to
Axial or angled
load
up toreinforcement
=30
Without
Without
reinforcement
Without
reinforcement
tails tails tails Angled load 45 30
Picture
Picture
37 Picture
37
37
the recess
the recess
former
the recess
former
as possible
former
as possible
as possible
Table
Table
16 16
Table
For thin-walled precast elements, additional edge reinforcement and link reinforcement is required. For
angled
lift 16
Minimum
thickness
Minimum
thickness
of thickness
precast
of precast
unit
of precast
unit
unit
Spacing
Spacing
SpacingMinimum
100% 100%
F perm
F100%
perm
80%F Fperm
80%
perm
F perm
80% F perm
where > 30, angled pull reinforcement
bar
is also used. The2angled
pull
is insertedPull
inAngled
an
opposite
x a
2 x a
2 xreinforcement
a
L
between
L
between
Lanchor
between
anchor anchor
Pull Pull Angled
pull Angled
pull
pull
Designation
Designation
direction Designation
to the
load.
The type of mesh
is"determined
by
the
permanent
works
engineer.
centrecentre
"present
b " "centre
b f"cu
b
"
(30)
(30)
(30)
(>30)
(>30)
(>30)
15N/mm
fcu 15N/mm
fcu f15N/mm
fcu 25N/mm
fcu f25N/mm
fcu 35N/mm
fcu 35N/mm
cu 25N/mm
cu 35N/mm
Lifting with Axial Pull
[mm] [mm] [mm]

[mm][mm] [mm][mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm] [mm][mm] [mm] [mm]
[kN] [kN]
Load Load
groupgroup
2,5t
Load
(0,7t
2,5t
group
(0,7t
2,5t)
2,5t
2,5t)
(0,7t 2,5t)
Part No
SA-B SA-B
0.7 T 0.7
SA-B
110
T 0.7
110T 110 110 110
160 160
SA-B SA-B
2.0T 2.0T
SA-B
130 130
2.0T 130
130 130
SA-B SA-B
2.0T 2.0T
SA-B
160 160
2.0T 160
160 160
SA-B SA-B
2.0T 2.0T
SA-B
210 210
2.0T 210
210 210
SA-B SA-B
2.5T 2.5T
SA-B
150 150
2.5T 150
150 150
kN 450
450
150
450 120 mm
120
120 90mm90
SA-B SA-B
2.5T 2.5T
SA-B
200 200
2.5T 200
CFS-FSA-0.7-110
SA-B SA-B
2.5T 2.5T
SA-B
250 250
2.5T 250
CFS-FSA-1.4-110
200 200
600
200
7 600
750
250
14 750
600 120 330

120
750 120 330
120
120 9070 90
120 9080 90
6090 80 6080
7090 80 7080
80
25
2 x 25
6 x 400
80
25
2 x 25
6 x 400
14
480
160
20
600
220
20
840
280
20
540
180
25
720
240
25
960
320
480
480 160 390
160
600 120 120
480
840 120 120
630
540 210 210
450
720 150 150
600
960 150 150
80
160 100
110100
70
100
90
100
90
100
90
130
90
120
90
120
2 x 6 x 400
90
30
2 x 30
6 x 500
90 30
30
2 x 6 x 500
90 30
30
2 x 6 x 500
100 40
40
2 x 8 x 600
100 40
40
2 x 40
8 x 600
100
40
250 250
Load Load
groupgroup
5t
Load
(3,0t-5,0t)
5t
group
(3,0t-5,0t)
5t (3,0t-5,0t)
CFS-FSA-1.4-160
SA-B
SA-B
3.0T
3.0T
SA-B
160
160
3.0T
160 160 160

CFS-FSA-2.0-130
SA-B SA-B
3.0T 3.0T
SA-B
220 220
3.0T 220
CFS-FSA-2.0-160
SA-B SA-B
3.0T 3.0T
SA-B
280 280
3.0T 280
CFS-FSA-2.0-210
SA-B SA-B
4.0T 4.0T
SA-B
180 180
4.0T 180
CFS-FSA-2.5-150
SA-B SA-B
4.0T 4.0T
SA-B
240 240
4.0T 240
CFS-FSA-2.5-200
SA-B SA-B
4.0T 4.0T
SA-B
320 320
4.0T 320
CFS-FSA-2.5-250
SA-B SA-B
5.0T 5.0T
SA-B
180 180
5.0T 180
CFS-FSA-3.0-160
SA-B SA-B
5.0T 5.0T
SA-B
240 240
5.0T 240
CFS-FSA-3.0-220
SA-B SA-B
5.0T 5.0T
SA-B
400 400
5.0T 400
220 220
280 280
180 180
240 240
320 320
480
600
840
540
720
960
240 240
25 540
540
180
30 720
720
240
400 400
30 1200
1200
400
180 180
CFS-FSA-3.0-280
Load Load
groupgroup
10t
Load
(5,3t-10t)
10t
group
(5,3t-10t)
10t (5,3t-10t)
30
540 350 750

350
720 180 480
180
1200180 600
180
840
120 100 100

110
120 100 100
110
210 130 130
120
150 120 120
120
150 120 120
90 80
80
70
90 8090
90
90
80
90
90
80
100 100
80
100 100
80
100 100
120210
350 210
160150
180 150
90
210 150 80
150
100
150 120 90120
120150
180 150
100
150 120 90120
120
100
90
Link reinforcement
60 7,0 7,0
7,05,6
nxxL
70 14
14
14
11,2
[kN]
Edge
5,6
5,6
reinforcement
11,2 11,2
70 14
mm20
80
14
20
14
11,2 11,2
2016 mm
16
80 20
20
2016
16
16
80 20
20
2016
16
16
80 25
25
2520
20
20
2520
206
206
20
2 x 50
8 x 600
150
50
2 x 50
8 x 700
120
50
2 x 50
8 x 700
120
50
2520
3024
3024
3024
4032
4032
4032
6
246
24
6
24
6
32
8
32
328
5040
408
408
5040
408
5040
2 x 8 x 700
11,2
16
20
24
24
24
32
32
32
40
40
40
CFS-FSA-4.0-180
SA-B SA-B
5.3T 5.3T
SA-B
220 220
5.3T 220
220 220
40 660
660
220
660 350 540

350
210210
350 210
130
210 150 100
150
2 x 53
8 x 800
150
53
8
53
42,4 42,4
42,4
SA-B SA-B
5.3T 5.3T
SA-B
260 260
5.3T 260
CFS-FSA-4.0-240
SA-B
SA-B
5.3T
5.3T
SA-B
340
340
5.3T 340
CFS-FSA-4.0-320
260 260
780
260
40 780
1020
340
40 1020
780 180 720

180
1020180 960
180
180 150
150150
150 120 100

120
120
150
120
120
120
100
200 150 150
150
210
120
53
2 x 53
8 x 800
120
53
53
2 x 8 x 800
53
42,4 42,4
8
53
42,4 42,4
8
42,4
SA-B SA-B
7.5T 7.5T
SA-B
260 260
7.5T 260
CFS-FSA-5.0-180
SA-B SA-B
7.5T 7.5T
SA-B
300 300
7.5T 300
CFS-FSA-5.0-240
SA-B SA-B
7.5T 7.5T
SA-B
420 420
7.5T 420
CFS-FSA-5.0-400
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
300 10.0T
300 300
CFS-FSA-7.5-260
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
370 10.0T
370 370
CFS-FSA-7.5-300
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
520 10.0T
520 520
340 340
260 260
300 300
420 420
300 300
370 370
520 520
CFS-FSA-7.5-420
Load Load
groupgroup
26t
Load
(12,5t-26t)
26t
group
(12,5t-26t)
26t (12,5t-26t)
CFS-FSA-10-300
SA-B SA-B
14.0T 14.0T
SA-B
370 14.0T
370 370 370 370
CFS-FSA-10-370
SA-B SA-B
14.0T 14.0T
SA-B
460 14.0T
460 460 460 460
CFS-FSA-10-520
SA-B SA-B
22.0T 22.0T
SA-B
500 22.0T
500 500 500 500
SA-B SA-B
22.0T 22.0T
SA-B
620 22.0T
620 620 620 620
CFS-FSA-14-370
780
260
50
900
300
50
1260
420
50
900
300
75
1110
370
75
1560
520
1560
780 340 540

340
900 240 240
720
1260200 200
1200
900 450 450
780
1110270 270
1560250 900
250
100 1110
1110
370
100
1380
460 1380
1110610 900
610
1380350 1110
350
450360
610 360
270
350 210 210
100 1500
1500
500
1500760 1560
760
1860
620
140 1860
1860450 1110
450
75
CFS-FSA-14-460
alterations
alterations
reserved
alterations
reserved
reserved
CFS-FSA-22-500
140
220
CFS-FSA-22-620
220
780
180 150
150150
900
1260
900
1110
1260
340 200
350200
240 160 160
180
200 160 160
180
450 270 270
340
270 190 190
240
250 190 190
200
160
150
160
150
270
200
190
160
190
160
140 140
120
140 140
120
190 190
150
160 160
140
160 160
140
150
2 x 75
10 x75
800
140 75
75
2 x 10 x 800
140 75
75
2 x 10 x 800
190100 100
4 x 10 x 800
160100 100
4
10 x100
800
160x100
4 x 10 x 800
7560
7560
7560
10080
10080
10080
42,4
6010
60
10
60
10
80
10
80
8010
60
10
60
60
80
80
80
6 x140
10 x140
1000 140
260
112
6
x
10
x
1000
170140 140
140
112
6 x220
10 x220
1000 220
340
176
12
112
12
112
12
176
112
250460
760 460
270
360 260 190
260
190
210 170 160
170
190
460 340 160
340
450 280
610280
280 240 260

240
360
240
176
176
6 x220
10 x220
1000 220
16
176
1380
350
210
460
1860
450
280
10/29/2013
10/29/2013
1500 10/29/2013
760
170
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
SA-B SA-B
1.4 T -1.4
SA-B
160
T - 160
1.4 T - 160
Permissible
Minimum
Minimum thickness of
330
110 330
330 70
70
70 60
60
60 60
60
axial load
Spacing
unit
330
110 330
330 80
80
80 70
70
70 70
70
b
2xa
480
160 480
480 80
80
80 70
70
70 70
70
strength
390
130 390
390 110 110
110 90Concrete
90
90 80
80
in N/mm2
480
160 480
480 110 110
110 90
90
90 80
80
2590 80 3580
630
210 630
630 110 110
110 9015 90
SA-B SA-B
1.4 T 1.4
SA-B
110
T 1.4
110T 110 110 110
[kN]
[kN] [kN]
112
176
6 x 10 x 1000
16
340
19 1619
Page 19
8 x 10 x 1200 PagePage
240
8 x 10 x 1200
16

Please see next page for arrangement of additional reinforcement and also angled pull capacities.
www.cfsfixings.com
5-6
Type FSA - Load Capacities

for Thin Walled Products
Lifting with Angled Pull
Part No
Minimum
Spacing
Minimum thickness of unit

2a

15
25
Link
reinforcement
Edge
reinforcement
Angled pull
reinforcement
x Ls
mm
mm
mm
35
kN
mm
CFS-FSA-0.7-110
5.6
330
mm
70
60
60
4 x 6 x 400
6 x 450
CFS-FSA-1.4-110
11.2
330
80
70
70
4 x 6 x 400
6 x 900
CFS-FSA-1.4-160
11.2
480
80
70
70
4 x 6 x 400
6 x 900
CFS-FSA-2.0-130
16
390
110
90
80
4 x 6 x 500
8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.0-160
16
480
110
90
80
4 x 6 x 500
8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.0-210
16
630
110
90
80
4 x 6 x 500
8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.5-150
20
450
120
90
80
4 x 8 x 600
10
8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-2.5-200
20
600
120
90
80
4 x 8 x 600
10
8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-2.5-250
20
750
120
90
80
4 x 8 x 600
10
8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-3.0-160
24
480
160
100
90
4 x 8 x 700
10
10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-3.0-220
24
600
120
100
90
4 x 8 x 700
10
10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-3.0-280
24
840
120
100
90
4 x 8 x 700
10
10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-4.0-180
32
540
210
130
100
4 x 8 x 800
12
10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-4.0-240
32
720
150
120
100
4 x 8 x 800
12
10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-4.0-320
32
960
150
120
100
4 x 8 x 800
12
10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-5.0-180
40
540
350
210
150
4 x 10 x 800
12
12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-5.0-240
40
720
180
150
120
4 x 10 x 800
12
12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-5.0-400
40
1200
180
150
120
4 x 10 x 800
12
12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-7.5-260
60
780
340
200
150
4 x 10 x 800
12
16 x 2000
CFS-FSA-7.5-300
60
900
240
160
140
4 x 10 x 800
CFS-FSA-7.5-420
60
1260
200
160
140
4 x 10 x 800
12
16 x 2000
12
16 x 2000
CFS-FSA-10-300
80
900
450
270
190
6 x 10 x 1000
CFS-FSA-10-370
80
2D-VERSION 06-2013
16
16 x 2300
1110 AT ANCHOR
270 ZONE 190
160
6 x 10ELEMENTS
x 1000
16
REINFORCEMENT TYPES
FOR THIN-WALLED
PRECAST
1560
250
190
160
6 x 10 x 1000
16
16 x 2300
CFS-FSA-10-520
80
CFS-FSA-14-370
112
1110
610
360
260
CFS-FSA-14-460
112
1380
350
210
MANUAL
SYSTEM
170 TECHNICAL
8 x 10
x 1000 2D
16
CFS-FSA-22-500
176
1500
760
CFS-FSA-22-620
176
1860
450
8 x 10 x 1000
16 x 2300
16
20 x 2600
20 x 2600
460
340
x 10 x 12002D-VERSION
16 06-2013
TECHNICAL
MANUAL
2D8 SYSTEM
280
240 2D-VERSION
8 x 10
x 1200
06-2013
28 x 3550
16
28 x 3550
REINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS
EINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS
Link and Edge Reinforcement
Angled Pull Reinforcement
Applied load
Angled pull reinforcement is inserted in the

Picture 39
SR
L
Picture 38
Required for
angled pull
30
panel edge
reinforcement
placed alongside
the anchor
Angled
pull reinforcement
SR = over all length = 2 leg length
Picture 38
Picture 38
is inserted in the
in the 39
T ypical additionaAngled
l links as tpull
able treinforcement
o be used over a zis
oneinsertedPicture
of 3 the anchor length.
Picture 39
Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg

The edge and link reinforcement should be installed on both sides of the anchor in an area
equal to 3 x length of the
40 be installed as close as possible to the recess
Picture 41
anchor. The two links in the vicinity of the anchor Picture
should
former.
Concrete strength fcu 15 N / mm
Table 17
Pull (30)
5-7
www.cfsfixings.com
Designation
Load
range
Slot-in-link
[t]
[mm]
nxxL
Angled pull (>30)
Edge
reinforcement
[mm]
Slot-in-link
nxxL
[mm]
Edge
reinforcement
[mm]
Angled pull
reinforcement
x Ls
[mm]
Type FTH - Two Hole Anchor

The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel.
The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through
the reinforcement bar.
b
d
Part No
Load Group
Dimensions
a
mm
CFS-FTH-07-90
0.7
30
90
14
CFS-FTH-14-90
1.4
30
90
14
30
90
14
2.5
30
90
10
14
CFS-FTH-30-120
40
120
10
18
CFS-FTH-40-120
40
120
12
18
CFS-FTH-50-120
40
120
15
18
CFS-FTH-75-160
7.5
60
160
15
26
CFS-FTH-100-170
10
60
170
20
27
CFS-FTH-140-240
14
80
240
20
35
CFS-FTH-220-300
22
80
300
25
35
www.cfsfixings.com
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
CFS-FTH-20-90
CFS-FTH-25-90
5-8

2D-VERSION 06-2013
Type FTH - Load Capacity and Additional

2D-VERSION 06-2013
LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS FOR LARGE-AREA PRECAST ELEMENTS OR CONCRETE BEAMS
Picture 47
Part No
Picture 48
Minimum Spacing
Without reinforcement tails

b
mm
CFS-FTH-07-90
400
Designation
500
Designation
CFS-FTH-14-90
600
CFS-FTH-25-90
600
[mm]
[mm]
100
0,7
750
110
110
90
110
SA-ST 1.4T
SA-B 90
2.0T 130
CFS-FTH-75-160
1200
SA-ST
2.0T
90
CFS-FTH-100-170
1200
SA-B 2.0T 160
90
130
130
90
140
160
2,0
SA-ST
2.5T
CFS-FTH-140-240
1500
SA-B 90
2.5T 150
90
160
150
2,5
CFS-FTH-220-300
1500
Load
group
5t (3,0t-5,0t)
SA-B
2.5T - 200
180
200
2,5
SA-ST 3.0T
group
120 5t (3,0t-5,0t)
Load
120
SA-B 120
3.0T 160
SA-ST 4.0T
160
3,0
120
thickness of
Part No
Minimum Spacing
b
90
100
120
1,4
2,0
30
145
400 145
50
500 165
Angled lift, 45 30
700 195
Permissible axial
mm
240
160
80
180
160
4,0 kN
800 275
5.6
5,0 1200 215
CFS-FTH-20-90
600
Load group 10t

(5,3t-10t)
CFS-FTH-25-90
600
Load
group 26t (12,5t-26t)
SA-B 5.3T 220
CFS-FTH-30-120
650
SA-ST 14.0T 240
SA-B 5.3T 260
CFS-FTH-40-120
700
SA-ST 22.0T 300
CFS-FTH-50-120
750
SA-B 7.5T 260
SA-ST
26.0T 300
CFS-FTH-75-160
1200
SA-B 7.5T 300
80
240
170
90
SA-B 10.0T 300
300
10
340
SA-B 10.0T 370
370
10
1200
CFS-FTH-140-240
1500
CFS-FTH-220-300
1500
140
80
110
14
460
2 x 10 x 800 150
20
4660
x 10 x 800 120
25
4530
x 10 x 1000 180
4 x 12 x 1200
700
560
40
630
630
630
mm
840
340
4 x 6 x 500 100
840
840
4 x 8 x 600
1 x 25 x 1850
1300
Load group 26t (12,5t-26t)
alterations
reserved
SA-B 22.0T 620
alterations reserved
www.cfsfixings.com
620
22
1 x 32 x 3000
10/29/2013
660
2170
10/29/2013
2170
200
380
270
12 240
12 420
12 360
16
SA-B edge
14.0Tdistance
370
14
410
1300
1300
Minimum
= b/2 370
2
Concrete
strength
assumed
to
be
15N/mm
SA-B 14.0T 460
460
14
500
1610
1610
The type
meshpresent
is determined
by the
engineer. 1750
SA-Bof 22.0T
500
500
22 permanent
540 works1750
176
90
70
32150
120
200
160
Angled pull
120
100
40
reinforcement
x Ls
mm
140
42,4
6 x 900
60270
110
220
6 x 900
190
80
8 x 950
150
8 x 1200
8 x 10 x 1200
1300
180
16
80
100
200x 1150
10
16
1050
90
121680
1620130
10
8 x 10 x 1000
1300
70
10 280
12
1050
1 x 32 x 2350
410
6 x 10 x 1000
1300
112
280
mm
140
1 x 12
x 800
1050
160
210
4 x 6 x 400
70
10
Edge
160
reinforcement
1 x 10 x 650
770
4 x 8 x 700 770
160
140
1 x880
16 x 1200 880
4 x 8 x 800 880
180
220
1 x910
16 x 1500 910
4 x 10 x 800910
200
260
1 1050
x 20 x 1750 1050
4 x 10 x 8001050
300
70
5,680
8
11,2
110
8
24
840
53
4 x 6 x 400
630
630
75
1 x770
16 x 1000
300
130
30
560
1 x 12 x 1000
260
70
2 x 8 x 800
560110
840
20
5,3 24
1500
5,3 32
1500
7,5 40
1500
7,5 60
280
7,0
380
Reinforcement Link reinforcement

700
700
50
tail
n 120
x x La 700
nxxL
840120
1 x 10 x 650
630130
5,0 1200 275

16
100
100
mm
11.2
220
100
240
260
110
300
120
260
300
130
300
CFS-FTH-100-170
3000
730 1 x 28 x700
235
2xa
180
SA-B 160
5.0T 180
SA-ST
7.5T
CFS-FTH-14-90
500
SA-B 5.0T
SA-ST 10.0T
170 240
1 x 28 x530
2350
530100
220
SA-B
180
Load group
10t 4.0T
(5,3t-10t)
mm
SA-B
4.0T
SA-ST 5.3T 160 240
2 x 8 x 700
280
1 x 16 x380
1500
75
3,0 load
750 255
4,0
215
2 x 8 x 700
1 x 16 x 1200
460 80
1 x 20 x460
1750
90
1850
660 1 x 25 x660
650
Minimum
1 x 16 x 1000
390 80
600 100
195
600 140
185
beam
220
120
400
390
40
SA-B 120
3.0T 220
SA-ST 5.0T
CFS-FTH-07-90
Table 15
Minimum spacing mm
Minimum
kN
mm
mmthickness of beam
Minimum
between centre b
2 xTable
a 21
Load thickness
of
7
1 x 10 x 650
2 x 6 x 400
6
Minimum
spacing
thickness
100%
F
perm
80%
F
perm
range precast
unit Minimum
fcu
f
fcu
f
f
fcu
14c
1 x 10
x cu
650
2Pull
x 6 x 400 cu
6 cupull
between centre
of precast
unit
15N/mm
25N/mm
35N/mm
15N/mmAngled
25N/mm 35N/mm
"b" 20
"2 x1 a"
(30)
(>30)
x 12 x 800
2 x 6 x 500
6
[t]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]25
[mm]
1 x 12 x 1000
2[kN]
x 8 x 600
6[kN]
CFS-FTH-20-90
CFS-FTH-50-120
5-9
mm
Anchor
80
length
L
L80

CFS-FTH-30-120
Load
group 2,5t (0,7t 650
2,5t)
SA-B 0.7 T 110
CFS-FTH-40-120
700
SA-ST 0.7T
SA-B 90
1.4 T 110
Picture
49
When the load is towards
the narrow
edge,
Minimum thickness Axial and angled lift, 30

reinforcement
for angled pull is necessary.
With reinforcement tails placed as close
to
of beam
Permissible
Reinforcement tail
Link reinforcement
Picture 33 the recess
Picture 34 Edge
former axial
as possible
load
n x x La
nxxL
reinforcement
2xa
540
112
180x 1500
10
176
12
300x 1550
208
16
250x 2000
16 x 2300
160
140
240
200
380
300
300
240
700
500
400
1610
530
380
300
1750
900
640
520
2170
700
420
20 x 2600
25 x 3000
Page
23
500
400
Page 18
Two Hole Anchor Load Capacity and

Additional Reinforcement Requirements

2D-VERSION 06-2013
REINFORCEMENT TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE

2D-VERSION 06-2013

La = overall length.
2D-VERSION 06-2013
The bending angle must be 30

2D-VERSION 06-2013
Picture 50
Picture 51
Reinforcement tail
Link and Edge Reinforcement
Angled Pull Reinforcement
Applied load
Angled pull reinforcement is inserted in the

Picture 39
SR
Picture 38
Picture 52
SR = over all length = 2 leg length
Picture 38
Load
of 3 the anchor length.
=the
overall
length.
aDesignation
range
The endsLof
bar may
be straight
The
bending
angle
must
be
30
instead of turned in.

Picture
Load group 2,5t (0,7t
2,5t)
in the
Table 22
Picture 39
T ypical additional links as table to be used over a zone
[t]
51
Required for
angled pull
30
Pull (30)
Slot-in-link
nxxL
Edge
reinforcement
[mm]
[mm]
Reinforcement tail
n x x La
[mm]
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
panel edge
reinforcement
Ls (overall
length) = 2 x length of leg
placed alongside
Angled
pull
is inserted
the anchorreinforcement
Picture 53
The
SA-ST
Picture
edge
should be2 installed
on40both sidesof6 the anchor in1 an
area
to 3 41
x length of the
1.4 T and link reinforcement1,4
x 6 x 400
x 10
x 650equalPicture
anchor.
The
two
links
in
the
vicinity
of
the
anchor
should
be
installed
as
close
as
possible
to
the
recess
former. Table 17
SA-ST 2.0T
2,0
2 x 6 x 500
6
1 x 12 x 800
Pull (30)
Angled pull (>30)
SA-ST
2.5T
2,5
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t)
Designation
2 x 8 x 600
Load
range
3,0
2 x 8 x 700
[t]
SA-ST
3.0T
SA-ST
4.0T
2 x 8 x 700
Load group4,0
2,5t (0,7t 2,5t)
SA-ST
5.0T
SA-B 0.7 T5,0
2 x 8 x 800
0,7
Picture
40
SA-B 1.4
T
1,4
SA-ST
5.3T
SA-ST
7.5T
SA-ST
10.0T
nxxL
Edge
reinforcement
[mm]
[mm]
1Slot-in-link
x 12 x1000
nxxL
1 x [mm]
14 x1000
[mm]
group 2,5t (0,7t 2,5t) SA-B 5.0T 14

SA-ST Load
14.0T
4 x 10 x1000
5,0
SA-B
0,722
2 x 64 xx 400
SA-ST
22.0T0.7 T
12 x1200
Load group
10t (5,3t-10t)
[mm]
6 x 450
6 x 900
Picture
41x 400
4x6
Table 17
2 x 10 x 800 14
10
4 14
x 6 x 300
28x x2350
41xx10
800
12
8 x 950
8 x 1200
10 x 1150
10 x 1500
12 x 1550
18x 28 x3000 6 x 450
2 x 6 x 400
6
4 x 6 x 400
2 x 10 x 800
10
4 x8 10 x 800
6 x 900
12
12 x 1650
2,0
SA-B 7.5T
2 x 6 x 500
7,5
6
4 x 6 x 500
4 x 10 x 800
10
4 x8 10 x 800
8 x 950
12
14 x 2000
SA-B 2.5T
SA-B 10.0T
2,5
2 x 8 x 600
10
12
68 x 10 x1000
4 x 8 x 600
6 x 10 x1000 8 x 1200
14
10
16 x 2300
2 x 8 x 700
14
14
68 x 10 x1000
4 x 8 x 700
8 x 10 x1000 10 x 1150
14
10
20 x 2600
2 x 8 x 800
22
14
88 x 10 x1200
4 x 8 x 800
8 x 10 x1200 10 x 1500
16
12
28 x 3550
10
4 10/29/2013
x 10 x 800
12
12 x 1550
SA-B 2.0T
53
Pull (30)
Edge
SA-B 3.0T
reinforcement
SA-B 4.0T
SA-B 5.0T
10/29/20135,3
Table 22
Reinforcement tail
SA-B 14.0T
3,0
n x x La
SA-B 22.0T
4,0
[mm]
5,0
2 x 10 x 800
alterations
reserved
Page 24
6 SA-B 5.3T
1 x 10 x 6505,3
2 x 10 x 800
10
4 x 10 x 800
12
12 x 1650
SA-B 7.5T
7,5
4 x 10 x 800
10
4 x 10 x 800
12
14 x 2000
10
6 x 10 x1000
12
6 x 10 x1000
14
x Ls
1,4
SA-B 5.3T
Picture
Angled pull
reinforcement
2 x 6 x 400
2,0
2 x 6 x 500
6
4 x 6 x 500
8
5,3
2 x Pull
8 x(30)
800
8
1 x (>30)
16 x1750
Angled pull
SA-B 2.5T
2,5
2
x
8
x
600
8
4
x
8
x
600
10
Load
Slot-in-link
Slot-in-link
7,5
2 x 10 x 800
10
1 x 20 x1750Angled pull
Edge
Edge
reinforcement
range
Load group
5t (3,0t-5,0t)
reinforcement
reinforcement
10
4 x 10 x 800
12
1 x 25 x1850
nxxL
x L10
s
SA-B 3.0T
3,0
2 x 8 x 700 n x x L 8
4 x 8 x 700
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]12
SA-B 4.0T[t]
4,0 [mm]
2 x 8 x 800 [mm] 8
4 x 8 x 800
Designation
SA-B 1.4 T
Edge
reinforcement
8 Ls (overall length)
1 x=16
2 x x1200
length of leg
2 x 6 x 400 8
6
41xx16
6 x x1500
300
8
SA-B 2.0T
Load group 26t (12.5t-26t)
[mm]
Slot-in-link 6
SA-B 10.0T
1 x 12 x 800
1 x 12 x1000
Page 20
16 x 2300
www.cfsfixings.com

SA-B 14.0T
14
6 x 10 x1000
14
8 x 10 x1000
14
20 x 2600
8 SA-B 22.0T
1 x 14 x100022
8 x 10 x1200
14
8 x 10 x1200
16
28 x 3550
5-10
Type FE - Tilting Anchor

The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel and is used
for erecting and turning thin walled precast units in both
directions. The stress transfer to the concrete occurs
through the reinforcement bar, which is laid over both
sides of the anchor.
Part No
Load Group
Dimensions
a
mm
5-11
CFS-FE-14-200
1.4
55
200
14
CFS-FE-25-150
2.5
55
150
10
14
CFS-FE-25-230
2.5
55
230
10
14
CFS-FE-40-270
70
270
12
18
CFS-FE-50-290
70
290
15
18
CFS-FE-75-320
7.5
95
320
18
26
CFS-FE-100-390
10
95
390
20
26
www.cfsfixings.com
Tilting Anchor Load Capacity and

Additional Reinforcement Requirements
2D-VERSION 06-2013

2D-VERSION 06-2013

Picture 65
Part No
Picture 66
Minimum Spacing
Load Capacities
without tail
reinforcement
Axial or angled
load 45>30
Additional
Reinforcement
Angled load >30
Tilting load
Erecting and
pitching
reinforcement
2xa
mm
mm
kN
kN
kN
mm
CFS-FE-14-200
700
100
14
11.2
10 x 700
CFS-FE-25-150
550
120
25
20
12.5
12 x 800
CFS-FE-25-230
800
120
25
20
12.5
12 x 800
CFS-FE-40-270
950
150
40
32
20
16 x 1000
CFS-FE-50-290
1000
160
50
40
25
16 x 1000
CFS-FE-75-320
1200
250
75
60
37.5
20 x 1200
CFS-FE-100-390
1500
Picture 300
68
100
80
50
Picture
69
20 x 1500
Erecting and pitching reinforcement
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
Minimum thickness
of beam
Picture 67
Reinforcement tail for lifting

2
Concrete
assumed
be 15N/mm
La = overall
length.
Picture
65 to The
Picture 66
Picture
67
Lv =strength
length before
bending.
height of bend
depend
on the
element
thickness (2 by
x a)the permanent works engineer.The bending angle must be 30
The type of mesh present
is determined
Erecting and Pitching Reinforcement
Load group
Load group 1,25t - 1,5t
Table 31
Erecting and pitching

reinforcement
x Lv
Load
range
Reinforcement tail
x La
[t]
[mm]
[mm]
1,25 1,5
8 x 600
8 x 700
1,4
10 x 700
10 x 650
2,5
12 x 800
12 x 1000
4,0
14 x 950
16 x 1200
5,0
16 x 1000
16 x 1500
7,5
each
20 x 1200

2 No Load
erecting
pitching bars
required
for
Picture
68
groupand
10t (5,3t-10t)
anchor
10,0
and pitching reinforcement

Lv = length beforeErecting
bending
The height of the bend depends on the element thickness
20 x 1750
Picture 69
20 x 1500
20 x 1900
Reinforcement tail for lifting

La = overall length.
Lv = length before bending. The height of bend depend on the

10/29/2013
Page 28
element thickness
(2 xas
a)the erecting and pitching reinforcement
The bendingprovides
angle must
beresistance
30
No angled pull reinforcement
is required
the
required.
Load group
Load group 1,25t - 1,5t
Load
range
Erecting and pitching

reinforcement
x Lv
Table 31
Reinforcement tail
x La
[t]
[mm]
1,25 1,5
8 x 600
[mm]
1,4
10 x 700
10 x 650
2,5
12 x 800
12 x 1000
www.cfsfixings.com
8 x 700
5-12
Type FFA - Flat Foot Anchor

The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel.
The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through the
reinforcement bar, which is laid over the spread foot.
c
Part No
Load Group
Dimensions
a
mm
CFS-FFA-07-065
0.7
30
65
14
100
CFS-FFA-14-068
1.4
30
68
14
100
CFS-FFA-20-070
30
70
14
100
CFS-FFA-25-075
2.5
30
75
10
14
100
CFS-FFA-30-090
40
90
10
18
120
CFS-FFA-40-110
40
110
12
18
120
CFS-FFA-50-125
40
125
15
18
120
41
5-13
www.cfsfixings.com
SA-FA 2.5T 75
45928
45929
75
30
10
100
2,5
0,230
SA-FA 3.0T 90
45930
SA-FA 4.0T 110
45932
45931
90
40
10
120
3,0
0,380
45933
110
40
12
120
4,0
0,520
SA-FA 5.0T 125
45934
45935
125
40
15
120
5,0
0,705
Type FFA - Capacity and Additional

REINFORCEMENTS TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE
Picture 73
Note:
Part
No
Minimum
thickness
Minimum
Spacing as Permitted
Reinforcement
tails
placed
as close
to the anchor
possible.load
of precast unit
Picture 74
Reinforcement bars
Axial, angled and transverse pull
c
10/29/2013
Page 30
15
25
mm
mm
kN
CFS-FFA-07-065
80
280
200
CFS-FFA-14-068
80
280
14
14
250
CFS-FFA-20-070
90
300
18
20
300
CFS-FFA-25-075
100
320
20
25
300
CFS-FFA-30-090
120
380
28
30
10
400
CFS-FFA-40-110
140
460
37
40
12
450
CFS-FFA-50-125
160
520
44
50
12
500
mm
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
1
1
1
3
www.cfsfixings.com
5-14
Type FPA - Plate Anchor

The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel. The stress
transfer to the concrete occurs through the reinforcement
bar, which is laid over the plate crosswise.
d
c
Part No
5-15
Load Group
Dimensions
a
mm
mm
mm
mm
CFS-FPA-14-50
1.4
30
50
80
CFS-FPA-25-80
2.5
30
80
100
CFS-FPA-50-120
40
120
100
10
CFS-FPA-100-160
10
60
160
100
12
www.cfsfixings.com
SA-FA 2.5T 75
45928
45929
75
30
10
100
2,5
0,230
SA-FA 3.0T 90
45930
SA-FA 4.0T 110
45932
45931
90
40
10
120
3,0
0,380
45933
110
40
12
120
4,0
0,520
5,0
0,705
Flat Plate Anchor Capacity and Additional

SA-FA 5.0T 125
45934
45935
125
40
REINFORCEMENTS TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE
15
120
Minimum
thickness
precast un
Designation
"c
[mm]
[mm]
SA-FA 0.7T 65
65
80
SA-FA 1.4T 68
68
80
SA-FA 2.0T 70
70
90
SA-FA 2.5T 75
75
100
90
120
110
140
125
160

SA-FA 3.0T 90
SA-FA 4.0T 110
Picture 73
SA-FA
Note:
Minimum thickness Minimum Spacing
Permitted load
Reinforcement tails
placed
as close to the anchor as possible.
of precast
unit
Part No
5.0T 125
Picture 74
Reinforcement bars
Axial or angled
load 45>30
Angled load >30
mm
kN
mm
11.2
200
mm
kN
230
14
CFS-FPA-25-80
110
330
25
20
10
300
CFS-FPA-50-120
150
480
50
40
12
450
CFS-FPA-100-160
200
660
100
80
16
600
10/29/2013
Page 30
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
CFS-FPA-14-50
80
Load gro
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA
Load gro
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA
RECESS FORMER RBF
The recess former RBF is made of rubber (picture 7

recess formers are available for load range 1,25 - 26 to
www.cfsfixings.com
5-16
Quick Lift Clutch

The lifting clutch is made of special steel casting.
The lifting bolt is inserted into the hole of the
lifting anchor and can be removed afterwards.
Part No
Load Group
CFS-F2-15
1.5
CFS-F2-25
2.5
CFS-F2-50
CFS-F2-100
10
CFS-F2-260
26
Use of Quick Lift Clutch

Engagement
Simply insert the lift clutch into the recess formed in the
concrete and close the locking bolt manually, ensure that
it is fully engaged & flush with the concrete surface.
Lifting
The quick lift clutch system can be subjected to loads in
any direction and no extra or special part is required for
angled lifts and turning. It is therefore essential to follow
the instructions regarding rebars in the concrete.
Once the ring clutch has been engaged in the anchor, the
shackle can move in any direction, even under load.
Release
To release, shift the locking bolt back by hand, this will
release the lifting clutch.
Marking
Every ring clutch is marked with the load capacity and
a serial number. Clutches should be examined regularly
and re-tested annually.
5-17
www.cfsfixings.com
Rubber Recess
Former Bayonet
Recess former for fixing with holding screw for mounting
plate or bayonet fixing
Part No
Load
Group
Thread
CFS-FRBI-15
1.5
29
62
35
M8
CFS-FRBI-25
2.5
43
104
45
M8
CFS-FRBI-50
49
126
59
M8
CFS-FRBI-100
10
67
188
85
M12
CFS-FRBI-260
26
112
233
121
M16
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
www.cfsfixings.com
5-18
Holding Plate
For fastening of the recess former onto the formwork
Part No
Load Group
CFS-FIP-15
1.5
45
15
CFS-FIP-25
2.5
73
15
CFS-FIP-50
85
30
CFS-FIP-100
10
128
40
CFS-FIP-260
26
178
65
b
c
a
Holding Screw
For fastening of the recess former through the formwork.

Part No
Load Group
CFS-FDV-25
2.5
160
M8
CFS-FDV-50
160
M8
CFS-FDV-100
10
160
M12
CFS-FDV-260
26
180
M16
5-19
www.cfsfixings.com
QUICK LIFT ANCHORS
www.cfsfixings.com
5-20
Cast-in Lifting Loops
6-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Cast-in Loop
6-3
Additional Reinforcement
6-4
Cast-in Loop Over 25t Capacity
6-4
Angled Wire Loops
6-5
Neowire Loops
6-5
Handling Instructions Neowire for Erecting Panels from Tilt Tables
6-6
Handling Instructions Neowire for Erecting Panels Cast Flat
6-7
Cast-in Polypropylene Loops
6-8
CAST-IN LIFTING LOOPS

10
www.cfsfixings.com
6-2
Laststufe
Cast-in Loop
Laststufe
Herausstehender
Einbau
[kg]
B [cm]
T [cm]
The cast-in loop is used to lift reinforced 800
concrete elements.
The
cast-in
45
30 loops
are marked with a coloured tag with the manufacturer, year of manufacture
1200in the concrete
50 element35
and load group. The cast-in loop is situated
at the open
side of the mould.
1600
55
35
The thimble is situated
in
the
mould.
The
marking
must
be
visible
after
T
65
placing the concrete. Hoisting hooks of2000
appropriate diameter
can be45
inserted
directly into the protruding cast-in loop.2500
Care must be 70
taken when storing
the
50
prefabricated element that the cables do not kink.
4000
80
55
The withdrawal from use of the lifting loops is to be determined in accordance
with the regulations for hoisting cables5200
of the country 85
of use. The installation
55
and application of lifting anchor systems must be available in plant and on site.
Bewehrungsanordnung
The national safety regulations for lifting
anchors and sytems must be obeyed.
Herausstehender
LastHerausstehender
Einbau
stufe
Einbau
Part No.
Load
Capacity
Loop dimensions
B [cm]
T [cm]
Laststufe
Length
Embedment
Rope
[cm]
T [cm]Group
[kg]
neBRandeinfassung
auszubilden.
45 Krafteinleitung
30
lokale
aus 6300
50
35
55
65
70
10000
CFS-CL-08
45 0.8
50
CFS-CL-16
CFS-CL-20
80
55
ndestEinbauCFS-CL-25
nd-85
tiefe55
CFS-CL-40
stand
CFS-CL-52
anordnung
CFS-CL-63
e
L2
cm]
8000
35
CFS-CL-12
1.2
L1
kN
mm
8 12500
200
12
220
130140
6
90
100
8
160
240
150170
20
270
190
2.5
25
1.6
4025000
Einbau
parallel350
5.2 zur Bauteilflche
52
370
6.3
CFS-CL-80
8
10
CFS-CL-160
16
CFS-CL-200
20
QQ16
188
188A
00
M
31A
63
C 12/15
80
[cm]
100
730
95
60
8000
105
70
10000
120
80
130
90
16000
150
L1
100
20000
170
115
25000
195
130
Minimum concrete element dimensions
Laststufen
800Edge
6300
width,
16000
Dist
Spacing 8000
Panel
t
Installed parallel to
QQ188
188A
<Typenschild
25000
Installed perpendicular
Farbe
toQ
surface
377
A
Q
377
surface
Q
Q257
221A [kg]
270
540
70
310
620
90
350
700
1600
50
135
60
140
2000
120
2500
80
150
100
4000
Bestell-N
k3608
wei
rot 25
mm
rosa
mit
Kunststoffb
135
hellgrn
140
k3612
k3616
k3620
170 schwarz
170
k3625
180dunkelgrn
180
k3640
180
ocker 180
k3652
220
220
200
300
220
220
320
250 senkrecht
12
195
130
Einbau
500
1000
220
14
zur270
Bauteilflche
530
1060
290
16
570
1140
320
650
1300
400
10000
280
400 bordeaux
280
k36100
20
730
1460
440
310
12500
440 hellgelb
310
k36125
1600
560
390
16000
550
violett400
k36160
430
620
430
480
680
530
750
290
C 12/15
330
[cm]
C 20/25
18
[cm]
370
< 25000
13,5
13,5
420
22
QQ257
221
6A
800
L2
480
26
930
1860
620
550
28
1050
2100
680
630
17
32
17
1200
2400
750
Q 377
377A
14 Q
14
160
e
150
0
30 36300
110
5200
8000
20000
25000
dunkelblau
k3663
hellgrau
k3680
280
grau
480
braun
530
k36200
k36250
Transportseilschlau
50
t
53
recht
57
che
20/25
65
[cm]
73
13,5
80
14
93
17
105
18
120
18
27
e29
29
32
33
e
s 20
30 30
e
3030
22
32
28
Laststufen
40
28
40
28
[kg]
Bestell-Nr.
44
31
44
31
150
s3601
42
56
39
55
40
250
s3602
360
s3606
10
48
62
43
62
43
500
s3603
12
55
68
48
68
48
875
s3604
14
63
75
53
75
10000
s3605
16
37
L2
53
L2
[mm
Sonderanfertigungen auf Anfrage.

Anfrage nderungen un
Installed perpendicular to surface
Installed parallel to surface
www.cfsfixings.com
e
3030
4 / 2009 / WW
6-3
22
22
Transportanker aus endlo
30
22
28
L2
19 diameters
15are for design
10 guidance
18purposes18
* Rope
only. The rope diameter may vary from those quoted above. Change
t
of the
rope
diameter
will
not
affect
the
load
capacity.
22
16
11
18
18For technical advice regarding edge distance and other setting out
issues please contact CFS.
25
22
15
22
22
45
28
L1
12500
860
5200
200
6300
900
400
650
T [cm]
430
C 20/25
470
[cm]
160
B [cm]
450
CFS-CL-250
25
250
35
17jeweiligen
12Laststufen
8 830
hrung in den
43
20000
170
115
Mindestbauteildicke
t 10
300
220
[kg]
Concrete strength
800 N/mm2
105
70
Mindestbewehrung
in den
jeweiligen
Laststufen
L2
*
e
s
15
25
15
1200
120mm
80
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
800
630012.5 7 8000
16000
14
5 570
CFS-CL-125
125
27
60
1616000
CFS-CL-100
[cm]
95
BStBSt
500 500
M/B 500
M A
Herausstehender
Einbau
Transportseilschlaufe
mit
mit Kunststo
Kuststof
Additional Reinforcement
Part No.
Load Group
Reinforcement
BSt 500 M
mm
mm
mm2/m
CFS-CL-08
0.8
450
300
188
CFS-CL-12
1.2
500
350
188
CFS-CL-16
1.6
550
350
188
CFS-CL-20
650
450
188
CFS-CL-25
2.5
700
500
188
CFS-CL-40
800
550
188
CFS-CL-52
5.2
850
550
188
CFS-CL-63
6.3
950
600
188
CFS-CL-80
1050
700
257
CFS-CL-100
10
1200
800
257
CFS-CL-125
12.5
1300
900
257
CFS-CL-160
16
1500
1000
257
CFS-CL-200
20
1700
1150
377
CFS-CL-250
25
1950
1300
377
Bewehrung
Mit der Bewehrung ist eine Randeinfassung auszubilden.
Transportseilschlauf
Die Bewehrung deckt die lokale Krafteinleitung aus

dem Anker ab.
Transportanker aus endlos
Cast-in Loop Over 25t Capacity

Part No.
Load Group
Capacity
Length
Embedment
Rope
L1
L2
kN
mm
mm
mm
Laststufe
Mindestachsabstand
Mindest-
Einbau-
Sizes are available up to 99 t capacity.
Mind
randtiefe
mit
Kunststoffb
mit
Kuststoffba
Einbau
paralle
abstand
zur Bauteilflch
[cm]
[cm]
[cm]
L2
C 12/15
[cm]
800
55
27
14
1200
62
31
16
44
1600
70 L
1
35
17
12
48
2000
85
43
19
15
10
45
22
16
11
100
50
25
22
15
5200
105
53
27
29
20
6300
115
57
29
32
22
8000
130
65
33
40
28
CFS-CL-280
28
280
680
460
36
CFS-CL-320
32
320
770
520
36
CFS-CL-370
37
370
950
640
40
CFS-CL-420
42
420
1000
660
44
CFS-CL-470
47
470
1100
740
CFS-CL-520
52
520
1200
800
CFS-CL-570
57
570
1350
900
48
CFS-CL-650
65
650
1430
960
46
2500
90
CFS-CL-750
75
750
1530
1020
50
4000
CFS-CL-850
85
850
1680
1120
52
CFS-CL-990
99
990
1800
1200
56
*Please send CFS a drawing of your concrete element for advice on edge
distances when using these high capacity loops.
10000
L1
2
145
Laststufen
73 Typenschild
37
44 mit 31
Kunststoffban
12500
160
80
16000
185800
93
wei48
62 k360843
20000
210
1200
105
rot 55
68 k361248
25000
1600
240
120
rosa 63
75 k361653
[kg]
42
L2
C 20/2
[cm
Farbe
56
39
Bestell-Nr.
hellgrn
k3620
2500
schwarz
k3625
4000
dunkelgrn
k3640
5200
ocker
k3652
6300
dunkelblau
k3663
2000
Ablegereife
8000
Lastrichtungk3680
hellgrau
Bei Beschdigungen
Der Anker darfk36100
im
10000
bordeaux
wie Knicken, LitzenSchrgzug in der
12500
hellgelb
k36125
bruch, Quetschungen,
Bauteilebene nur 6-4
bis
www.cfsfixings.com
Korrosionsnarben
und
16000
violett
k36160
max. 30 belastet
Aufdoldungen darf der
werden, Schrgzug
20000
grau
k36200
Anker nicht
genutzt
senkrecht zur Plattenwerden. 25000
braun
k36250
ebene (Querzug)
ist
Angled Wire Loops

Designed for edge lifting of concrete slabs.
Available in load groups up to 5.2 T.
Part
SWL
h
d
No.
t
Part No.
Load
Capacity
Rope
h
150
8
AL-16
1.6
Group
kN
mm
150 mm 10
AL-25
2.5
12 150
AL-40
CFS-AL-16 4.0
1.6
16 230
8
CFS-AL-25
AL-52
CFS-AL-40
2.5
25
4.0
40
5.2
230
10
14
12
l
330
mm
330
8 380
d
150
10
230
12
380
l
mm
330
330
380
Angled loops with specific dimensions can be produced

CFS-AL-52 5.2
52
14
230
14
380
to order bar A 20 mm length 300 mm to be placed
centrally
over
thewith
clip as
close dimensions
as possible to
Angled
loops
specific
canthe
beoutside.
produced
Other
sizes
are
able
to
be
produced.
to can be produced to order. Bar A 20 mm length 300
mm to be placed centrally over the clip as close as possible
to the outside.
Neowire Loops
Cast-in loops designed for tilt up of flat cast panels
Part No
Load Group
mm
CFS-NEO-25-200
2.5
10
200
CFS-NEO-35-400
3.5
12
400
CFS-NEO-35-200
3.5
12
200
CFS-NEO-50-400
16
400
CFS-NEO-50-200
16
200
CFS-NEO-75-400
7.5
18
400
CFS-NEO-75-200
7.5
18
200
Manufactured from galvanised steel wire for load

capacities please see handling instructions.
For this product, please do not use the method outlined
in Section A1. These factors have already been included
in the tables found within the Handling Instructions.
The element weight to apply to the table is the actual
unfactored weight of the unit.
6-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Handling Instructions Neowire for

Erecting Panels from Tilt Tables
Lifting of elements
Conditions
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Min concrete strength at first time of lifting 16 MPa

Min concrete strength at worksite 28 MPa
Reinforcement quality B500BT or Nps500
Lifting with stationary crane, mobile crane or truck crane
Well greased steel form (adhesion force 1 kN/m)
min hook diameter 32mm
b 400
SF3 First time of lifting (Method R21)
SF4 Installation (Method S2)
The drawing above refers to lifting element above an

opening tmin=140mm
*wire lock is to be place centrally in the wall
#Basket = N-ties min 6s150 fyk=500MPa
2x # min 65 mm2/m, max mesh size 300
The reinforcement shown is intended only for lifting.

The designer is responsible for the remaining static
reinforcement and the distribution of forces in the element.
Dimensioning values
Element weight [ton]
Reinforcement
Dimension
NEOWIRE
t min
[mm]
10
12
16
18
100
120
150
150
1+112
1+112
1+112
1+116
1+18
1+18
1+18
1+18
=45
=60
=90
3.5
4.9
7.1
9.1
4.3
6.0
8.6
11.1
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.6
Max element weight in the table above refers to installation, first time of lifting (SF3, R21) according to the drawing above is assumed.
www.cfsfixings.com
6-6
Handling Instructions Neowire for Erecting

Panels Cast Flat
Lifting of elements
Conditions
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Min concrete strength at first time of lifting 16 MPa

Min concrete strength at worksite 28 MPa
Reinforcement quality B500BT or Nps500
Lifting with stationary crane, mobile crane or truck crane
Well greased steel form (adhesion force 1 kN/m)
min hook diameter 32mm
The drawing above refers to lifting element above an

opening tmin=140mm
*wire lock is to be place centrally in the wall
#Basket = N-ties min 6s150 fyk=500MPa
2x # min 65 mm /m, max mesh size 300
The reinforcement shown is intended only for lifting.

The designer is responsible for the remaining static
reinforcement and the distribution of forces in the element.
Dimensioning values
Reinforcement
Dimension
NEOWIRE
10
12
16
18
Max element
weight [ton]
t min
[mm]
120
150
150
170
1+112
1+112
1+112
1+116
F=Adheision to form work

OBS! Max element weight must not exceed values stated in N33-H1
6-7
www.cfsfixings.com
1+18
1+18
1+18
1+18
6.0F
8.4F
12.0F
14.2F
Cast-in Polypropylene
Loops
CFS polypropylene loops are ideal for applications where
the corrosion of a mild steel loop could be critical. For
example in architectural cast stone, where rust staining
would not be acceptable.
After use these loops can be cut off with a knife. For thin
sections the loops can be passed around the reinforcement
as shown in the drawing. Ensure the loop does not pass
over any sharp edges that may cut the rope.
Part No.
Load
Group
Capacity
Rope
Height
kN
mm
CFS-POLY-150
0.15
1.5
200
CFS-POLY-250
0.25
2.5
220
CFS-POLY-360
0.36
3.6
10
235
CFS-POLY-500
0.5
5.0
12
255
CFS-POLY-875
0.875
8.75
14
280
CFS-POLY-1000
1.0
10
16
330
CFS-POLY-1200
1.2
12
16
330
mm
2/3 of the
height to be
cast into the
concrete.
Loop tied around

reinforcement
in thin section
www.cfsfixings.com
6-8
ouble Wall
D
Lifting Anchors
7-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Double Wall Anchors
7-3
Installation
7-5
Hoisting, Transportation and Relocation
7-6

DOUBLE WALL LIFTING ANCHORS
10
www.cfsfixings.com
7-2
Double Wall Anchors

Double Wall anchors are used for transporting and
relocating precast concrete sandwich panels.
About Double Walls
Double walls consist of two thin precast concrete
formwork layers which are joined by lattice girders. These
form permanent shuttering and after installation on site,
the core is concrete-filled.
Dimensions of Double Wall Anchors

Anchor width
Leg bar diameter
Crossbar diameter
Length
D2
H1
200
14
20
450
200 - 310
14
22
450
310 - 360
14
25
500
Smooth steel S235

L1
mm
Maximum Wall Weights

Concrete
Strength
Min
concrete
thickness
Min
concrete
cover
Min Edge
distance
Allowable loads
Axial
Angled
45
Shear
Maximum wall weights

Loadcase 1
Loadcase 2
Loadcase 3
Loadcase 4
ci
FV
FVS
FQ
2
anchors
2
anchors
2
anchors
2
anchors
kN
4
anchors
4
anchors
4
anchors
4
anchors
N/mm2
mm
15
50
10
300
25.2
23.1
7.9
tonnes
7.9
2.5
20
50
10
300
29.1
26.7
9.1
4.6
9.1
2.9
5.7
4.2
8.4
2.9
5.7
25
50
10
300
32.5
29.8
10.2
5.1
10.2
3.2
6.4
4.7
9.3
3.2
6.4
30
50
10
300
35.6
32.6
11.2
5.1
10.2
3.5
7.0
35
50
10
300
36.5
35.3
12.1
5.5
11.1
3.8
7.6
15
65
15
300
35.5
35.5
11
5.6
11.1
3.5
6.9
20
65
15
300
36.5
36.5
12.7
5.7
11.4
5.7
11.4
25
65
15
300
36.5
36.5
14.2
5.7
11.4
4.5
8.9
5.7
11.4
4.5
8.9
30
65
15
300
36.5
36.5
15.6
5.7
11.4
4.9
9.8
35
65
15
300
36.5
36.5
16.8
5.7
11.4
5.3
10.5
The minimum edge distances given in this table are for the loadings given in this here. Please contact CFS if you have
different conditions and we can provide a bespoke calculation.
7-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Loadcase 1 Factory Axial loading only
Loadcase 3 Site Axial and angled loading
Rotate to vertical using tilting table and then axial

lifting with a lifting beam
Delivery of double wall standing vertically
Concrete strength 15 to 25 N/mm2

Dynamic factor = 1.3 (tower crane, mobile crane)

Lifting chains at an angle 45
No demoulding
All axial load, no angled and no shear lifting
Loadcase 2 Factory Axial, angled and shear
loading

Delivery of double wall lying flat on the bed of the truck

Tilting of the walls in shear to the vertical using the
anchors
Stripping without tilting table. Tilting the walls in shear

from the horizontal to the vertical using the anchors
Loadcase 4 Site Axial, angled and shear loading

www.cfsfixings.com
7-4
Installation
Edge Distances and Spacing
The minimum distance from the edge of a panel and
from recesses is 300mm and the minimum distance
between anchors is 600mm. To use the load tables
shown here, the minimum distance from the edge of a
panel and from any recesses is 300mm and the minimum
distance between anchors is 600mm. If you have a
different situation contact CFS for a bespoke calculation.
Concrete Cover
The concrete cover towards the outside of the panel must
be determined by the engineer according to the durability
requirements of the wall. To the inside, the concrete
cover should be as stated in the table. If the contours of
the stirrup are visible on the inside surface of the wall, the
capacity of the anchor is not guaranteed and the anchor
should not be used.
Reinforcement
Minimum reinforcement should be determined by the
engineer. The manufacturers data has been generated
from tests with 1 layer of A252 mesh, please provide at
least this level of reinforcement.
Insert Depth
The anchors should be installed so that the upper end of
the stirrup does not project out of the end of the wall.
Anchor Arrangement
If using more than two double wall anchors, suspension
will be structurally indeterminate unless a compensation
equaliser or similar is used. This is due to possible uneven
rope lengths or different heights of the installed double
wall anchors. Without this aid it is impossible to calculate
the load on each anchor.
Allowable Load Under Angle
In the load table our load values FVS(**VS IN SUBSCIPT)
is the vertical component of the load, no angled load
reduction necessary.
7-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Double wall anchor cover
is necessary in both concrete formwork of longitudinal d s = 8 mm and horizontal ds = 6 mm

at interval s = 20 cm.
2.4 Inset depth of the compression member
To ensure sufficient application of force the

Hoisting,
Transportation
end of the stirrup does not project out of the
and
Relocation
end of the wall.
eder
double
wall
anchors
roeder
double
wall
anchors
anchors
should
be installed so that the upper
due
to possible
uneven
rope
lengths
or or
different
due
to
possible
uneven
rope
lengths
different
Visual
Check
heights
of
the
installed
double
wall
anchors.
2.5
arrangement,
heights
ofAnchor
the installed
double wall anchors.
A this
visualaid
check
onimpossible
the anchors should
be carried
out for
Without
it is
calculate
thethe
Without
this
aid
it is
impossible
to
calculate
influence
oninstallation.
the to
structural
system
obvious
damage
before
Do
not use
damaged
load
onon
each
anchor.
load
each
anchor.and arrangement of transport
anchors.
The
number
Inclined
lifting
increases
thethe
load
onon
thethe
double
Inclined
lifting
increases
load
double
anchors
has
a direct
influence
on the
structural
wall
anchor
and
the
slinging
and
hoisting
gear
wall Transport
anchor
the
andindividual
hoisting gear
cases
systemand
and
theslinging
load of the
anchors.
as as
compared
to to
purely
vertical
lifting
in in
accorcompared
purely
vertical
lifting
accor- with
If the
anchors
are
installed
symmetrically
Shear
loading
is not
generally
permitted
during transport.
dance
with
the
angle
of
inclination.
dance
with
the
angle
of
inclination.
A respect
shear lift to
maythe
onlycentre
be usedofwhen
liftingand
the a
slabs
gravity
compenfrom
horizontal
to uprightguarantees
from the formwork
platform
sating
mechanism
an equivalent
orcontact
from the length,
transport the
truckanchor
on site. Please
refer
the
forces areto equally
engineers
instructions
for
correct
transportation
position.
large and the anchorage is optimally exploited.
distort
initiallyhoisting
after lifting.
There
are different
load factors to take into
3.13.1
Component
requirements
Component
requirements
account
in the
calculations
depending
on the
transport
If using
more
than two
double
wall
anchors,
Instructions
forfor
installation
and
use
of of
Schroe
Instructions
installation
and
use
Schr
Axialzug
Axial
tensile
Axial
or angled
load
See
section
4.1:
Design
loads
forfor
hoisting
See section 4.1: Design loads
hoisting
load
factors.
load factors.
Depending
onon
thethe
number
and
location
of of
thethe
Depending
number
and
location
double
wall
anchors
the
use
of
an
equaliser
or
a a
double wall anchors the use of an equaliser or
compensation
sling
may
be be
necessary
(see
seccompensation
sling
may
necessary
(see
section
2.5:
Anchor
arrangement
and
influence
on
tion 2.5: Anchor arrangement and influence on
thethe
structural
system).
structural
system).
Use
an an
equaliser
when
using
horizontal
tensile
Use
equaliser
when
using
horizontal
tensile
load
to
lift
off
the
formwork
table.
Querzug
load load to lift off the formwork table.
The
slinging
equipment
must
be be
used
only
as as
The
slinging
equipment
must
used
only
shown
in
fig.
9,
10
and
11
never
attach
to
comshown in
fig.
9, from
10 and
never attach to comFig. up
9 Hoisting
the
slab
the11
horizontal
Tilting
from horizontal
pression
member.
pression member.
Tensile
Shear
Load
3.3 ModesAxial
of transport, hoisting
loads,
Diagonal
Axial
Diagonal
Schrgzug
use ofAxialzug
equalisers
tensile
load
tensile
load
Axialzug
Schrgzug
tensile load
tensile
load
There are different hoisting load factors to take

into account in the calculations depending on
the transport- and lifting device.
Construction
Fixing Systems Limited
3.23.2
Transport
situations
Transport
situations
Unit 2, Westfield Estate, Henley Road, Medmenham, Marlow, Buckinghamshire SL7 2TA. UK
Horizontal
tensile
load
is not
generally
permitted
Horizontal
tensile
load
is not
generally
permitted
5
www.cfsfixings.com
Telephone.
+44
(0) 1491 576466
Fax. lifting
+44 (0) 1491 578166
during
transport.
It
is
permitted
only
when
during transport. It is permitted only when
lifting
Email.
sales@cfs-fixings.co.uk
www.cfsfixings.com
thethe
slabs
from
horizontal
to to
upright
from
thethe
slabs
from
horizontal
upright
from
formwork
platform
or or
onon
thethe
construction
site.
formwork
platform
construction
site.
Refer
to to
thethe
concrete
element
manufacturers
Refer
concrete
element
manufacturers
CFS Double Wall Anchor.indd 7
instructions
for
the
correct
transport
position.
instructions for the correct transport
position.
16/8/10 12:15:25
Fig.angled
10 10
Axial
tensile
load
with
equaliser
andand
Axial and
loading
Fig.
Axial
tensile
load
with
equaliser
Axialzug
Axial
tensile
Axialzug
Axial
tensile
and
liftingvisual
device.
Each
in the
table
covers
If the
required
checks
reveal
damage
to toa
suspension
will
beloadcase
structurally
indeterminate.
If the
required
visual
checks
reveal
damage
different
lifting
situation.
thethe
double
wall
this
willwill
jeopardise
thethe
payload
Loading
allthis
double
wall
anchors
will
then require
double
wall
jeopardise
payload
of of
thethe
anchorage
and
this
anchor
can
no
longer
the
use of aand
compensation
or similar
anchorage
this anchor equaliser
can no longer
be be
used.
used.
Refer to the concrete element manufacturers

instructions for the correct transport position.
3.3.Hoisting,
transportation
Hoisting,
If the anchor transportation
and compensatory suspension are
Modes
of
transport,
hoisting and
of equalisers
and
relocation
arranged
asymmetrically
theuse
double
wall will
and
relocation
the slabs from horizontal to upright from the

formwork platform or on the construction site.
diagonal
tensile
load
diagonal
tensile
load
Tensile
Tensile
Querzug
load
Querzug
load
Fig.Fig.
9 Hoisting
thethe
slab
from
thethe
horizontal
9 Hoisting
slab
from
horizontal
3.33.3
Modes
of of
transport,
hoisting
loads,
Modes
transport,
hoisting
loads,
use
of
equalisers
use of equalisers
There
areare
different
hoisting
load
factors
to to
take
There
different
hoisting
load
factors
take
into
account
in in
thethe
calculations
depending
onon
into
account
calculations
depending
thethe
transportand
lifting
device.
transportand
lifting
device.
Statically determinate suspension with

Fig.Fig.
11 11
Structurally
indeterminate
suspension
compensation
mounting
Structurally
indeterminate
suspension
with
compensation
mounting
with
compensation
mounting
nghamshire SL7SL7
2TA.2TA.
UK UK
uckinghamshire
Construction
Fixing
Systems
Limited
7-6
Construction
Fixing
Systems
Limited
www.cfsfixings.com
UnitUnit
2, Westfield
Estate,
Henley
Road,
Medmenham,
Marlow,
Buckin
2, Westfield
Estate,
Henley
Road,
Medmenham,
Marlow,
Bu
166
Telephone.
+44
(0) (0)
1491
576466
+44+44
(0) 1491
578166
Telephone.
+44
1491
576466 Fax.Fax.
(0) 1491
5781
Reinforcement
Continuity Systems
8-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Full Strength Continuity Connection for Reinforcement
8-3
Configuration and Advantages of the Patent System
8-4
Friction Welding of Stainless Steel Anchors
8-5
Standard Lengths Reinforcement Steel
8-6
TSK Position Coupler
8-8
PSAD Double Rebar Coupler
8-9
Accessories and Appliances
8-10
REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

10
www.cfsfixings.com
8-2
Full Strength Continuity Connection

for Reinforcement
A simple, efficient and more effective method
of connecting reinforcement, which overcomes
the disadvantages of the traditional method.
The patent system

Produced by means of male and female couplers
with a metric thread allowing connection of the
reinforcement steel.
8-3
Shear wall
Column
Column
Beam
Future extension
Beam-Column
www.cfsfixings.com
Configuration and Advantages

of the Patent System
For reinforcement steel with a diameter from
10 mm to 40 mm.
The full diameter or cross-section of the bar can be used.
The strength of the connection is equivalent to the
reinforcement steel (Bar-break).
The minimal dimensions of the outside diameter

of the coupling ensure that a better concrete cover
is generatied and a heavy concentration of reinforcement
can be avoided.
Lock nuts are not required.
Slip below 0.1 mm at 70% of the yield strength.
Every diameter and length of reinforcement steel,

straight or bent, can be fitted with a coupler and
easily connected.
Reinforcement steel does not require any

special preparation.
Due the metric thread, no special tools are required to

assemble the Patent System or tighten the coupling.
Couplers are designed for reinforcement steel with a

nominal yield strength of 550 N/mm2 and a tensile
strength of 750 N/mm2.
No special training of personnel is needed.
Suitable for dynamic loads.
The shape, height and the type of ribs of the

reinforcement steel have no influence on the connection.
The Patent System allows fast and easy to control

of the connection.
Crane time is reduced to a minimum.
www.cfsfixings.com
Tested and approved according to international and

European standards and regulations.
8-4
Friction Welding of Stainless Steel Anchors

The fast and versatile welding solution
Quality Solution for connecting
Stainless Steel
Where a stainless steel product is
required, our sockets are produced
using the friction welding process.
This results in what we believe to
be a superior product to what is
generally on the market.
How does friction welding work?
Commonly used in industrial
applications, friction welding is the
process of generating heat through
mechanical friction between a
moving work piece and a stationary
component. Our approach is to
distinguish between the friction
phase and the forging phase. During
the friction phase a rotating work
piece is pressed against a fixed one,
then once both have been heated to
a sufficient temperature the forging
phase begins whereby the rotating
work piece is stopped and a force is
applied to continue pressing the two
pieces together.
What are the advantages?
In addition to super fast joining
times, friction welding techniques are
generally melt-free thereby offering
an optimum welding method for
modern production operations. In
fact, for many types of assembly
friction welding is recommended over
other methods for both metallurgical
and commercial reasons.
Another key advantage of friction
welding is the ability to securely join
dissimilar metals often impossible
with other welding methods due to
the different melting points of the
metals.
8-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Welded connections between

stainless steel, reinforcing bars or
other steel components are essential
in civil and structural engineering
works; friction welding provides a
cost-effective and fast solution for
such jobs.
A friction-welded joint is a butt-type,
full-contact welded joint that achieves
a fusion between the two materials
at the joint interface with no gaps.
Only a very weak electrochemical
reaction is possible at this point,
which virtually eliminates the risk of
galvanic corrosion, in turn providing
cost benefits over time by eliminating
the need for expensive repair work.
Furthermore, the heating of the two
materials is uniform over the entire
contact face, ensuring the same
strength properties can be assumed
throughout the plane of the joint.
Dealing with dynamic stresses
Friction-welded joints between
stainless steel and ribbed reinforcing
bars are subject to dynamic
stresses. Following extensive testing
and countless years of practical
experience, particularly in transport
infrastructure projects, it has been
proven that friction welding is
the ideal method for dealing with
dynamic stresses.
For further proof of this, we have
carried out fatigue tests with 2.5,
5 and 10 million load cycles. In the
subsequent tensile tests it was always
the ribbed reinforcing bar that failed.
If any further evidence was required,

thanks to its great versatility and
many advantages friction welding
has been specified in the framework
development planning of Deutsche
Bahn AG and confirmed as a
production method for the Federal
Ministry of Transports building and
urban development for transport
infrastructure projects.
Standard Lengths
Reinforcement Steel
d
PSA rebar couplers pressed version
Can also be used for lifting. Please consult CFS.

L
Part No.
L1
Thread
Diam.
Length
d mm
L mm
Length A mm
Diam. D mm
Coupling
L1 mm
12
12
400
600
16
16
25
25
22
22
62
62
CFS-PSA-12-800
CFS-PSA-12-1000
12
12
800
1000
16
16
25
25
22
22
62
62
CFS-PSA-12-1500
CFS-PSA-16-550
12
16
1500
550
16
20
25
36
22
27
62
86
CFS-PSA-16-800
CFS-PSA-16-1020
CFS-PSA-16-1440
CFS-PSA-16-1500
CFS-PSA-20-500
CFS-PSA-20-700
CFS-PSA-20-1000
CFS-PSA-20-1280
CFS-PSA-20-1500
CFS-PSA-20-1800
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
800
1020
1440
1500
500
700
1000
1280
1500
1800
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
24
24
36
36
36
36
40
40
40
40
40
40
27
27
27
27
34
34
34
34
34
34
86
86
86
86
99
99
99
99
99
99
CFS-PSA-20-2000
CFS-PSA-25-600
CFS-PSA-25-1000
CFS-PSA-25-1500
20
25
25
25
2000
600
1000
1500
24
30
30
30
40
50
50
50
34
41
41
41
99
117
117
117
CFS-PSA-25-2260
25
2260
30
50
41
117
CFS-PSA-28-400
28
400
36
60
50
125
CFS-PSA-28-1790
28
1790
36
60
50
125
CFS-PSA-28-2530
CFS-PSA-32-1400
28
32
2530
1400
36
42
60
65
50
55
125
153
CFS-PSA-32-2000
CFS-PSA-32-2300
32
32
2000
2300
42
42
65
65
55
55
153
153
CFS-PSA-40-1600
CFS-PSA-40-3400
40
40
1600
3400
48
48
72
72
65
65
172
172
www.cfsfixings.com
CFS-PSA-12-400
CFS-PSA-12-600
8-6
TSE forged male bar coupler
For use with PSA coupler.
A
L
Thread
Part No.
8-7
Diam. d mm
Length L mm
Length A mm
CFS-TSE-12-375
12
375
16
min 22
CFS-TSE-12-575
CFS-TSE-12-775
12
12
575
775
16
16
min 22
min 22
CFS-TSE-12-1000
CFS-TSE-12-1500
12
12
1000
1500
16
16
min 22
min 22
CFS-TSE-16-520
CFS-TSE-16-770
16
16
520
770
20
20
min 28
min 28
CFS-TSE-16-1020
CFS-TSE-16-1410
16
16
1020
1410
20
20
min 28
min 28
CFS-TSE-16-1500
CFS-TSE-20-465
CFS-TSE-20-665
16
20
20
1500
465
665
20
24
24
min 28
min 35
min 35
CFS-TSE-20-965
CFS-TSE-20-1250
CFS-TSE-20-1500
CFS-TSE-20-1800
CFS-TSE-20-2000
CFS-TSE-25-600
CFS-TSE-25-1000
CFS-TSE-25-1500
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
965
1250
1500
1800
2000
600
1000
1500
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
min 35
min 35
min 35
min 35
min 35
min 43
min 43
min 43
CFS-TSE-25-2260
CFS-TSE-28-400
CFS-TSE-28-1790
CFS-TSE-28-2530
CFS-TSE-32-1400
CFS-TSE-32-2000
25
28
28
28
32
32
2260
400
1790
2530
1400
2000
30
36
36
36
42
42
min 43
min 43
min 43
min 43
min 45
min 45
CFS-TSE-32-2300
CFS-TSE-40-2000
CFS-TSE-40-2600
32
40
40
2300
2000
2600
42
48
48
min 45
min 56
min 56
www.cfsfixings.com
TSK Position Coupler

The position coupler is assembled from a threaded bar
with a hexagonal nut and an internally threaded coupler
sleeve with a lock nut. The TSK is suitable for a bent
or straight reinforcement bar, of which neither can be
rotated, and where space for the connected bar is limited.
M
A
L1
L2
L1
L
Rebar
Part No.
Dia. mm
T hr ead
Size
C oupling
Length A mm
L mm
L1 mm
L2 mm
SW
12
16
M 16
M 20
16
20
90
112
13
16
48
60
24
30
CFS-TSK-20
CFS-TSK-25
20
25
M 24
M 30
24
30
134
168
19
24
72
90
36
46
CFS-TSK-26
CFS-TSK-28
CFS-TSK-32
CFS-TSK-40
26
28
32
40
M 33
M 36
M 42
M 48
33
36
42
48
184
202
236
268
26
29
34
38
99
108
126
144
50
55
65
75
www.cfsfixings.com
CFS-TSK-12
CFS-TSK-16
8-8
PSAD Double
Rebar Coupler
This is assembled from reinforcement steel FeB 500
and a Patent System coupler with an internal metric
thread at both ends.
TSAD Double
Rebar Coupler
d
D
The assembly of the PSAG rebar coupler is identical to

that of the PSA rebar coupler. The lengths (L1 and L2)
of the reinforcement steel can be made to order and
bent as required.
L1
L1
M
A
A
L
d
M
A
L1
R=2.5 d
D
PSAP End Connection

Identical to the PSA rebar coupler, but the coupling will
be joined to an anchor plate by a bolt. The anchor plate
dimensions allow the full strenght of the reinforcement
steel to be used.
The Patent System gives optimal flexibility to
manufacture every desired connection using 2 separate
couplers, PKB and PEB, in the workshop, on site or in
the concrete factory.
8-9
www.cfsfixings.com
Assembled from a thread bar with locked couplers

with an internal metric thread on both ends. This is
used for applications where tolerance on the length
is less than 3mm.
PSAG Bent
Rebar Coupler
L2
L
Accessories and Appliances

PKB standard anchor coupler
Has internal thread to produce anchors.
Dd
A
L1
Diameter
Thread
Length
Length Dia.
Part No.
dia mm
d mm
Size
A mm
D mm
L1 mm
CFS-PKB-16
CFS-PKB-20
Part No.
CFS-PKB-24
CFS-PKB-16
CFS-PKB-30
CFS-PKB-20
CFS-PKB-33
CFS-PKB-24
CFS-PKB-36
CFS-PKB-30
CFS-PKB-42
CFS-PKB-33
CFS-PKB-48
CFS-PKB-36
CFS-PKB-42
CFS-PKB-48
12
Rebar
16
dia mm
20
12
25
16
26
20
28/30
25
32/34
26
40/43
28/30
32/34
40/43
14.5
Diameter
19
d mm
24
14.5
29
19
31
24
34
29
37
31
47
34
37
47
M 16
Thread
M 20
Size
M 24
M 16
M 30
M 20
M 33
M 24
M 36
M 30
M 42
M 33
M 48
M 36
M 42
M 48
27
Length
36
A mm
40
27
50
36
54
40
60
50
65
54
65
60
65
65
22
Length Dia.
27
D mm
34
22
41
27
46
34
50
41
55
46
65
50
55
65
58
80
L1 mm
92
58
110
80
117
92
125
110
145
117
180
125
145
180
Length Dia.
D mm
D d
22
Length Dia.
27
D mm
34
22
41
27
50
34
55
41
65
50
55
65
58
80
L1 mm
92
58
110
80
127
92
150
110
180
127
150
180
PEB standard end coupler

Has external thread to produce end anchors.
Rebar
Diameter
Thread
Part No.
dia mm
d mm
Size
Length
A mm
CFS-PEB-16
CFS-PEB-20
Part No.
CFS-PEB-24
CFS-PEB-16
CFS-PEB-30
CFS-PEB-20
CFS-PEB-36
CFS-PEB-24
CFS-PEB-42
CFS-PEB-30
CFS-PEB-48
CFS-PEB-36
CFS-PEB-42
CFS-PEB-48
12
Rebar
16
dia mm
20
12
25
16
28/30
20
32/34
25
40/43
28/30
32/34
40/43
14.5
Diameter
19
d mm
24
14.5
29
19
34
24
37
29
47
34
37
47
M 16
Thread
M 20
Size
M 24
M 16
M 30
M 20
M 36
M 24
M 42
M 30
M 48
M 36
M 42
M 48
18.5
Length
22.5
A mm
27
18.5
35
22.5
40
27
46
35
54
40
46
54
MD
L1 mm
L1
www.cfsfixings.com
Rebar
8-10
PKBP end anchor coupler

D ? d
Has an anchor plate to produce an end coupler.
D ? d
Part No.
No.
Part
CFS-PKBP-12
CFS-PKBP-12
mm
mm
12
12
mm
dd mm
12
12
CFS-PKBP-25
CFS-PKBP-25
CFS-PKBP-28
CFS-PKBP-28
CFS-PKBP-32
CFS-PKBP-32
CFS-PKBP-36
CFS-PKBP-36
CFS-PKBP-40
CFS-PKBP-40
25
25
28/30
28/30
32/34
32/34
36
36
40/43
40/43
25
25
28
28
32
32
36
36
40
40
CFS-PKBP-16
CFS-PKBP-16
CFS-PKBP-20
CFS-PKBP-20
16
16
20
20
16
16
20
20
Thread
Thread
Length
Length
Coupling
Coupling
Dia.
L1
Dia.
L1
Size
Size
M 16
16
M
A mm
mm
A
27
27
D mm
mm
D
22
22
mm
mm
58
58
M 30
30
M
M 36
36
M
M 42
42
M
M 42
42
M
M 48
48
M
50
50
60
60
65
65
65
65
72
72
41
41
50
50
55
55
60
60
65
65
110
110
125
125
145
145
145
145
180
180
M 20
20
M
M 24
24
M
36
36
40
40
PEBL weldable coupler
27
27
33
33
D B d
Has weldable socket to connect reinforcement

steel with steel constructions.
Part No.
No.
Part
CFS-PEBL-16
CFS-PEBL-16
CFS-PEBL-20
CFS-PEBL-20
CFS-PEBL-24
CFS-PEBL-24
CFS-PEBL-30
CFS-PEBL-30
CFS-PEBL-36
CFS-PEBL-36
CFS-PEBL-42
CFS-PEBL-42
CFS-PEBL-42
CFS-PEBL-42
CFS-PEBL-48
CFS-PEBL-48
8-11
Rebar
Rebar
dia mm
mm
dia
12
12
16
16
20
20
25
25
28/30
28/30
32/34
32/34
36
36
40/43
40/43
www.cfsfixings.com
Diameter
Diameter
mm
dd mm
M 16
16
M
M 20
20
M
M
24
M 24
M 30
30
M
M 36
36
M
M 42
42
M
M 42
42
M
M 48
48
M
48
48
63
63
80
80
80
80
92
92
82
82
65
65
24
24
28
28
31
31
36
36
40
40
M D1 D
D B d
Length
Length
A mm
mm
A
22
22
27
27
34
34
41
41
50
50
55
55
60
60
12
12
15
15
19
19
95
95
110
110
130
130
145
145
160
160
A
L
Length Dia.
Dia.
Length
D mm
mm
D
20
20
25
25
31
31
38
38
45
45
50
50
56
56
60
60
L1
Anchor Plate
Plate
Anchor
Dia. aa
Dia.
bb
mm
mm
mm
mm
L2
Thread
Thread
Size
Size
27
27
36
36
40
40
50
50
60
60
65
65
65
65
a
A
L1
Rebar
Rebar
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
L2
L1
L
L1 mm
mm
L1
58
58
80
80
92
92
110
110
127
127
150
150
__
180
180
L1
M D1 D
8-12
www.cfsfixings.com
Cast-in Channels
9-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Typical Channel Applications
9-3
Typical Cast-in Channel Anchor Variations
9-4
Cast-in Channel - Cold Rolled
9-5
Cast-in Channel - Hot Rolled
9-7
T-Bolts
9-8
9-10
Toothed Channel Type CHT
9-11
CFS Flexi Channels Type F
9-12
CFS Captive Fixing Nuts
9-13
CFS UNI Channel 41/21 Cast-In Insert
9-14
Sled Channels for Metal Deck Floors
9-15
Met Stop for Fixing to the Edge of Metal Deck Floors
9-16
CFS Plain Back Channels
9-18
Special Channel Fabrications
9-19
Channels - Material, Standards
9-20
CAST-IN CHANNELS
Longitudinal Resistance
10
www.cfsfixings.com
9-2
Typical Channel Applications

Curtain Wall
9-3
Curtain Wall: Bracket to Top of Slab
Curtain Wall: Bracket to Side of Slab
Masonry Support System: Fixing brick and stone

support angles
Structural Steel: Curtain Wall Bracket Steel to Structural

Steel with Plain Backet Channel
Fixing of Mechanical Services
Pipe Support Bracket to Underside of Slab
Lift guide rails
Fixing elevator guide rails and door surrounds
www.cfsfixings.com
Typical Cast-in Channel

Anchor Variations
CFS high quality inserts are designed to provide flexible
fixing points for concrete structures. Channels are ideal
for use near the edges of concrete where drilling is not
possible. They are ideal for use in post-tensioned structures.
T-bolts can be placed in the channels easily and moved to

the desired position. Subsequent removal of components
is very simple.
CFS-S stud anchor standard
CFS-W welded wave anchor
CFS channels can be supplied with either of the above anchor configurations. The load capacity is identical. Standard
anchor centres on long lengths of channel are 250 mm. Other centres can be supplied on request. Special anchor types
can be provided to suit specific site requirements.
Filler
T head bolts or locking plates are simply inserted

anywhere along the channel and turned through
90 to block into position.
All channels intended for casting in contain CFS quick

to remove filler.
CAST-IN CHANNELS
T-Bolts
Cold Rolled or Hot Rolled

In most circumstances, cold rolled sections provide the appropriate solution. Where vibration is an issue or in safetycritical applications, hot rolled channels should be considered. If in doubt, seek advice.
www.cfsfixings.com
9-4

Channel
PEC-TA
28/15
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor
Anchor
PEC-TA
38/17
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor
PEC-TA
40/25
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor
PEC-TA
49/30
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor
PEC-TA
54/33
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor
PEC-TA
72/49
Cold rolled
Welded I
anchor
15
minmin
1515
min
15
min
15
min
15
min
Material
Hot-dip. galvan.
Stainless steel A4
hef,min /bch /hch
On Demand
On Demand
On Demand
On Demand
On Demand
On Demand
28/15
38/17
40/22
50/30
50/30
72/48
45/28/15
76/38/17
79/40/25
94/50/30
155/53.5/33
179/72/49
100100250250
250
100100100
100
250
250
250
Stainless steel A2
Bolt
2F 2F
F F FFF2 F F2 F2 FF22 F2 2F 2F 2F2F
150mm
(recommended
minimum)
150mm
150mm
150mm
(recommended
150mm
150mm
(recommended
(recommended
(recommended
(recommended
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
hef,min - Effective anchoring depth min. bch - Width of channel hch - Height of channel
Standard Short piece cast-in channels
F r F r FFrr FFFrrr FFrr FFFrrr FFFrrr FFFrrr FFrr FFFrrr FFrrr FFrrr F r FFrr F r
Anchor centres
(mm)
150
200
250
300
150 150
250 250
Standard channel
lengths (mm)
150
200
250
300
350
550
Other short lengths are available to order, please consult CFS.
Cold Rolled C-Channel
9-5
www.cfsfixings.com

Dimensioning and design calculations
The design of the products with a European Technical Approval is based on the standard CEN/TS 1992-4. We provide PEC
Rail software to allow you to optimize product selection, which is available on our website www.cfs-fixings.com
The design loads for the CFS-PEC-TA Cast in channel are provided in this brochure. Please contact our technical office
for assistance if necessary
Load capacities for cold rolled channels

Capacities per bolt where the T-bolts are spaced no closer than the anchors on the back of the channel
Max Shear
Capacity C30/37
Min Shear
Capacity C30/37
Slab
thickness
Anchor
Spacing
where c
Tension
Only
where c
Shear
Only
where c
Shear
Only
(if thinner,
consult
software)
5min
5max
mm
kN
mm
kN
mm
kN
mm
mm
mm
CFS-PECTA 28/15
40
59
40
4.5
100
50
200
CFS-PECTA 38/17
50
10
90
10
50
5.5
125
100
200
CFS-PECTA 40/25
50
11.1
100
11.1
50
6.2
150
100
250
CFS-PECTA 49/30
75
17.2
141
17.2
75
9.4
150
100
250
CFS-PECTA 54/33
100
30.5
250
30.5
100
14.4
200
100
250
CFS-PECTA72/49
150
55.6
360
55.6
150
22.2
250
100
400
CAST-IN CHANNELS
Tension
Capacity C25/30
This table may be used in simple cases. The values are for tension only, shear only, or compare resultant forces of a
tension and shear components with the shear capacities. In cases where there is a longitudinal force along the length
of the channel, please see our nibbed bolt and toothed channel products.
These values are ultimate capacities and should be compared with the factored design loads.
PEC Rail software is available on our website www.cfs-fixings.com that would be useful for complex cases, with
tensile and shear forces together, with close edge distances, different slab thickness or different concrete strength.
CFS will provide technical assistance for any problems you have, so if in doubt, ask for help.
www.cfsfixings.com
9-6
Cast-in Channel - Hot Rolled

Channel
PEC-TA 40/22
PEC-TA 50/30
PEC-TA 52/34
Anchor
Hot rolled
Hot rolled
Hot rolled
Welded I anchor
Welded I anchor
Welded I anchor
Hot Rolled C-Channel
Material
Hot-dip. galvan.
Stainless steel A2
On Demand
On Demand
On Demand
Bolt to suitv
40/22
50/30
50/30
hef,min /bch /hch
79/40/22
94/50/30
155/52/34
hef,min - Effective anchoring depth min. bch - Width of channel hch - Height of channel
Capacities per bolt where the T-bolts are spaced no closer than the anchors on the back of the channel
Tension
Capacity C25/30
Shear
Capacity C30/37
Shear
Capacity C30/37
Slab
thickness
Anchor
Spacing
where c
Tension
Only
where c
Shear
Only
where c
Shear
Only
(if thinner,
consult software)
5min
5max
mm
kN
mm
kN
mm
kN
mm
mm
mm
PEC-TA 40/22
50
11.1
100
11.1
50
6.4
150
100
250
PEC-TA 50/30
75
17.2
141
17.2
75
150
100
250
PEC-TA 52/34
100
30.6
250
30.5
100
6.1
200
100
250
This table may be used in simple cases. The values are for tension only, shear only, or compare resultant forces of a
tension and shear components with the shear capacities.
These values are ultimate capacities and should be compared with the factored design loads.
For more complicated design cases, please consult with CFS who will prepare a calculation for situation.
9-7
www.cfsfixings.com
T-Bolts
CFS T-bolts are drop forged specifically designed to be used
with the appropriate channel section. All mild steel T-bolts
are supplied electroplated finish as standard grade 4.6.
Grade A4 and class 70 are also available to

order. Please note that when deciding the correct
channel and T-bolt combination the load capacity of both
channel and T-bolt need to be taken into consideration.
They are also available grade 4.6 hot dip spun galvanised
to BS-1971 to provide a minimum of 43 microns thickness.
Stainless steel T-bolts are A2 grade 50.
Size Range for Channels
Type
T Bolt 28/15
T Bolt 38/17
T Bolt 40/22
T Bolt 50/30
T Bolt 72/48
Electro zinc plated*
Stainless steel A4
Grade
4.6 as standard
8.8 on request
All bolts are delivered in one

box with nuts and washers.
Nuts and washers are packed
in separate plastic bags.
Length
(mm)
M8-M12
M10-M16
M10-M16
M12-M20
M20-M30
15-100
20-200
20-300
30-300
50-200
*Hot-dip galvanised available on request.
CAST-IN CHANNELS
Diameter
SWL and Technical Characteristics

Grade 4.6
Bolt size
Torque
Max. Load kN*
Grade 8.8
Bending
Nm
Tension
Shear
Moment
kNm
M6
4.3
2.9
M8
7.9
5.3
M 10
13
12.5
M 12
25
M 16
Torque
Nm
Max. Load kN*
Bending
Moment
Tension
Shear
11.6
6.4
21.1
11.7
22
8.4
16
15
33.4
18.6
43
18.2
12.1
28
25
48.6
27
75
40
33.9
22.6
72
40
90.4
50.2
192
M 20
120
52.9
35.3
140
120
141.1
78.4
374
M 24
200
76.3
50.7
242
200
203.3
113
647
M 27
300
99.1
66
360
300
264.1
146.9
959
M 30
380
121.1
80.6
486
380
322.8
179.5
1295
kNm
* Please also check channel capacities for the conditions present.

www.cfsfixings.com
9-8
DETERMINING REQUIRED BOLT LENGTH

Profile
Type
f (mm)
Bolt
m+s+u (mm)
CFS-PEC-TA 28/15
Cold
2.3
M6
8.8
CFS-PEC-TA 38/17
Cold
M8
11.3
CFS-PEC-TA 40/25
Cold
M10
13.9
CFS-PEC-TA 49/30
Cold
7.5
M12
17.3
CFS-PEC-TA 54/33
Cold
M16
21.8
CFS-PEC-TA 72/49
Cold
10
M20
27.0
CFS-PEC-TA 40/22
Hot
M24
32.5
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30
Hot
M27
36.5
CFS-PEC-TA 52/34
Hot
11.5
M30
40
l = Required bolt length

f = Height of the profile lip
Cold = Cold rolled
Hot = Hot rolled
m = Height of the nut

s = Thickness of the washer
lk = Clamping thickness
u = Length of bolt protruding
Once you have determined the minimum required bolt length for your
application, please consult with CFS to establish the suitable stock length.
We carry a wide range of lengths in stock.
9-9
www.cfsfixings.com
Longitudinal Resistance
Where forces exist along the length of the channel, there
are two alternative solutions, ribbed T-Bolts alongside our
hot-rolled channels, or toothed channels. If in doubt, please
send your conditions to CFS for advice.
Nibbed T-Bolts
These bolts must be used with hot rolled channels, hot
dipped galvanized. All bolts grade 8.8
Channel
Nibbed
T-Bolt
Toque
Nm
Longitudinal
Design Capacity
kN
CFS-PEC-TA 40/22
HSZ 40-22
M16
120
4.1
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30
HSZ 50-30
M16
120
10.0
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30
HSZ 50-30
M20
360
11.8
CFS-PEC-TA 52/34
HSZ 52-34
M20
360
11.8
A steel-to-steel contact is required between channel and attachment.

A calibrated torque wrench must be used.
CAST-IN CHANNELS
www.cfsfixings.com
9-10
Channel
profile
BoClh
t annel
dip
arm
oe
fitleer
avaoilltab
eg(tm
BolT-b
t olt lengthsT-b
leln
hm
s a) vailable (mm)
G
r
a
d
e
8
.
8
(
CZS
)
diameter
Grade 8.8 (CZS)
Stainless steelSb
eg(tm
taoilntlleesnsgsttheselavbaoilltab
leln
hm
s a) vailable (mm)
A4 (CZS )
A
2
(
)
CZS
A4 (CZS )
A2 (CZS )
38/23
M16
38/23
30, 40, 50, 603, 08,04, 01,0500, ,16205,, 8105,01

, 0200,01
, 2350,0150, 200, 30600
M16
Toothed Channel Type CHT
41/22
M12
30, 40, 50, 60, 30,

80, 40,
100,125,150,200,300
M12
50, 60, 80, 100,125,150,200,300
M16
41/22
50, 100
M16
M12
Bolt
diameter
Bolt
diameter
50, 100
35, 50
60
35, 50
40, 50, 60, 7540, 50, 60, 75
35, 50
35, 50, 80
M12
35, 50 loads in
35, 50, 80
Channel
Allowable
Longitudinal loads
profile
reinforced concrete
(CHT)
(kN)inlefolrocaeddscionnrcerientfeo(rkceNd) concrete (kN)
Allo
bn
leelload
Cw
haan
Asllionwraeb
50
ChB
an
on
ltel
Bolt
Long
prodfiia
lemeter(pupllr-oofu
vu
elrls-eolength
sh
osrvreerssShort
ueltsahnetchannel
ad
) sultantLong
(llooandgsilength
inal l(olo
ad
sg)itupair
ilte, tran(sor
p
u
t,etarran
alroo
r sre
)tudbolt
n
dinal load
s)
or
single
2-anchor*
3-anchor*
single bolt
with bolt pair
(CHT)
Long
length
Short
channel
with
bolt
pair
Long
length
Bolt
pair
(CHT)
Long
length
Short channel with bolt pair Long length
Bolt pair
3-anchor
or single bolt or sin
3g
- alencbhooltr
or single bolt or 2
oo
r*lt 32- a
nn
ch
oo
r*r*
3- anchor
si-nagnlcehb
-a
ch
150
250
250
250
250
250
150
150
150
250
50
Minimum
spacing in
reinforced concrete (mm)
Minimum spacM
inin
gim
inurm
einsfpoarcciendgcio
nnrcerientfeo(rm
cem
d )concrete (m
Channel spacing
ChNormal
annel sp
acingannel sedge
pacingEnd edge
pair ChParallel
Normal
pair Normal
Parallelpair
edge Parallel
End edge
C1 C2 C3
edge End edge
3C1
- anchor*
150
C2
C1
C1
150
C3
C2
C1 C2
C3
C2
C3
C3
T- bolts Grade T8.8bolts Grade 8.8
T-bolts Grade 8.8
M16
M16
M12
M12
38/M16
23
41/ 22
38/M12
23
41/ 22
381/ 22.30
38/23
41/ 82.20
41/22
381/ 22.30
38/23
41/ 82.20
41/22
Stainless steel bolts

12.0 20.0
M16
M12
M12
Notes:
41/M16
22
41/M12
22
41/ 82.20
12.0
12.0
5.5
5.5
8.0 14.0
12.0
5.5
5.5
12.0 20.0
20.0
12.0 20.0
8.0 14.0
14.0
M16
20.0
12.0 20.0
8.0 14.0
14.0
8.0 14.0
8.0 14.0
14.0
8.0 14.0
14.0
12.0
5.5
41/22
8.0 14.0
5.5
41/22
8.0 14.0
4.0
41/ 82.20
4.0
122.00.0
2204..00
20.0 24.0
8
.
0
181..00
5.5
12245.0
18255
8755
1101125 85
0.0
7
5
100
7650
122.00.0
2204..00
20.0 24.0
8
.
0
181..00
5.5
12245.0
18255
8755
1101125 85
0.0
7
5
100
7550
75
8.0 110
8.0 11.0
75
100 75 60
75
100 75 50
www.cfsfixings.com
50
5.85.0
181..00
11010.0
17050
7650
60
4.80.0
88..00
1080.0
17050
7550
50
8.0 11.0
8.0 8.0
100 75 60
100 75 50
Notes:
* Subject to check
on resultant
load.
* Subject
to check
on resultant load.
Notes: *Subject
to checkare
onafter
resultant
load. Pull-out,
transverse
shear
or resultant 2.5
loads.
loads quoted are after application of a Safety Factor of approximately
Allowable
loads
quoted
application
of aapplication
Safety
Factor
approximately
on Allowable
test in reinforced
Allowable
loads
quoted
are after
of aofSafety
Factor of approximately
2.5 on testconcrete.
in reinforced concrete.
2.5
on
test
in
reinforced
concrete.
For extreme
boltdistances,
positions and
minimum
edge
distances, please consult CFS Ltd. Two bolts on the same channel taking longitudinal
For extreme bolt
positions
and
minimum
cut
edge
please
consultcut
CFS
Ltd.
For
extreme
bolt
positions
and
minimum
cut
edge
distances,
please
consult
CFS
Ltd.
loads can be as little as 50mm apart, please consult CFS Ltd.
Two bolts on theTwo
same
channel
longitudinal
loads
can be as loads
little as
50be
mm
consult
Ltdconsult
.
bolts
on thetaking
same channel
taking
longitudinal
can
as apart;
little asplease
50 mm
apart; CFS
please
CFS Ltd .
9-11
75
60
CFS Flexi Channels Type F

CFS Flexi Channels are ideally suited for the quick, reliable
and cost efficient fixing of different construction elements to
metal deck floors.
The insert can be adjusted in height to suit the varying floor
profiles and fabricated ski assemblies are simple to fit to the
base of the adjustable feet.
CFS Cast-In 49/30 with Flexible Anchor

Product Description
Hot dipped galvanized or
stainless steel
Length
[mm]
Number
of Anchors
Min. Total
Height [mm]
Max. Total
[mm]
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30
200 or 350
200 (2) / 350 (3)
60
90
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30, 54/33
200 or 350
200 (2) / 350 (3)
85
110
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30, 54/33
200 or 350
200 (2) / 350 (3)
108
158
49
30
3.25
200m
Section
Tension [kN]
SWL [NRD]
Total min and max height
CAST-IN CHANNELS
Other lengths / profile types or materials are available on request

For min. total height = 60mm the loads FRd have to be reduced by factor 0.92
350m
Shear [kN]
SWL [N]
Resultant
[kN]
SWL [R]
Min. Edge
Distance [mm]
T-Bolts
SWL
40/25
10
10
10
120
12mm (9.3kN)
16mm (17.3kN)
49/30
15
15
15
150
16mm (17.3kN)
20mm (27.0kN)
54/33
25
25
25
250
16mm (17.3kN)
20mm (27.0kN)
All load values in accordance with design criteria CEN/TS 1992-4-3

Loads based on minimum C35 concrete strength
For 350mm channels minimum bolt centres = 150mm
For minimum height flexi anchors reduce the load by (x 0.92)
www.cfsfixings.com
9-12
CFS Captive Fixing Nuts

The Economic Fix to Channel Inserts
The main benefits are:
Channels are supplied ready for casting in complete
with the channel nuts.
Very quick to install no down time looking for
seperate T-Bolts.
Very economical particularly for larger diameters and
longer projections.
Captive Nut Data for Cast-In Channel Inserts
Captive Nut
Indicative Load Capacities
40/25 Channel c/w M12 Captive Nut
8kN Tensile: 10kN Shear
12.5kN Tensile: 15kN Shear
25kN Tensile: 25kN Shear
9-13
www.cfsfixings.com
CFS UNI Channel 41/21

Cast-In Insert
Size: 41 x 21 x 2.5mm
Concrete inserts are available in standard lengths of
3 metres which are supplied complete with polystyrene
infill and End Caps in place.
Non-standard lengths can be supplied in increments of
200mm. Dedicated lengths to suit your requirements
can also be produced.
Finish pre-galvanised or hot dip galvanised. If site
installation requires the concrete insert to be cut and
end caps must be reinserted at each end.
22
15
100mm
CAST-IN CHANNELS
100mm
39
100mm
7mm Diameter
Fixing Hole
21mm
Recommended loadings
UNI Channel 41/21
Safe working load
Point load
(250mm centres)
5.5 kN
Continuous Load
(per 1000mm)
22 kN
41mm
Concrete Strength 35 N/mm
www.cfsfixings.com
9-14
CAST-IN CHANNEL
Sled Channels for Metal

Deck Floors Sled channel assemblies are fabricated to suit
e designed to to be used in
LS FOR METAL DECK FLOORS
MET STOP FOR
CFS Met-stop pro

CFS ski channels are designed to to be used in the top
Ski channel assemblies are fabricated to suit your particular
etal decksurface
floors.ofSled
channel
your
particular
project
requirements.
We
fixing
metal deck floors. Ski channel assemblies allow
project requirements. We manufacture to suit your
slabto metal dec
annel inserts
to be
easily
manufacture
to they
suit are
your slab depth
anddecking
decking
channel
inserts
to be easily positioned
so that
channel contained
depth and
type and edge condition details.
flush
with
the
surface
of
the
concrete
and
maintain
a
CFS
will will
be pleased
ey are flush with the surface
type and edge condition details.
CFS
be to advise of the most economical
edgeedge
distance from the
decking
trim.
assembly for you.
maintain correct
a correct
pleased
toedge
advise
of the most economical
ecking edge trim.
assembly for you.
Channel with support foot for metal deck flooring
TAIL
Edge spacers give precise setting out.
Edge spacers give precise setting out.

Manufactured to suit the slab depth,
or to sit on top of the ribs.
Manufactured
to suit the slab depth,
Please advise your exact decking
detail.
or to sit on top of the ribs.
Please advise your exact decking detail.
Single, double or triple channel
assemblies can be produced.
Single, double or triple channel
assemblies can be produced.
Ski allowable load data

LOAD DATA
(for typical example when used to fix curtain walling)
when used to fix curtain walling)
Channel
38/17
40/25
Resultant
Mesh
load (R)
Min. edge
distance e
100 mm
125 mm
Resultant Loads (R)

Single point
Bolt pair*
16 kN
12 kN
18 kN
16 kN
49/30
150 mm
10 kN
20 kN
25
50
e
Notes: Quoted loads assume unit cast into lightweight concrete minimum 130 mm thick, 25 N/mm2 strength and are
after the application Resultant
of a safety factor of approximately 3:1.
load (R)
* Loads quoted assume the component is fixed to sled
assembly using two bolts minimum 100 mm apart.
Reinforcement
requirements
Standard mesh
and
10 mm dia. bar
450 mm long
with
4 No.
10 mm dia.
Bobs(300/80)
Fix restr
leg back
97
9-15
www.cfsfixings.com
Met Stop for Fixing to the Edge

of Metal Deck Floors
CFS Met stop provides the complete solution for fixing to metal deck floors.
Comprising a cast-in channel contained within a metal edge trim.
to
order
Min
50
to order
CAST-IN CHANNELS
CFS Met stop is manufactured to suit your particular

project conditions. Met-stop edge trim is produced from
pre-galvanized sheet with either hot-dip galvanized or
stainless steel channel inserts.
Typical installation showing Met stop shot fired or

tek-screwed down to the steel frame. Restraint straps are
provided to give additional restraint to the upper edge.
Fix restraint straps, tying vertical

leg backto the metal decking
www.cfsfixings.com
9-16
MET STOP LOAD DATA AND REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS
Met stop load data and reinforcement requirements
2 strength 2
Loading
lightweight
concrete
of minimum
25 N/mm25
Loadingdata
dataforfor
lightweight
concrete
of minimum
N/mm
reinforced as detailed on previous page.
strength reinforced
as detailed on previous page.

250mm
mc
250 mm
mc
Maximum
Met stop
Extreme bolt
position (ed),
cantilever (c)* (assuming mc)*
Allowable
resultant
load (F)
28/15 MTS
40 mm
25 mm
3.5 kN
ed
38/17 MTS
40/25 MTS
50 mm
75 mm
30 mm
45 mm
6.0 kN
8.0 kN
ed
Quoted loads are after the application of a safety factor
F
F
of 3:1. * Preferred cantilever = 25 mm.
Reinforcement requirements to achieve full loading in lightweight concrete, strength 25 N/mm2.
Reinforcement requirements to achieve full loading in lightweight concrete, strength 25 N/mm2.

300
min. min.
50 50
to order
to order
300
standart
mesh
standart
mesh
Standard mesh
plus
mesh longitudinal bar
10Standard
mm diameter
plus
with
10 mm diameter longitudinal bar
10 mm diameter bobs (300/80)
with
at10
300
mm
centres bobs
for long
lengths
mm
diameter
(300/80)
to order
to order
150
mm mm
centres
for short
lengths
at 300
centres
for long
lengths
150 mm centres for short lengths
CFS Met stop can be provided to suit your site requirements at short notice.
We manufacture to suit your site dimensions.
CFS Met-stop can be provided to suit your site

requirements at short notice. We manufacture to
suit your site dimensions.
9-9
9-17
99
www.cfsfixings.com
CFS Plain Back Channels

Plain back channels are useful in non-concrete applications
for example, welded to steel stations.
Bending load capacity at span L (single span element)
Max.point
load
F flex [kN]
2x F flex [kN]
q flex [kN/m]
L [m]
L [m]
L [m]
Corresponding
Bolt
Type
Thread
Fz
[kN]
L max
[cm]
0.50
1.00
1.50
0.50
1.00
1.50
0.50
1.00
1.50
28/15
3.9
0.8
0.3
0.12
0.6
0.16
0.07
3.3
0.4
0.13
28/15
6-12
38/17
4.8
11
1.5
0.6
0.3
1.1
0.3
0.15
6.1
0.9
0.3
38/17
10-16
41/41
5.6
49
5.4
2.7
1.8
4.0
2.0
1.3
21.5
5.4
2.3
41/41
8-16
40/25
3.8
33
2.6
1.3
0.6
1.9
0.8
0.4
10.3
2.2
0.7
40/22
10-16
49/30
4.9
46
4.3
2.2
1.2
3.3
1.6
0.7
17.4
4.3
1.3
50/30
10-20
40/22
5.7
21
2.6
1.3
0.6
2.0
0.8
0.3
10.5
2.1
0.6
40/22
10-16
50/30
11.0
19
5.3
2.7
1.6
4.0
2.0
0.9
21.4
5.3
1.7
50/30
10-20
52/34
17.0
21
8.8
4.4
2.8
6.6
3.3
1.6
35.1
8.8
3.0
50/30
10-20
72/48
31.0
32
22.3
11.2
7.4
16.7
8.4
5.6
89.3
22.3
9.9
72/48
20-30
CAST-IN CHANNELS
All load bearing are calculated as elastic-plastic values according to DIN 18800; these are approximate values and can be
used for EC3.
Partial safey coefficient gamma f=1.4, deflection =max l/150. Calculate the design values as FR,d=1.4xF
For other sizes, please consult CFS.
www.cfsfixings.com
9-18
Special Channel Fabrications
9-19
Welded in pairs to aid setting out
SKI Channel for the Metal Deck Floor
Radiussed
Fabricated corner piece
www.cfsfixings.com
Channels - Material,
Standards
Channel
Hot Rolled, Cold Rolled
T-Bolt
Grade 4.6, Grade 8.8
Mild Steel
Material S235JR (RSt 37-2)
Hot Dip Galvanized
DIN EN ISO 10684,
Hot Dip
Galvanized
Material No. 1.0038, 1.0044
DIN EN ISO 898-1
DIN EN 10025
DIN EN ISO 4034
Material S235JR (RSt 37-2)
zinc coating 40 m
Material No. 1.0038, 1.0044
DIN 50961, DIN EN 1403,
DIN EN 10025
DIN EN ISO 4042
hot dip galvanised - DIN EN ISO

1461,
DIN EN ISO 898-1

zinc coating 12 m
zinc coating 50 m
Stainless Steel
Grade A2-50, A2-70
HCR
Material No. 1.4529/1.4547
DIN EN 10088
A4
DIN EN 10088
Stainless Steel
HCR
Material No. 1.4529, HCR50
DIN EN 3506-1
DIN EN 10 088
A4
Material No. 1.4401/ 1.4404/
1.4571
DIN EN ISO 3506-1
CAST-IN CHANNELS
Material No. 1.4401/ 1.4404/

1.4571
Grade A4-50, A4-70
DIN EN 10 088
www.cfsfixings.com
9-20
Precast Panel Support

and Restraint Systems
10-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Panel Support Shoe System
10-3
Angle Cleats to Support Panels
10-5
CFS Design Support
10-6
PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

10
www.cfsfixings.com
10-2
Panel Support Shoe

System
CFS have developed an innovative solution to panel
support which are cost effective and make optimal use of
material.
Our shoe system is designed to be cast in to the concrete
panel and poduced in a range of projections to suit
different cavity widths.
Part No
Working Load kN
Dimensions
Cavity
C
mm
CFS-SB25-250
25
60
250
100
78
CFS-SB25-310
25
120
310
100
90
CFS-SB45-250
45
60
250
130
92
CFS-SB45-310
45
120
310
140
112
CFS-SB60-250
60
60
250
140
95
CFS-SB60-310
60
120
310
190
115
CFS can design and produce these brackets for other cavities and working loads. Please contact CFS with your precise
requirements and we will prepare specific calculations.
10-3
www.cfsfixings.com
10-4
www.cfsfixings.com
Angle Cleats to Support Panels
Available in stainless steel or hot dip galvanised.

Dimensions to suit your requirements with precision
cut slots or serrated patches. Fixed with cast-in
channels, cast-in sockets or drill and fixed.
Provides three-dimensional adjustment on site.
10-5
www.cfsfixings.com
CFS Design Support

CFS can help you with Autocad design to produce the
most economical user friendly design to suite your
application. We can analyse your loads to select the
correct channel profile. Precast brackets designs can also
be optimised, taking in to account your faade dead and
wind loads. Fischer drill fixing applications are calculated
utilising the Compufix Software programme.
Available in either painted mild steel, hot dip galvanised
and stainless steel.
Brackets are produced to short lead times. CFS will work
closely with your production team to assemble complete
fixings assemblies including associated isolators, set
screws and bolts.
Plain back channels are available for welding or bolting

to structural steelwork. The maximum length of channels
available is 3.0 m length up to 3.0 meters can be cut to
suit your requirements.
Welded to Steel Sections
Alternative Bracket
Fixing Methods
Fixed to Steel Structure

with Blind Bolts
CFS can provide Blind Bolt fixings. There are ideal for
situations where you may be connecting to an enclosed
steel section or those which have difficult access.
Available electroplated stainless steel finishes.
Fixed with Blind Bolts
www.cfsfixings.com
10-6
MOSO Precast Panel

Suspension System
11-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
11-3
MOSO Product Summary
11-4
System Diagram
11-5
Precast Panel Suspension System
11-6
Technical data
11-7
11-8
11-9
11-10
11-11
11-12
11-13
Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-H
11-14
Parapet anchor Standard design CFS-FB-E
11-16
Parapet anchor with adjustment CFS-FB-EJ
11-18
Assembly instructions CFS-FB-E
11-20
Assembly instructions CFS-FB-EJ
11-21
Pressure screws CFS-FB-DS
11-22
Wind Anchor Restraint CFS-FB-DZA
11-24
Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-DZA
11-25
Dowel Connection CFS-FB-VD
11-26
Other Products
11-27
MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM
MOSO Precast Panel Suspension System for Concrete Facades
10
www.cfsfixings.com
11-2
MOSO Precast Panel

Suspension System for
Concrete Facades
Introduction
The MOSO precast panel suspension system is an
approved system. It consists of an upper part, a middle
part and a cast-in part.
There are several models of the upper part available
depending on the structural situation.
The standard upper part is fastened to a vertical surface
of the structure, or alternatively there is a fixing available
to connect to the top of a slab.
If a single point fixing is insufficient a double bolt version
is available.
The component cast into the facade was developed for
slender precast concrete units
Product information
Load range: 6.0 70.0 kN
Material: approved stainless steel
Certificate: technical approval.
11-3
www.cfsfixings.com
MOSO Product
Summary
Precast panel suspension system:
FB-H
Wind anchor restraint:

FB-DS, FB-DZA
Turn buckle restraint system
www.cfsfixings.com
Dowel connection
Parapet anchors:
FB-E
11-4
Wind pressure WD,d
Wind suction WD,d
System Diagram
alternatively:
Typical suspension system

Cross section wall fixing type
11-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Angle of inclination
Precast Panel
Suspension System
Precast panel cast-in component, Type CFS-FB-HE
Together with the supplementary reinforcement included
in the scope of supply, the cast-in parts form an officially
approved system.
Type 1 covers load range from
6.0 kN to 22.0 kN inclusive.
Type 2 was designed for loads from
38.0 kN to 70.0 kN inclusive.
Please refer to the table for the dimensions.
Type 1
Product information
Type 2
Load range: 6.0 70.0 kN

Cast-in part: load range : 6,0 kN - 22,0 kN
Stud Anchors
C-channel with two
nail holes 4 mm
Front view
Side view
Top view
Certificate: technical approval.
Cast-in part: load range : 38,0 kN - 70,0 kN
Stud Anchors
Hex bolt acc. to
DIN EN ISO 4017
(DIN 933)
L Profile
Front view
Side view
Top view
www.cfsfixings.com
11-6
Technical data
CFS-FB-HE
Type 2
Type 1
Working Load
Design load VRd
Boundary conditions [mm]
fmin
c1, min
c2, min
hges
6.0 kN
8.10 kN
70
50
110
335
24
250
13
8.5 kN
11.48 kN
70
100
125
335
24
250
13
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
80
125
125
340
32
250
22
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
80
175
175
390
32
300
22
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
90
200
200
525
32
400
22
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
100
200
200
630
10
40
500
30
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
115
225
225
685
12
48
500
33
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
125
225
225
805
12
48
600
35
11-7
www.cfsfixings.com
Precast Panel
Suspension System
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
16.0 18.5 21.5 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
18
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
14.0 16.5 19.0 22.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
18
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
13.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 18/22
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
14.5 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
CFS-FB-HO1
Please refer to page
12 for more information about the installation part.
CFS-FB-HO1
Dim.
Connection
angle at wall distance b in mm
CFS-FB-HO1
Working Load
Design load VRd
Connection angle at wall distance b in mm
dDim. Dowel
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160Dim.[mm]
[-]
Working Load
Design load VRd
Dowel
d
60Type70FB-HO1
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm]
SingleLoad
bolt
type
for
wall
fixing,
Working
Design
load
V
[ - M10
]
Dowel
d
6.0 kN
8.10
kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
Rd
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm]
[-]
6.08.5
kNkN
8.10
kNkNto the
18.0
21.5
25.0
The upper
mounting
is
fixed
concrete
frame
with
a 25.0
11.48
18.0
21.525.0
25.025.0
25.0
25.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.0 12 14 M10
M12
6.0
kN
8.10
kN
18.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12
M10
8.5
kN
11.48
kN
18.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
14
M12
drilled bolt
or
a
cast-in
channel.
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
16.0 18.5 21.5 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 18
M16
8.5 kN13.5 kN 11.48 kN
18.0 16.0
21.5 18.5
25.0 21.5
25.0 24.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
14 18M12 M16
18.23
kN
16.0
kN
21.60
kN
14.0
16.5
19.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
18
M16
13.5 kN16.0 kN 18.23 kN
16.0 14.0
18.5 16.5
21.5 19.0
24.0 22.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
25.0 25.0
18 18M16 M16
21.60
kN
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
13.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 18/22 M16/M20
16.0 kN22.0 kN 21.60 kN
14.0 13.0
16.5 15.0
19.0 22.0 20.0
25.0 25.0 22.5
25.0 25.0 22.5
25.0 25.0 22.5
25.0 25.0 22.5
18
M16M16/M20
29.70
kN
Product
information
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
- 14.017.5
16.0 18.022.5
20.0 22.522.5
22.5 22.522.5
22.5 22.522.5
22.5 22.518/22
22
M20
22.0 kN38.0 kN 29.70 kN
13.0
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18/22
M16/M20
51.30
kNkN
- - 14.0- 16.0- 18.0- 20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22 22 M20
48.0
kN
64.80
14.5
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
M20
Load
range: 6.0 70.0 kN - 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22
38.0 kN48.0 kN 51.30 kN
M20 M20
64.80
kN
14.5
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
- 13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0 26
M24
Cavity:
up to 500
mm
48.0 kN70.0
17.0
18.0 15.0
19.0 16.0
20.0 17.5
20.0 18.5
20.0 19.5
20.0 20.0
22 26M20 M24
kN 64.80 kN
94.50 kN ---- 14.5
- 13.5
Please refer to page 12 for more information about the installation part.
70.0 kN
94.50 kNstainless- steel Material:
approved
Please refer to page 12 for more information about the installation part.
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
26
22
22
26
M24
Please
refer to page 12technical
for more information
about the installation part.
Certificate:
approval
Fixing angle allowable variance 5
Working Load
Design load VRd
Dim.

60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160 >160
d
[mm]
Dowel
[-]
6.0 kN
8.10 kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
M10
8.5 kN
11.48 kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
M12
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
16.0 18.5 21.5 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
18
M16
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
14.0 16.5 19.0 22.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
18
M16
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
13.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 18/22 M16/M20
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
14.5 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
22
M20
22
M20
26
M24
Please
refer to page
12 for more information
installation
part.or contact us.
1
For more
information
please about
see the
page
11-12
Front view
Side view
CFS-FB-HO1
Top view
www.cfsfixings.com
11-8
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
14.0 16.5 19.0 22.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
13.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
18
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
Precast Panel
Suspension System
14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
14.5 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
CFS-FB-HO2
CFS-FB-HO2
CFS-FB-HO2
Dimensions
Dimensions
Connection
Connection
angle
angle
atwall
at wall
distance
distance
b inbmm
in mm
Design
Design
The double
slotted
bracket
of the upper Connection
part is fastened
Working
Working
loadload
Dowel
d
j
j a a Dowel
Dimensions
angle
at
wall
distance
b
in
mm
loadload
VRdVRd 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100100 110110 120120 130130 140140 150150 160160>160
>160[mm][mm][mm][mm][mm][mm] [ - ] [ - ]
Design
to the
in-situ
with
two drilled bolts or a cast in
Working
loadconcrete
Dowel
d
j
a
load VRd
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [mm] [ - ]
channel. 6.0 6.0
kN kN 8.10
8.10
kN kN 18.0
18.0
21.5
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.010 10 20 20 100100 M8 M8
6.0
kN
8.10
kN
18.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
10 1220
8.5
8.5
kN
kN
11.48
11.48
kN
kN
18.0
18.0
21.5
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12 20100
20 100M8
100M10M10
Double bolt type for wall fixing, CFS-FB-HO2
8.5 13.5
kN 13.5
11.4818.23
kN18.23
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12 1420
M10
kN kN
kN18.0
kN 16.0
16.0
18.5
18.5
21.5
21.5
24.0
24.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
14 25100
25 115
115M12M12
13.5information
kN 16.0
18.2321.60
kN21.60
18.5
21.5
24.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
14 1425
M12
Product
16.0
kN kN
kN16.0
kN 14.0
14.0
16.5
16.5
19.0
19.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
14 25115
25 115
115M12M12
16.0 22.0
kN 22.0
21.6029.70
kN29.70
14.0 16.5
19.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
14 1825
M12
kN
kN
kN
13.0
15.0
15.0
17.5
17.5
20.0
20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18 30115
30 130
130M16M16
Load range:
6.0
70.0
kNkN 13.0
22.0 38.0
kN 38.0
29.7051.30
kN51.30
17.5
20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18 1830
M16
kN kN
kN13.0
kN 15.0
- - 14.0
14.0
16.0
16.0
18.0
18.0
20.0
20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18 40130
40 150
150M16M16
38.0 48.0
kN 48.0
51.30
kN
14.0
16.0
18.0
20.0
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18
40
150
M16
kN kN 64.80
64.80
kN kN - - - - - - - - 14.5
14.5
17.0
17.0
18.0
18.0
19.0
19.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.018 18 40 40 180180M16M16
Material:
stainless
steel
48.0 70.0
kNapproved
64.80
kN
14.5
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18 2240
M16
70.0
kN kN 94.50
94.50
kN kN - - - - - - - - - - 13.5
13.5
15.0
15.0
16.0
16.0
17.5
17.5
18.5
18.5
19.5
19.5
20.0
20.0
22 60180
60 205
205M20M20
Cavity: up to 500 mm
70.0 kN technical
94.50 kNapproval
Certificate:
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
22
60
205
M20
160 >160
d
[mm]
j
[mm]
a
[mm]
Dowel
[-]

Technical data
CFS-FB-HO2
Dimensions
Working load
Design
load VRd
6.0 kN
8.10 kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
10
20
100
M8
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
8.5 kN
11.48 kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
20
100
M10
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
16.0 18.5 21.5 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
25
115
M12
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
14.0 16.5 19.0 22.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
25
115
M12
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
13.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
18
30
130
M16
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
18
40
150
M16
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
18
40
180
M16
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
22
60
205
M20
14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
14.5 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.0
1 For more information please see page 11-12 or contact us.
Front view
11-9
www.cfsfixings.com
Side view
Top view
18
18
22
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
Precast Panel
Suspension System
12.5 14.5 16.5 18.0 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
12.5 15.0 16.5 18.5 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
15.0 16.0 17.0 18.5 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0
CFS-FB-HO2A
Dimensions
CFS-FB-HO1A
CFS-FB-HO1A
Dowel
d
j
a
cmin
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[-]
Dimensions
Dimensions
Connection
Connection
angle
at
angle
wall
distance
at
wall
b
distance
in
mm
b
in
mm
Design
load
Design
load fixing,
Single
bolt
type
for
top
of
slab
6.0
kN
8.10
kN
18.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
10
20
100
80
M8
Working load
Working load
Dowel
d
cmin d Dowelcmin
VRd
V 60
70 60 80 70 90 80 10090 110100 120110 130120 140130 150140 160150>160
160 >160[mm]
Type CFS-FB-HO1A
[mm]
]
[-]
[mm] [ - 85
8.5 kN 11.48 kN
15.5 Rd19.0 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 10 [mm]
20 100
M8
6.0 13.5
kN mounting
6.0 kN
8.10kN
8.10to
18.0
kNthe21.5
18.025.0
21.5
25.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.0
25.0
12 M10
45 M10
M10
18.23
14.5
17.0
19.5
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12 12
20 45
115
85
kN
The upper
iskN
fixed
concrete
frame
with
Working Design
load VRd
load
8.5 16.0
kN
8.5
11.48
11.4815.5
kN 19.0
15.522.5
19.025.0
22.525.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.0
25.0
12 M10
60 M10
M10
a drilled
boltkN
or akN
cast-in
channel.
21.60
kNkN13.0
15.0
17.0
19.5
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12 12
20 60
115
90
13.5
kN to
13.5
kN
18.23
18.23
14.5
kNdimensions.
17.0
14.519.5
17.022.5
19.525.0
22.525.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.0
25.0
14 M12
M12
29.70
kNkNfor
12.5
14.5
16.5
18.0
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
12 14
20 60
130
9060 M10
22.0
kN the
Please
refer
table
the
16.0 38.0
kN 16.0
21.60
kN 15.0
13.017.0
15.019.5
17.022.5
19.525.0
22.525.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.025.0
25.0
25.0
14 M12
M12
51.30
kNkN 21.60
- 13.0
12.5
15.0
16.5
18.5
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
14 14
40 65
150
12565 M12
kN kN
22.0 48.0
kN
22.0
29.70
kN- 14.5
12.5
14.5
16.520.5
18.022.5
20.522.5
22.522.5
22.522.5
22.522.5
22.522.5
22.522.5
22.5
22.5
14 M12
M12
Product
information
kN kN
64.80
kNkN 29.70
- 12.5
- 16.5
- 18.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18 14
40 65
180
16065 M16
38.0 70.0
kN 38.0
kN
51.30
kN
51.30
kN
12.5
15.0
12.5
16.5
15.0
18.5
16.5
20.5
18.5
22.5
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
18
22.5
80
18
M16
80
M16
kN6.0
94.50
kN kN
- 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 18
40 205 180 M16
Load range:
70.0
48.0 kN 48.0 kN64.80 kN 64.80 kN
- - - - - - 15.0- 16.0
15.017.0
16.018.5
17.020.0
18.520.0
20.020.0
20.020.0
20.0 18
20.0 9018 M1690 M16
Cavity:
up to 500 mm
70.0 kN 70.0 kN94.50 kN 94.50 kN
-
- -
- -
- -
- - 14.0- 15.0
14.016.0
15.017.0
16.018.0
17.019.0
18.020.0
19.0 22
20.012022 M20
120
M20

Certificate: technical approval
CFS-FB-HO1A
Working load
Design load
VRd
Dimensions

60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160 >160
d
[mm]
cmin
[mm]
Dowel
[-]
6.0 kN
8.10 kN
18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
45
M10
8.5 kN
11.48 kN
15.5 19.0 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
60
M10
13.5 kN
18.23 kN
14.5 17.0 19.5 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
60
M12
16.0 kN
21.60 kN
13.0 15.0 17.0 19.5 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
14
65
M12
22.0 kN
29.70 kN
12.5 14.5 16.5 18.0 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
14
65
M12
38.0 kN
51.30 kN
18
80
M16
48.0 kN
64.80 kN
18
90
M16
70.0 kN
94.50 kN
22
120
M20
12.5 15.0 16.5 18.5 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
15.0 16.0 17.0 18.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0
Technical data
Edge protection profile
Washer acc. to
DIN EN ISO 7093 (DIN 9021)
Front view
Side view
Top view
www.cfsfixings.com
11-10
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.5 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5 14.5 16.5 18.0 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
12
20
38.0 kN 51.30 kN
14
40
48.0 kN 64.80 kN
18
40
70.0 kN 94.50 kN
18
40
Precast Panel
Suspension System
12.5 15.0 16.5 18.5 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
15.0 16.0 17.0 18.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0
CFS-FB-HO2A
CFS-FB-HO2A
CFS-FB-HO2A
Dimensions
Dimensions
Connection
Connection
angle angle
atangle
wall
wall
at wall
distance
b in mm
bmm
in mm
Working
Working
Dimensions
Connection
atdistance
distance
b in
DesignDesign
Design
Working
Dowel
d
j
d
a
j
c a Dowel
c
load
V
load
V
load loadload load
d
j
a min
c min Dowel
60 slab
10090 100
110
100 110
120
110 120
130
120 130
140
130 140
150
140 150
160
150 160
>160
160>1[mm]
>160[mm]
Rd for
Rd 70
V60
Double
bolt type
[ -[mm]
]
[-]
[mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
[mm] min
60of
708070 fixing,
809080 90
60
Rd top
[mm]
[-]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
Type6.0
CFS-FB-HO2
kN6.06.0
8.10
kN
kN
8.10
18.0
kN
21.5
18.0
25.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
10
25.0
20
10
100
20
80
100
M8
80
M8
kN 8.10 kN 18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 10
20 100
80 M8
8.5 kN8.5bolt
8.5
11.48
kN
kN
11.48
15.5
kN
19.0
15.5
22.5
19.0
25.0
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
10
25.0
20
10
100
20
85
100
M885 M8M8
The double
bracket
of
the
upper
part
is
fastened
to
the
kN 11.48 kN 15.5 19.0 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 10
20 100
85
in-situ
with
two
drilled
bolts
or
a cast
in25.0
channel.
18.23
kN18.23
14.5
17.0
14.5
19.5
17.0
22.5
19.5
25.0
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12
25.0122012 20
11520 11585
115
13.5concrete
kN
kN kN14.5
17.0
19.5
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
13.513.5
kN kN18.23
21.60
kNtable
21.60
13.0
15.0
13.0
17.0
15.0
19.5
17.0
22.5
19.5
25.0
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
12
25.0122012 20
11520 11590
115
16.0refer
kN
kN21.60
Please
to
for
the15.0
dimensions.
kN kN
13.0
17.0
19.5
22.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
16.016.0
kN the
M10
85 85M10M10
M10
90 90M10M10
29.70
kN29.70
12.5
14.5
12.5
16.5
14.5
18.0
16.5
20.5
18.0
22.5
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
12
22.5122012 20
13020 13090
130 M10
22.0 kN
kN kN12.5
14.5
16.5
18.0
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
90 90M10M10
22.022.0
kN kN29.70
51.30
kN51.30
- kN12.5
15.0
12.5
16.5
15.0
18.5
16.5
20.5
18.5
22.5
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
14
22.5144014 40
15040 150
125
150 125
M12
125M12M12
38.0 kN
38.0
Product
information
kN
- - 12.5
15.0
16.5
18.5
20.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
38.0
kN kN51.30
48.0 range:
kN
kN64.80
64.80
kN64.80
- kNkN
16.0
15.0
17.0
16.0
18.5
17.0
20.0
18.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18
20.0184018 40
18040 180
160
180 160
M16
160M16M16
Load
70.0
kN
- - - - - - - - - 15.0
- - 15.0
16.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
48.048.0
kN6.0
70.0 kN 70.0
kNkN94.50
94.50
- kN - - -
94.50mm
kN
Cavity:70.0
up kN
to 500
-- -
-- -
15.0
14.0
16.0
15.0
17.0
16.0
18.0
17.0
19.0
18.0
20.0
19.0
18
20.0184018 40
20540 205
180
205 180
M16
180M16M16
- - - 14.0
- - 14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0

Technical data
CFS-FB-HO2A
Working Design
load VRd
load
6.0 kN
Dimensions

60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160 >160
d
[mm]
j
[mm]
a
[mm]
cmin
[mm]
Dowel
[-]
8.10 kN 18.0 21.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
10
20
100
80
M8
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 15.5 19.0 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
10
20
100
85
M8
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 14.5 17.0 19.5 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
12
20
115
85
M10
20
115
90
M10
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.5 22.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
Washer acc. to
DIN
EN ISO25.0
7093 (DIN 9021)
25.0
12
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5 14.5 16.5 18.0 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
12
20
130
90
M10
38.0 kN 51.30 kN
14
40
150
125
M12
48.0 kN 64.80 kN
18
40
180
160
M16
70.0 kN 94.50 kN
18
40
205
180
M16
12.5 15.0 16.5 18.5 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
15.0 16.0 17.0 18.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
-
14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0
Edge protection
Edge protection
profile profile
Washer acc.Washer
to
acc. to
Washer acc. to
DIN EN ISODIN
7093
EN(DIN
ISO9021)
7093 (DIN 9021)
DIN EN ISO 7093 (DIN 9021)
Front view
11-11
www.cfsfixings.com
Side view
Top view
20
hx hx
[mm][mm]
x
Cavity
b [mm]
[mm]
hx hx
[mm][mm]
hx hx
[mm][mm]
hx hx
[mm][mm]
hx hx
[mm][mm]
hx hx
[mm][mm]
h
[mm
185
60 18.0 18518518.0
18.021018516.0
18.024021014.0
16.026024013.0
14.0 - 260 - 13.0 - - - - 180
70 21.5 18018021.5
21.521018018.5
21.523521016.5
18.526023515.0
16.528526014.0
15.0 - 285 - 14.0 175
80 25.0 17517525.0
25.020517521.5
25.023020519.0
21.525523017.5
19.028525516.0
17.5 - 285 - 16.0 200
90 25.0 19520025.0
25.020019524.0
25.022520022.0
24.025022520.0
22.028025018.0
20.0 - 280 - 18.0 Single
double215
bolt220
wall
fixed
100
220 and
25.0
25.0
25.022021525.0
25.022022025.0
25.024522022.5
25.027524520.0
22.538027514.5
20.0 anchors - overview
110
240 25.0 24024025.0
25.024024025.0
25.024524025.0
25.027024522.5
25.027027022.5
22.536527017.0
22.545
Technical data
120
265 25.0 26026525.0
25.026526025.0
25.026526525.0
25.029026522.5
25.029529022.5
22.536529518.0
22.545
CFS-FB-H1 / CFS-FB-H2
130
285 25.0 28028525.0
25.028528025.0
25.028528525.0
25.031528522.5
25.032031522.5
22.537532019.0
22.545
load 305305
6.0 kN25.0
8.5305
kN 25.0
13.5 kN
16.0
kN
22.0310
kN22.5
38.0 kN
48.0
kN22.5
70.0340
kN 20.0
140
305 Working
25.0
25.0
305
25.0
310305
25.0
25.0340
25.0
340340
22.5
385
22.545
Design load V
8.10 kN
11.48 kN
18.23 kN
21.60 kN
29.70 kN
51.30 kN
64.80 kN
94.50 kN
150
325 25.0 325325
25.0
25.0325
32525.0
25.0
330325
25.0
25.0365
33022.5
25.0
365365
22.5
22.5410
36520.0
22.545
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Cavity b [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
160
350 25.0 345350
25.0
25.0350
34525.0
25.0350350
25.0
25.0[mm]
39035022.5
25.0390390
22.5
22.5
43539020.0
22.545
60
185 18.0 185 18.0 210 16.0 240 14.0 260 13.0 170
370 25.0
370370
25.0
25.0370
25.0
25.0
375370
25.0
25.0410
22.5
25.0
415410
22.5
465
22.546
70
180
21.5
180 370
21.5
210
18.5
235
16.5
260 375
15.0
285
14.0
- 22.5
- 415
- 20.0
80
175 25.0 175 25.0 205 21.5 230 19.0 255 17.5 285 16.0 180
390 25.0
390390
25.0
25.039039025.0
25.039539025.0
25.043539522.5
25.044043522.5
22.5
490
440
20.0
22.549
90
200 25.0 195 25.0 200 24.0 225 22.0 250 20.0 280 18.0 190
415 25.0
410415
25.0
25.0415
25.0
25.0
415415
25.0
25.0460
22.5
25.0
460460
22.5520
22.552
100
220
25.0
215 410
25.0
220
25.0
220
25.0
245 415
22.5
275
20.0
38022.5
14.5
- 460
- 20.0
110
240 25.0 240 25.0 240 25.0 245 25.0 270 22.5 270 22.5 365 17.0 450 13.5
200
435 25.0
430435
25.0
25.043543025.0
25.044043525.0
25.048544022.5
25.048548522.5
22.554548520.0
22.555
120
265 25.0 260 25.0 265 25.0 265 25.0 290 22.5 295 22.5 365 18.0 450 15.0
210
455 25.0
450455
25.0
25.0455
25.0
25.0
460455
25.0
25.0510
22.5
25.0
505510
22.5
570505
20.0
22.557
130
285
25.0
280 450
25.0
285
25.0
285
25.0
315 460
22.5
320
22.5
37522.5
19.0
450
16.0
140
305 25.0 305 25.0 305 25.0 310 25.0 340 22.5 340 22.5 385 20.0 450 17.5
220
475 25.0
475475
25.0
25.047547525.0
25.048047525.0
25.053548022.5
25.053053522.5
22.559553020.0
22.560
150
325 25.0 325 25.0 325 25.0 330 25.0 365 22.5 365 22.5 410 20.0 450 18.5
230
495 25.0
495495
25.0
25.0500
25.0
25.0
500500
25.0
25.0560
22.5
25.0
555560
22.5
620555
20.0
22.562
160
350
25.0
345 495
25.0
350
25.0
350
25.0
390 500
22.5
390
22.5
43522.5
20.0
450
19.5
170
370 25.0 370 25.0 370 25.0 375 25.0 410 22.5 415 22.5 465 20.0 465 20.0
240
520 25.0
515520
25.0
25.052051525.0
25.052052025.0
25.058052022.5
25.058058022.5
22.565058020.0
22.565
180
390 25.0 390 25.0 390 25.0 395 25.0 435 22.5 440 22.5 490 20.0 495 20.0
250
540 25.0
540540
25.0
25.0540
25.0
25.0
540540
25.0
25.0605
22.5
25.0
605605
22.5
675605
20.0
22.568
190
415
25.0
410 540
25.0
415
25.0
415
25.0
460 540
22.5
460
22.5
52022.5
20.0
520
20.0
200
435 25.0 430 25.0 435 25.0 440 25.0 485 22.5 485 22.5 545 20.0 550 20.0
Cast in
part 210
FB-HE-6.0
FB-HE-8.5
FB-HE-6.0
FB-HE-13.5
FB-HE-8.5FB-HE-16.0
FB-HE-13.5
FB-HE-22.0
FB-HE-16.0
FB-HE-38.0
FB-HE-22.0
FB-HE-48.0
FB-HE-38.0
FB
455 25.0 450 25.0 455 25.0 460 25.0 510 22.5 505 22.5 570 20.0 575 20.0
Precast Panel
Suspension System
Rd
ize
Metric
230
spanner
size
13 240
250
Cast in part
475 M8
25.0
M10
495 25.0
520 13
25.0
17
540 25.0
FB-HE-6.0
475 M12
25.0
475 25.0M16
480M12
25.0
M10
495 25.0 500 25.0 500 25.0
515 19
25.017520 25.0 24
520 19
25.0
540 25.0 540 25.0 540 25.0
FB-HE-8.5 FB-HE-13.5 FB-HE-16.0
535 M16
22.5M16
530 22.5 M20
595M16
20.0
560 22.5 555 22.5 620 20.0
580 24
22.524580 22.5 30
650 24
20.0
605 22.5 605 22.5 675 20.0
FB-HE-22.0 FB-HE-38.0 FB-HE-48.0
600 M24
20.0M20
625 20.0
655 20.0
36 30
680 20.0
FB-HE-70.0
Threaded rod
M8
M10
M12
M16
M16
M20
M24
M27
Metric spanner size
13
17
19
24
24
30
36
41
Single bolt wall fixed anchor
ThreadedM8
rod220
Double bolt wall fixed anchor
www.cfsfixings.com
11-12
Cavity b [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
325 25.0 325 25.0 325 25.0 360 22.5 360 22.5 410 20.0 430 19.0
60
170 18.0 195 15.5 210 14.5 240 13.0 250 12.5
350 25.0 345 25.0 345 25.0 385 22.5 385 22.5 440 20.0 435 20.0
70
165 21.5 190 19.0 210 17.0 240 15.0 250 14.5
370 25.0 365 25.0 370 25.0 410 22.5 410 22.5 465 20.0 460 20.0
80
160 25.0 180 22.5 210 19.5 240 17.0 250 16.5
390 25.0 385 25.0 390 25.0 435 22.5 435 22.5 495 20.0 490 20.0
90
180 25.0 175 25.0 205 22.5 240 19.5 255 18.0
415 25.0 410 25.0 410 25.0 460 22.5 460 22.5 520 20.0 520 20.0
100
200 25.0 195 25.0 200 25.0 230 22.5 250 20.5
435 25.0
435
25.0
435
25.0 485 22.5 475 22.5 550 20.0 545 20.0
Single and double bolt top of slab fixed
110
220
25.0 220 25.0 220 25.0 220 25.0 240 22.5
anchors -455
overview
460 25.0
25.0 455 25.0 510 22.5 500 22.5 575 20.0 575 20.0
120
245 25.0 240 25.0 240 25.0 240 25.0 265 22.5
Technical 480
data 25.0 475 25.0 535 22.5 525 22.5 605 20.0 600 20.0
480 25.0
130
265 25.0 260 25.0 260 25.0 260 25.0 290 22.5
500 25.0 500 25.0 495 25.0 555
22.5 550 22.5 630 20.0 630 20.0
CFS-FB-H1A / CFS-FB-H2A
140
285 25.0
280 25.0 280 25.0 285 25.0 315 22.5
525 25.0 520 25.0 520 25.0 580 22.5 575 22.5 660 20.0 655 20.0
Working150
load
6.0 kN 3058.5 kN
kN
16.0 kN 305
22.0 kN
kN
48.0 kN 335
70.0 kN
25.0 13.5305
25.0
25.038.0305
25.0
22.5
FB-HE-8.5Design
FB-HE-13.5
FB-HE-16.0
FB-HE-22.0
FB-HE-38.0
FB-HE-48.0
FB-HE-70.0
load V
8.10 kN
11.48 kN
18.23 kN
21.60 kN
29.70 kN
51.30 kN
64.80 kN
94.50 kN
160
330
25.0h 325 25.0
325
25.0h 325 25.0
360
22.5
h
h
h
h
h
h
[mm]
M16
M20
M24
M27
M10 Cavity b170
M12
M16
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
350 25.0 350 25.0 345 25.0 345 25.0 385 22.5
60
170 18.0 195 15.5 210 14.5 240 13.0 250 12.5 17
19
24370
30365
25.021024370
25.0
25.028036370
22.5
70180
165 21.5
190 19.0
17.0 240
15.0
250 14.5
12.5 25.0
- 41410
80
160 25.0 180 22.5 210 19.5 240 17.0 250 16.5 275 15.0 190
395
25.0
390
25.0
385
25.0
390
25.0
435
22.5
90
180 25.0 175 25.0 205 22.5 240 19.5 255 18.0 275 16.5 25.0200 415
25.0
25.0275 410
25.0
22.5
100200
200 25.0 415
195 25.0
25.0 230
22.5 410
250 20.5
18.5 335
15.0 460
110
220 25.0 220 25.0 220 25.0 220 25.0 240 22.5 270 20.5 345 16.0 400 14.0
210
440 25.0 435 25.0 435 25.0 435 25.0 485 22.5
120
245 25.0 240 25.0 240 25.0 240 25.0 265 22.5 265 22.5 360 17.0 405 15.0
130220
265 25.0 460
260 25.0
25.0 260
25.0 455
290 22.5
22.5 355
18.5 510
415 16.0
25.0260 460
25.0
25.0290 455
25.0
22.5
140
285 25.0 280 25.0 280 25.0 285 25.0 315 22.5 315 22.5 355 20.0 420 17.0
230
480 25.0 480 25.0 480 25.0 475 25.0 535 22.5
150
305 25.0 305 25.0 305 25.0 305 25.0 335 22.5 335 22.5 380 20.0 425 18.0
160240
330 25.0 505
325 25.0
25.0 325
25.0 500
360 22.5
22.5 410
20.0 555
430 19.0
25.0325 500
25.0
25.0360 495
25.0
22.5
170
350 25.0 350 25.0 345 25.0 345 25.0 385 22.5 385 22.5 440 20.0 435 20.0
250
525 25.0 525 25.0 520 25.0 520 25.0 580 22.5
180
370 25.0 370 25.0 365 25.0 370 25.0 410 22.5 410 22.5 465 20.0 460 20.0
190in part
395 25.0 FB-HE-6.0
390 25.0 385 FB-HE-8.5
25.0 390 25.0FB-HE-13.5
435 22.5 435 FB-HE-16.0
22.5 495 20.0 FB-HE-22.0
490 20.0
Cast
Precast Panel
Suspension System
Rd
xA
200
xA
415 25.0
440 25.0
460 25.0
size480 25.0
505 25.0
525 25.0
FB-HE-6.0
Threaded
rod
210
220
Metric 230
spanner
240
250
Cast in part
415 25.0
435M8
25.0
460 25.0
4801325.0
500 25.0
525 25.0
FB-HE-8.5
xA
xA
410 25.0 410 25.0

M10
435 25.0
435 25.0
455 25.0 455 25.0
480 25.017475 25.0
500 25.0 495 25.0
520 25.0 520 25.0
FB-HE-13.5 FB-HE-16.0
xA
460 22.5
485M12
22.5
510 22.5
535 19
22.5
555 22.5
580 22.5
FB-HE-22.0
xA
xA
460 22.5 520 20.0

M16
475 22.5
550 20.0
500 22.5 575 20.0
525 22.524605 20.0
550 22.5 630 20.0
575 22.5 660 20.0
FB-HE-38.0 FB-HE-48.0
520 20.0
545M16
20.0
575 20.0
600 24
20.0
630 20.0
655 20.0
FB-HE-70.0
Threaded rod
M8
M10
M12
M16
M16
M20
M24
M27
Metric spanner size
13
17
19
24
24
30
36
41
Single bolt top of slab fixed anchor
11-13
xA
www.cfsfixings.com
Double bolt top of slab fixed anchor
[mm
280
275
275
275
270
265
290
315
335
360
385
410
435
460
475
500
525
550
575
FB-
Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-H

1.2 Components of
precast panel part
Type 1
Type 2
The precast part with

load range 6.0 kN 22.0
kN consists of a MOS
anchor channel two
T-head bolts and two
end plates for connecting
the reinforcement loops.
The MOS anchor channel
contains a recess unit
made of PE foam.
The precast part with load

range 38.0 kN 70.0 kN
consists of a bracket, two
T-head bolts and two end
plates for connecting the
reinforcement loops.
2.1 Assembly of the

reinforcement
2.2 Assembly of the

reinforcement
Additional U bars
Additional U bars
3.1 Attaching to the formwork

The cast in part can be attached to the formwork with
the help of two nails. There are two nail holes on the
back of the MOS channel for this purpose. This enables
casting flush with the concrete surface.
3.2 Attaching to the formwork

The Type 2 cast in part can be fixed to the formwork with
the projecting stud.
Tinst [Nm]
Connection
bolt
Width across
flat
6.0 kN
Width across
8.5 kN
flat
15
M10
17
25
M12
19
13.5 kN
M10
17
Connection
Width across
8.5 kNload
M12
19
16.0 kN
Working
Tinst 25
[Nm]
bolt
flat
Connection
WidthWidth
across
13.5
kN
60
M16
24
22.0 kN
Connection
across
6.0 kN
15
M10
17
Working
load
Working
load Tinst [Nm]
Tinst [Nm]
bolt bolt
flat flat
16.0
kN
60
M16
24
38.0 kN
8.5 kN
M12
6.0 kN
15 1525
M10 M10
17 1719
6.0 kN
22.0
120
M20
30
48.0 kN
13.5 kN
kN
M16
8.5 kN
25 2560
M12 M12
19 1924
8.5 kN
38.0
240
M20
30
70.0 kN
16.0 kN
kN
M16
13.5 13.5
kN
60 6060
M16 M16
24 2424
kN
48.0
kN
240
M20
30
22.0 kN
120
M20
16.0 16.0
kN
60 60
M16 M16
24 2430
kN
70.0
kN
420
M24
36
38.0 kN
240
M20
22.0 22.0
kN
120 120
M20 M20
30 3030
kN
48.0 kN
240
M20
38.0 38.0
kN
240 240
M20 M20
30 3030
kN
70.0 kN
420
M24
48.0 48.0
kN
240 240
M20 M20
30 3036
kN
60
M16
24
60
M16
24
120
M20
30
240
M20
30
240
M20
30
420
M24
36
Working load
Working load
6.0 kN
Tinst [Nm]
15
Connection
bolt
www.cfsfixings.com
1.1 Components of
precast panel part
11-14
4.1 Attaching the suspension system to the precast

panel - Type 1
4.2 Attaching the suspension system to the precast

panel - Type 2
The installation part of the suspension system consists of

an upper part (available in four different designs) and a
middle part (available in two different designs). The hanger
is delivered completely pre-assembled. Prior to installing the
suspension anchor, the channel filler must be removed from
the MOS anchor channel. Then the hanger is connected
to the cast-in part with the aid of an MHH T-bolt, washer
and hexagon nut. The anchor channel allows for horizontal
adjustment. The tightening torques indicated in the table on
page 11-14 must be adhered to.
The installation part of the suspension system consists

of an upper part (available in four different designs) and
a middle part (available in two different designs). The
hanger is delivered completely pre-assembled.
Recess unit
Recess unit
5.1 Attaching suspension system to the in-situ

concrete - Single fixing
5.2 Attaching suspension system to the in-situ

concrete - Double fixing
The upper part of the suspension system is fastened to

the in-situ concrete with an officially approved through
bolt or a cast-in channel. The tightening torques must be
taken from the relevant approvals and must be adhered
to.
The upper part of the suspension system is fastened to

the in-situ concrete with an officially approved through
bolt or a cast-in channel. The tightening torques must be
taken from the relevant approvals and must be adhered
to. The slots in the upper part allow for a horizontal
adjustment.
Recess unit
Recess unit
A vertical adjustment
of the precast part can
be made
by means of the adjustment of the hexagon nut on
the threaded rod. In order to minimise the risk of cold
welding, a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote
can be ordered separately). Height adjustment not to be
taken under load.
11-15
The hanger is connected to the mounting part with

the aid of a washer and a hexagon nut. The tightening
torques indicated in the table on page 11-14 must be
adhered to.
www.cfsfixings.com
A vertical adjustment of the precast part can be made

by means of the adjustment of the hexagon nut on
the threaded rod. In order to minimise the risk of cold
welding, a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote
can be ordered separately). Height adjustment not to be
taken under load.
Parapet anchor
Standard design CFS-FB-E
For connecting upstand/downstand parapets
to slabs
The MOSO precast fixing CFS-FB-E is a anchor for supporting
parapet elements.
In order to achieve a uniform distribution of load, each
concrete element is braced with at least two anchors. When
using more than two anchors, the design with adjusting
screw must be used
The parapet anchor is fastened to the in-situ concrete with an
officially approved through bolt or a cast in channel. Please
refer to the table for the dimensions.
Product information
Types: 1 8
Wall thicknesses: up to 200 mm (> on request)
Certification: structural analysis
FB-E
FB-EA
c
[mm]
b
[mm]
h
[mm]
t
[mm]
102
62
45
106
62
48
126
76
55
134
76
66
138
78
70
78
83
148
Compression
packer piece
Profile cross-section
160
For upstand situation FB-E
190
Serrated
plate
80
Slotted
84 shim
90
85
3
4
6
8
FB-E
FB-EA
c
[mm]
b
[mm]
h
[mm]
t
[mm]
102
62
45
106
62
48
126
76
55
134
76
66
138
78
70
148
78
83
160
80
190
90
Serrated
plate
FB-E
FB-EA
FB-E
c
[mm]
102
b3
[mm]
4
62
106
5
62
84
126
6
76
85
134
7
76
138
8
78
FB-EA
Slotted
shim
Compression
packer piece
For downstand situation FB-EA
www.cfsfixings.com
6
148
FB-E
FB-EA
c
[mm]
b
[mm]
h
[mm] 7
t
[mm]160
11-16
78
80
Technical data
0 40 mm
1
2
31
42
53
64
75
86
7
8
1
2
31
42
53
64
75
86
7
8
400
450
400
500
450
550
500
550
550
600
550
650
600
700
650
700
0 40 mm
CFS-FB-E / CFS-FB-EA
Standard lengths
L in mm with cavity b
Standard lengths
110 140
50 100 mm
L in mm with cavity mm
b
450
110500
140
50 100 mm
mm
500
550
450
500
550
600
500
550
600
650
550
600
600
650
600
650
650
700
600
650
700
750
650
700
750
800
700
750
750
800
Max.
size
Max.
M12
size
M16
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
for parapet
W t = 3Accessories
mm
W t = 6 system
mm
Length
SH
[mm]
W t = 3 mm[mm]
50
Length
[mm]
65
50
65
65
65
90
65
90
90
90
90
90
1 Select accessories set 2 with size M16
11-17
www.cfsfixings.com
LongitudiAnchoring
CFS-FB-E
/ CFS-FB-EA
nal hole
depth
LongitudiAnchoring
150 200
LL
te
[mm]
mm
nal[mm]
hole
depth
18 LL
x 80
70
150600
200
te
[mm]
mm
650
18[mm]
x 80
72
70
600
700
18 x 80
82
650
18
x
80
72
750
92
700
18 x 80
82
750
22
102
750
18
x
80
92
800
22
108
750
22 x 80
102
850
123
800
108
900
22 x 80
125
850
22 x 80
123
Accessories
for
system
900
22 parapet
x 80
125
13
SH
[mm]
17
13
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
Length
SH
[mm]
W t = 6 mm[mm]
50
Length
[mm]
65
50
65
65
65
90
65
90
90
90
90
90
SH13
[mm]
17
13
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
Panel
thickness
Panel
fmin
[mm]
thickness
100
fmin
[mm]
100
100
110
100
120
110
130
120
135
130
150
135
150
150
150
Reinforcement
ds
[mm]
d10
s
[mm]
10
10
12
14
10
14
12
16
14
16
14
16
20
16
20
Reinforcement
[mm]
lb
[mm]
40
50
40
60
50
70
60
75
70
90
75
90
90
90
350
450
400
500
450
525
500
600
525
625
600
700
625
700
40
i
[mm]
40
Tooth. W t = 5 mm
Length
[mm] W
Tooth.
34
Length
[mm]
40
34
40
40
40
45
40
45
45
45
45
45
RH
t = 5[mm]
mm
13
RH
[mm]
17
13
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
350
lb
[mm]
400
PDP
Length
[mm]
70
Length
[mm]
70
70
70
70
90
70
90
90
90
90
90
PDP
t
[mm]
5t
[mm]
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Parapet anchor with

adjustment CFS-FB-EJ
Adjusting
screw
The MOSO precast fixing FB-EJ is a parapet anchor for

parapet elements. The system allows for the quick and
easy adjusment of structural tolerances using the height
adjusting screw.
Adjustinga uniform distribution
In order to achieve
of load,
Serrated
screw
washertwo
each concrete element
is braced with at least
anchors. When using more than two anchors, a uniform
distribution of load must also be ensured.
Serrated
washer
Pressure
distribution
plate
Slotted
washer
The parapet anchor is fastened to the in-situ concrete

with officially approved through bolts or a cast in
channel. Please refer to the table for the dimensions.
Pressure
Productdistribution
information
plate
Slotted
Serrated
washer
Types: 1 Adjusting
8
screw
Wall thicknesses:
up to 200 mm (> on washer
request)
Pressure
distribution
plate
Slotted
washer
Adjusting
screw
FB-EJ
FB-EJA
c
[mm]
b
[mm]
h
[mm]
t
[mm]
102
62
45
106Adjusting 62
48
screw
126
134
76
138
Serrated
6
washer
c
[mm]
102
106
b
[mm]
h
[mm]
t
[mm]
62 Pressure 45
62
48
126 Adjusting 76
55
134
76
66
138
78
70
148
78
83
160
distribution
plate 80
84
distribution plate
7
8
screw
Pressure
190
90
85
Serrated
washer
4
4
78
70
78
83
160
80distribution 84
Slotted6
washer
190
90
Pressure
For upstand situation FB-EJ
FB-EJ
FB-EJA
screw
Serrated plate
66
148Pressure
distribution plate
76 Adjusting 55
plate
85
Serrated
washer
8
Serrated plate
Adjusting
screw
Slotted
washer
Serrated
washer
FB-EJ
FB-EJA
Slotted
washer
Serrated
washer
Pressure
distribution
FB-EJ
plate
Slotted
washer8
FB-EJA
c
[mm]
b
Slotted
[mm]
h
[mm]
3
t
[mm]
4
102
62
45
3
5
106
62
48
3
6
126
76
55
4
7
134
76
66
4
8
138
78
70
For downstand situation 4FB-EJA
5
FB-EJ
FB-EJA
c
6
[mm]
1027
washer
b
h
t
www.cfsfixings.com
148
78
83
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
160
62
80
45
3 84
11-18
5
6
di
Technical data
CFS-FB-EJ / CFS-FB-EJA
Standard lengths
L in mm
with wall
distance b
Standard
lengths
0 40 mm
1
21
32
43
54
65
76
87
8
110 140
L in50mm
100with
mm wall distance b
0 400
40 mm
50 450
100 mm
700
750
450
400
500
450
550
500
550
550
600
550
650
600
700
650
500
450
550
500
600
550
600
600
650
600
700
650
750
700
Max.
mounting
Max. size
1
21
32
43
54
65
76
87
mounting
M12 size
M16
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
mm
110 140
500
mm
550
500
600
550
650
600
650
650
700
650
750
700
800
750
800
www.cfsfixings.com
150 200
mm
150 200
600
mm
nalLL
hole
[mm]
LL
18[mm]
x 80
te
depth
[mm]
te
70
[mm]
650
18
72
18 xx 80
80
70
600
700
18
x
80
82
650
18 x 80
72
750
18
92
700
18 xx 80
80
82
750
22
x
80
102
750
18 x 80
92
800
22
108
750
22 xx 80
80
102
850
22
123
800
22 xx 80
80
108
900
22
125
850
22 xx 80
80
123
900
22 x 80
125
Accessories for parapet system
Panel
thickness
Panel
fmin
thickness
[mm]
fmin
100
[mm]
100
100
110
100
120
110
130
120
135
130
150
135
150
150
150
Reinforcement
ds
[mm]
ds
[mm]
10
10
10
12
10
14
12
14
14
16
14
16
16
20
16
20
Reinforcement
i
[mm]
i
40
[mm]
lb
[mm]
lb
350
[mm]
90
700
40
40
50
40
60
50
70
60
75
70
90
75
90
90
Accessories for parapet system

W t = 3 mm
W t = 6 mm
Tooth. W t = 5 mm
Length
SH
W t = 3 mm
[mm]
[mm]
Length
SH
50
13
[mm]
[mm]
65
50
65
65
65
65
90
65
90
90
90
90
90
90
8 accessoriesM20
90
1 Select
set 2 with size M16
11-19
CFS-FB-EJ / CFS-FB-EJA
Longitudi- Anchoring
nal hole Anchoring
depth
Longitudi-
17
13
17
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Length
SH
W t = 6 mm
[mm]
[mm]
Length
SH
50
13
[mm]
[mm]
65
50
65
65
65
65
90
65
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
17
13
17
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Length W
Tooth.
[mm]
Length
34
[mm]
40
34
40
40
40
40
45
40
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
t = 5RHmm
[mm]
RH
13
[mm]
17
13
17
17
17
17
21
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
400
350
450
400
500
450
525
500
600
525
625
600
700
625
PDP
LengthPDP t
[mm]
[mm]
Length
t
70
5
[mm]
[mm]
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
70
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
Pressure
Presscrew
sure
screw
M16
M16
M16
M20
M16
M24
M20
M30
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
Assembly instructions CFS-FB-E
CFS-FB-E: Cast in channel fixing
Installing the parapet anchor in the precast

concrete unit
Installing the parapet anchor on the slab
The parapet anchor is installed in the precast concrete

unit in such a way that the rear reinforcement bars have
a concrete cover towards the inside of the precast part
of at least 25mm. The reinforcement bars must have
sufficient concrete cover all around.
The parapet anchor is fastened to the slab with an

officially approved through bolt or a cast-in channel.
Height adjustment can be made on the U profile by
means of the included slotted washers.
CFS-FB-E: Through bolt fixing
To do this, the associated accessories of the relevant

anchor must be used according to the table.
Please note the following during installation:

The height of the parapet anchor depends on the
mounting level of the top side of the slab. The lower
edge of the profile should be h = 5 10 mm
above level so that there is enough clearance for the
adjustment.
If the parapet anchor is mounted in a recess, as shown in
the sketches, the setting position depends on the level of
the lower edge of this recess plus the measurement h.
www.cfsfixings.com
11-20
Assembly instructions CFS-FB-EJ
CFS-FB-EJ: Through bolt fixing
CFS-FB-EJ: Cast in channel fixing
Mounting the parapet anchor in the precast

concrete unit
Installing the parapet anchor on the slab
The parapet anchor is installed in the precast concrete

unit in such a way that the rear reinforcement bars have
a concrete cover towards the inside of the precast part
of at least 25mm. The reinforcement bars must have
sufficient concrete cover all around.
Please note the following during installation:
The height of the mounting part depends on the
mounting level of the parapet anchor on the upper edge
of the slab. The lower edge of the profile should be h
= 15 25 mm above this mounting level so that there is
enough clearance for the adjustment.
If the parapet anchor is mounted in a recess, as shown in
the sketches, the mounting measurement depends on the
lower edge of this recess plus the measurement h.
11-21
www.cfsfixings.com
The parapet anchor is fastened to the slab with an

officially drilled bolt or a cast in channel. A height
adjusment can be made by means of the included slotted
washers as well as with the adjusting screw on the
pressure bearing.
To do this, the correct parts of the relevant anchor must
be used according to the table. The pressure distribution
plate is shimmed at the lower end of the screw in such a
way that the screw is located in the recess of the plate.
The hexagon bolt may only be rotated manually to adjust
the height, during which the precast part must not be
under load. In order to minimise the risk of cold welding,
a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote).
Pressure screws
CFS-FB-DS
The MOSO precast fixing FB-DS is used for the horizontal
restraint faade panels. The acting pressure forces are
absorbed in combination with panel suspension system.
It is connected to the precast part by means of a CFS cast
in socket which must be ordered separately.
Product information CFS-FB-DS1,
CFS-FB-DS2
Pressure screw
Solid rod socket c/w
cross pin
Diameter: M12 M24

Cavity: up to 300 mm larger
distances on request
Material: A4-70; 1.4362
CFS-FB-DS1
Pressure screw
Diameter: M12 M20
Solid rod socket c/w

cross pin

CFS-FB-DS2
Product information CFS-FB-M
CFS-FB-DS1 / CFS-FB-DS2
Thread length l
for the cavity bCFS-FB-DS1
[mm]
/ CFS-FB-DS2
CFS-FB-DS1
/ CFS-FB-DS2
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
M12
M16
M12
M12
M20
M16
M16
M24
Pressure
a
plate for
SW
Type DS2
60
80
100
120
300
[-]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
Pressure
length
l 220 240 260 280 300 320 Cast
80 100 120 140 160 Thread
180
200
FB-M12K
15
80
/
80
/
8
19
in
AdjuThread length l
a 13
platePressure
for
Adjua SW
for the190
cavity210
b [mm]
partCast in stment
plate
for
90 110 130 150 170
230
250
270
290
310
330
FB-M12L
20
80
/
80
/
8
13
19
for the cavity b [mm]
DS2
part
stment TypeType
SW
DS2
60 80 80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 FB-M16K
[-]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
20 80
/ [mm]
80 / 10 [mm][mm]
16 24
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
[-]
Cast in
part
Adjustment
FB-M16L 15
20 8080
/ 80
80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 320340FB-M12K
/ 80
/ 8/ 10 13 16 19 24
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M12K 15 80 / 80 / 8
13 19
FB-M20K 20
20 80
100
/ 100
90 80 110100 130120 150140 170160 190180 210200 230220 250240 270260 290280 310300 330320FB-M12L
/ 80
/ 8 / 1213 20 19 30
90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 FB-M12L 20 80 / 80 / 8
13 19
FB-M20L 20
20 80100
80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 320340FB-M16K
/ 80/ 100
/ 10 / 1216 20 24 30
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M16K 20 80 / 80 / 10 16 24
20 80100
FB-M24 20
100100 120120 140140 160160 180180 200200 220220 240240 260260 280280 300300 320320 340340FB-M16L
/ 80/ 100
/ 10 / 1516 24 24 36
100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M16L 20 80 / 80 / 10 16 24
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M20K 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
1
The
threaded
sleeve
be used
Type220
FB-DS2.
80 100
120is only
140 to160
180 for200
240 260 280 300 320 FB-M20K 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
M20
M20 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M20L 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280 300 320 340 FB-M20L 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
Table of100
pressure
M24
120 screw
140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M24 20 100 / 100 / 15 24 36
M24 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M24 20 100 / 100 / 15 24 36
www.cfsfixings.com
11-22
Technical Data
Table of pressure screw diameter in relation to cavity width and corresponding load capacities
CFS-FB-DS1
Bearing capacity (without reinforcement)
FB
M12K
M12L
M16K
M16L
M20K
M20L
Boundary conditions
Panel
Edge
Min.
thickdistance concrete
ness
c1,min;
quality
fmin
c2,min
70 mm
50 mm C25/30
100 mm
75 mm C25/30
80 mm
75 mm C25/30
120 mm 100 mm C25/30
100 mm
75 mm C30/37
140 mm 125 mm C30/37
Tensile
load
FZ, Rd
[kN]
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
Pressure load for cavity b in mm

FD, Rd
[kN]
60
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
80
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
100
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
120
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
140
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
160
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
180
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
200
3.15
7.92
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
220
3.15
7.02
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
240
3.15
6.25
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
260
3.15
5.60
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
280
3.15
5.04
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
300
3.15
4.55
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
240
4.64
6.25
12.64
18.21
22.91
36.45
41.84
57.33
260
4.24
5.60
12.64
16.59
22.91
33.73
41.84
57.33
280
3.88
5.04
12.64
15.16
22.91
31.24
41.84
54.59
300
3.56
4.55
12.64
13.88
22.91
28.95
41.84
51.18
Nailing plate
CFS-FB-DS2
Bearing capacity (with minimum reinforcement Q188 + pressure plate)
FB
M12K
M12L
M16K
M16L
M20K
M20L
M24
M24
Boundary conditions
Panel
Edge Minimum
thickdistance concrete
ness
c1,min;
quality
fmin
c2,min
70 mm 285 mm C25/30
100 mm 350 mm C25/30
80 mm 250 mm C25/30
120 mm 350 mm C25/30
100 mm 375 mm C30/37
140 mm 500 mm C30/37
140 mm 425 mm C30/37
160 mm 500 mm C30/37
Nailing plate
11-23
www.cfsfixings.com
Tensile
load
FZ, Rd
[kN]
3.15
8.54
6.05
12.13
8.80
24.93
-
Pressure load for cavity b in mm

FD, Rd
[kN]
60
12.84
19.55
12.64
30.97
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
80
10.16
17.28
12.64
30.97
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
100
9.21
15.18
12.64
30.97
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
120
8.34
13.30
12.64
30.97
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
140
7.55
11.64
12.64
29.43
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
160
6.83
10.20
12.64
26.75
22.91
49.20
41.84
57.33
180
6.19
8.97
12.64
24.28
22.91
45.94
41.84
57.33
200
5.61
7.92
12.64
22.04
22.91
42.55
41.84
57.33
220
5.10
7.02
12.64
20.02
22.91
39.39
41.84
57.33
*Use table for guidance.

For project ordening please ask
CFS for exact length
Note: CFS cast in solid socket to
be ordered separately
Wind Anchor
Restraint CFS-FB-DZA
For negative wind loads (suction) acting on facade
panels.
The MOSO precast fixing CFS-DB-DZA is used for the
horizontal suction protection of faade panels. This is
used in combination with pressure screw CFS-FB-DS. It is
connected to the precast part by means of the CFS cast in
socket. The mounting part and the pressure screw must
be ordered separately.
Product information
Load range 2.0 6.0 kN
Slotted hole LH
for pressure screw
Washer
Slotted hole LH
for pressure screw
WasherRound hole d for

anchoring
Adjusting screw
Round hole d fo
anchorin
Round hole with

internal thread for
adjusting screw
Adjusting screw
Round hole wit

internal thread fo
adjusting screw
CFS-FB-DZA
CFS-FB-DZA
Load range
CFS-FB-DZA
Dimensions
t
x
[kN]
[mm]
[mm]
2.0
M12
10Suitable
38
Type
3.5
M12 / M16
12pressure 39 l
6.0
M16 / M20
15screw 49 [mm]
See table "Pressure screws" for the admissible compressive forces.
2.0
M12
157
Type
3.5
M12 / M16
148
Please note: The pressure screw and the cast in socket to6.0
be ordered
M16separately.
/ M20
171
Suitable
pressure
screw
l
[mm]
157
148
171
a
[mm]
40
Load range
48
60 [kN]
y
d
CFS-FB-DZA
[mm]
[mm]
69
12
59 a
14 t
72 [mm]
18 [mm]
40
48
60
10
12
15
LL
[mm]
13Dimensions
x 40
17 x 40 x
21 x 40
[mm]
38
39
49
y
[mm
69
59
72
www.cfsfixings.com
11-24
CFS-FB-DZA
Load range
Technical data
Type
[kN]
2.0
3.5
6.0
Design load
Recommended
FH,Rd
mount
[kN]
3.00
FAZ II 10/50
5.25
FAZ II 12/60
CFS-FB-DZA
9.00
FAZ II 16/50
The proof of anchoring must be provided

consideration of the respective
Loadin range
Designboundary
load conditions.
Recommended
Type
[kN]
2.0
3.5
6.0
FH,Rd
[kN]
3.00
5.25
9.00
mount
FAZ II 10/50
FAZ II 12/60
FAZ II 16/50
Suitable pressure
screw
Adjusting screw
M10 x 40
M12 x 40
M16 x 50
M12
M12 / M16
M16 / M20
Suitable pressure
screw
Adjusting screw
Nailing
M10
x 40plate
M12 x 40
M16 x 50
M12
M12 / M16
M16 / M20
The proof of anchoring must be provided in consideration of the respective boundary conditions.
Nailing plate
CFS-FB-DZA: Installation condition
Assembly Instructions
CFS-FB-DZA
CFS-FB-DZA: Installation condition
The pressure screw Type

FB-DS1 or Type FB-DS2
with previously fixed
washer is passed through
the slot of the plate.
The plate is pre-mounted

on the in-situ concrete
using the ith a drilled
bolt or a cast-in channel.
When setting the anchor,
the offset dimension x
(distance between slot
of pressure screw and
round hole of anchor)
must be noted. The plate
can be mounted in any
direction radially around
the pressure screw.
11-25
www.cfsfixings.com
The pressure screw

is screwed into the
embedded cast in
channel of the precast
part. The distance of
the precast part to the
in-situ concrete can be
set exactly by rotating
the pressure screw.
The adjusting screw is

used to set the plate
parallel to the wall.
The through bolt or
MHH screw boltis
subsequently tightened
with the required
tightening torque.
Dowel Connection
CFS-FB-VD
The dowel connection allow the transmission of shear forces
between two precast parts.
A round sleeve is embedded into the bottom of the upper

panel and grouting sleeve is embedded into the top of the
lower panel.
Product information
Additional reinforcem
Load range: 1.0 kN 5.0 kN

Recessed top part
Recessed top part

Recessed top part
Mortar
Recessed top part
Recessed bottom part

Mortar
Mortar
Mortar
Reinforcement is
not included in scope of supply
cessed bottom part
Reinforcement is
not included
in scope of supply
Reinforcement
is
not included in scope
CFS-FB-VD: Installation
Reinforcement is
condition
not included in scope of supply
Technical data
Table of dowel sizes and design loads
CFS-FB-VD
CFS-FB-VD
Dimensions
Dimensions
CFS-FB-VD
Dimensions
CFS-FB-VD
Load Design Diamerange load

ter
[kN]
Type
FH,Rd
[kN]
d
[mm]
1.0 1.50 12
2.5 Type
3.75 16
5.0 7.50 20
l = 100 + a + 5 * d acc. to
Minimum concrete
quality
C30/37
l = 100
+
Accessories
Panel Joint
thick- thickAdditional
Length
ness ness
Plastic sleeve
reinforcthick- thickFH,Rd ness d
fmin
amaxement Type
Length ness
l
top
bottom
fmin
l
[kN]
[kN] amax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
round
Dimensions
Load
Design Diamerange Panel
load Joint ter
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
round
Accessories
oval
round
oval
round
220 120 20
l = 100 + a + 5 * d acc.to5.0 7.5034620
acc. to DAfStb
required
- * d acc.
40x100
required
12x80
Minimum
concrete
l = 100quality
+ a + 5C30/37
to
346 acc. to DAfStb
Minimum
concrete quality
C30/37
required
required
16x100
44/18x100
40x100
180
1.0 1001.5020 1212x80 180 - 100
40x10020
16x100200
44/18x100100
40x10020
200
2.5 1003.7520 16
220 120 20 20x140 47/22x100 40x100 required
346
5.0acc.to DAfStb
7.50 20 220 120 20 20x140 47/22x100 40x100 required
a + 5 * d acc. to
Minimum concrete quality C30/37
Accessories
Accessories
Additional
Panel Joint
Load Design DiamePlastic sleeve
reinforc- Ad
thick- thickPanel
Joint
range load
Load ter
DiameDesignLength
Plastic sleeve ement
re
ness ness
thick- thickrange load
ter Additional
bottom
e
fmin
d
Length amax
ness ness top
l
H,Rd
PlasticFsleeve
bottom
reinforc[kN]
[kN] [mm]
FH,Rd [mm]
amax
d [mm]
oval top round

l [mm]fmin round
[kN]
[kN] [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
oval
round
ement
required
40x100
1.0 1.50 12 180 100
20 12x80 round
top
bottom
12x80
40x100
1.0
1.50
12
180
100
20
2.5 3.75 16 200 100 20 16x100 44/18x100 40x100 required re
16x100 44/18x100
2.5 20
3.7522016 120
200 20100 20x140
20 47/22x100
required re
40x100 40x100
Type
5.0 7.50
20x140 47/22x100 40x100
346 acc. to DAfStb
www.cfsfixings.com
11-26
re
Other Products
Turnbuckle Restraint System CFS-FB-SPV
The turnbuckle restraint system CFS-FB-SPV allows for the
transmission of tensile and compressive forces between
two concrete elements. It consists of a turnbuckle and
two MHH T-bolts with a left-hand and a righthand
thread. The turnbuckle can be rotated to adjust the
tolerances.
Product information
Load range: 5.0 kN 10.0 kN
Diameter: M12 and M16
11-27
www.cfsfixings.com
* For more detail please consult CFS.
11-28
www.cfsfixings.com
Precast Wall Connection

Wire Rope Boxes
12-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Wire Boxes for Precast Panels
12-3
Selection
12-4
Capacities
12-5
Installation
12-7
Reinforcement of Concrete Elements
12-8
Supervision of Installation
12-9
12-10
Dimensions
12-11
Installation
12-12
PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES
R-Steel Loops
10
www.cfsfixings.com
12-2
Wire Boxes for

Precast Panels
Wire Rope Boxes are designed to be used as a structural
connection for pre-cast units with recesses, or between
precast units and in-situ concrete components. The casing
of the box eliminates the need for additional formwork.
The rope boxes are very easy to use on site, with proven
no-tool tear-off tape that releases the flexible loops. The
loops are stitched into the adjoining element with rods
and insitu concrete.
We can provide boxes either containing a single loop or
a double loop, depending on the load capacities that
are required.
12-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Selection
Our range includes Standard wire boxes, a Maxi wire box and Double wire rope boxes. The four
types of Standard wire boxes have the same load capacity, selection should be made based on the
thickness of the joint. For greater loads, use the Maxi box or Doube wire rope boxes.
2 DIMENSIONS AND MATERIALS
Dimensions
2.1 Dimensions and tolerances
Double Wire Loop Boxes
Table 1. Dimensions and tolerances of the RWL wire rope loop
SL
Wire rope loop [mm]
h
b 10
RWL-THIN
80
(mm)
(mm)
RWL-WIDE
2
100
2
L
L1
[mm] [mm]
20 t 10
306 (mm)
220
331 225
2
h
[mm]
2
180
220
b
t
[mm] [mm]
2
2
(mm)
50 1 20
Note
80
25
D
[mm] [mm]
1)
D
6
60
(mm)
6
60
Box Type
Part No
SL
(mm)
10
L
(mm)
20
L1
(mm)
10
Standard
CFS-RVL-60
60
336
270
CFS-RVL-80
80
250
CFS-RVL-100
100
230
CFS-RVL-120
120
210
Maxi
CFS-RVL-140
140
528
370
200
50
20
100
Double
CFS-RWLTHIN
80
306
220
180
50
20
60
CFS-RWLWIDE
100
331
225
220
80
25
60
50
1)160
according to SFS-EN
12385. 20
55
60
Thickness of the steel plate of the box is 0,7mm.
65
70
Figure 1. Dimensions of the RWL wire rope loop
Standard and Maxi Wire Loop Boxes
R-Group Finland Oy | Olavinkatu 1 | 57130 Savonlinna, Finland | VAT: FI20250445 | Tel. +358 20 722 9420 www.repo.fi | www.rsteel.fi
Thickness of steel plate of the box is 0,7mm. Note 1 according to SFS-EN 12385
Materials
Part
Material
Standard
Steel box
1.0330
SFS-EN 10130
Wire rope
high strength steel wire rope SE-Zn
SFS-EN 12385
Compression sleeve
1.0046
SFS-EN 10025
The steel box and the wire rope are zinc coated. Zinced products are passivated with min. 1 month of storage.
www.cfsfixings.com
12-4
Capacities
The Standard boxes (RVL-60, -80, -100 and -120) all have
equal capacities. For greater loads, use the Maxi box (RVL140) or the Double boxes (RWL-THIN and WIDE).
Design Principles
The capacities presented in the tables below are calculated
for static loads. Our wire rope loops are not designed to be
used for dynamic loading or for lifting. For the capacities
to be achieved, there should be no cracks or deformations
in the joints.
The capacities of the wire rope loops are calculated for a
joint as presented in the diagram with seam thickness and
reinforcement as outlined in the following sections. The
steel boxes and the seam must be fully filled with concrete.
The capacities given are the resistances in ultimate limit
state, so please compare to design loads.
Longitudinal Force Capacity

Boxes Centre
to Centre
Design Value of Longitudinal Shear Resistance, VRd (kN/m)

Standard
Maxi
Double Thin
CFS-RVL-60, -80, -100, -120
CFS-RVL-140
CFS-RWL-THIN
C25/30
C40/50
C25/30
250
125
159
300
117
148
350
101
128
182
230
400
89
112
163
450
79
100
146
500
72
91
550
66
600
C40/50
Double Wide
CFS-RWL-WIDE
C25/30
C40/50
112
116
C25/30
C40/50
94
81
98
141
154
84
120
132
207
184
70
74
106
118
63
66
95
131
106
166
56
59
85
83
96
120
152
51
54
77
60
87
76
110
139
46
49
70
650
80
56
71
102
129
43
45
64
73
700
52
66
95
120
40
43
60
69
750
49
62
37
40
55
63
The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to make the
precast element.
12-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Tensile Capacity
Capacities are shown here per box, thus for Standard and
Maxi boxes the capacities are for a single wire rope pair,
and for the double boxes are for two wire rope pairs.
Box Type
Part No
Design Value of Tensile Resistance,

FRd (kN)
C25/30
C40/50
12.9
12.9
23.1
23.1
17
25.8
CFS-RVL-60
CFS-RVL-80
Standard
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi
CFS-RVL-140
CFS-RWL-THIN
Double
CFS-RWL-WIDE
The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the

system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to
make the precast element. The distance between wire
loop boxes must be as defined later in this section.
Horizontal Shear Force

Capacities are shown here per box, thus for Standard and
Maxi boxes the capacities are for a single wire rope pair,
and for the double boxes are for two wire rope pairs.
Box Type
Part No
Design Value of Horizontal Shear

Resistance, NRd (kN)
C25/30
C40/50
4.6
5.8
8.2
10.3
10.8
13.6
CFS-RVL-60
CFS-RVL-80
Standard
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi
CFS-RVL-140
CFS-RWL-THIN
Double
CFS-RWL-WIDE
The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the

system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to
make the precast element. The distance between wire
loop boxes must be as defined later in this section.
Combined Forces
For circumstances where there is a combination of forces
on the wire loop joints, the following must apply:
VApplied
VRd
FApplied
FRd
NApplied
NRd
www.cfsfixings.com
12-6
Installation
Seam Thickness
The size of the wire rope loops must be chosen according
to the thickness of the joint to enable the vertical ribbed
steel bar in the joint to pass through the wire rope loops
on both side of the joint.
Box Type
Standard
Maxi
Double
Part No
Recommended
thickness of rope loop
seam (mm)
CFS-RVL-60
70-90
CFS-RVL-80
90-110
CFS-RVL-100
110-140
CFS-RVL-120
140-190
CFS-RVL-140
160-220
CFS-RWL-THIN
90-130
CFS-RWL-WIDE
110-160
Minimum Edge Distance and Spacing
11
5 APPLICATION
5.1 Limitations for application
Resistances presented in tables 26 are calculated for static loads. RWL
wire rope loops are not designed to be used for lifting or as lifting loops.
wire rope loops at the same side of the joint.
Centre to centre Emin = minimum distance between
Resistance of the RWL wire rope loop is defined by the weakest concrete in
thejoint
wire
rope loop
to theTheupper
andcalculations
lower edge
the
Edge distance Dmin = the minimum distance of the
(element/joint
concrete).
resistance
do notof
take
intoconcrete element
account cracks or deformations in the joint. Resistances of RWL wire rope
(see diagram for double boxes).
loops are calculated assuming that the steel boxes and the seam are fully
filled with concrete.

wire rope loops at opposite sides of the joint.
Centre to centre Cmax = minimum distance between
Minimum width Bmin = minimum total wall width.

5.1.1
Dimensions for Standard and Maxi Boxes
Minimum edge and center distances
Figure 5. Markings for distances of RWL wire rope loops
Dimensions for Double Boxes
Table 6. Minimum distances of RWL wire rope loops
Wire rope
Box Type
Part No
Centre to Centre Emin

mm
center to
edge
Edge Distance Dmin
center to
minimum
Centre to Centre Cmax
Minimum Width Bmin
R-Group Finland Oy | Olavinkatu 1 | 57130 Savonlinna, Finland | VAT: FI20250445 | Tel. +358 20 722 9420 www.repo.fi | www.rsteel.fi
CFS-RVL-60
Standard
CFS-RVL-80
CFS-RVL-100
250
100
20
120
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi
Double
12-7
CFS-RVL-140
350
200
25
150
CFS-RWL-THIN
250
250
20
80
CFS-RWL-WIDE
300
300
25
100
www.cfsfixings.com
Reinforcement of the joint

When using wire rope loops, a vertical ribbed steel bar
must always be installed through the wire loops as
shown here.
Box Type
Part No
Diameter of the
ribbed steel bar s
Standard
CFS-RVL-60
12
CFS-RVL-80
Reinforcing steel A500HW or similar
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi
CFS-RVL-140
16
Double
CFS-RWL-THIN
12
CFS-RWL-WIDE
Reinforcement of
Concrete Elements
Case Study 1 Diagrams
The wall elements must be reinforced according to the wall

element design.
Case 1 Where wire loops are used to
transfer forces
When RVL wire rope loops are used to transfer forces
in the joint, anchorage of the wire rope loop must be
secured by overlapping the wire rope loop sufficiently
with the reinforcement of the concrete element. This
should be done to the engineers design depending on
your precise arrangement.
Where the wire loop is used in a corner joint a reinforcing
bar should be installed into the inner edge of the fold of
the RVL wire rope loop, the diameter of this bar should
be the same as the reinforcement installed in the joint.
Case 2 Where RVL wire loops are not used to
transfer forces
Case Study 2 Diagrams
When wire rope loops are used to limit cracking of the

seam or to tie elements together without defining the
required force, additional reinforcement in the wall is
recommended as shown here, including 2 No 10mm
diameter additional bars in each piece.
Attachment to the formwork
The wire rope loop box must be attached securely so it
cannot move during casting of the concrete. At the wire
rope loop, the concrete must be compacted carefully
as the loop cannot be vibrated. The wire rope loops
Loop boxes may be fastened to formwork with nails or
by magnets. The part of the wire rope which enters the
concrete element is installed amidst the reinforcement
and does not need to be tied to the reinforcement.
www.cfsfixings.com
12-8
Supervision of
Installation
Check list before casting:
Wire rope loop is in good condition
Wire rope loop is according to designs and in the right
place
Wire rope loop is attached firmly
The required additional reinforcement is installed.
During the casting:
Wire rope loop stays in the right place
The concrete is thoroughly vibrated around the RVL wire
rope loop.
After the casting:
The tape covering the steel box is removed at the factory
after the concrete is cured.
Manufacturing
Our RVL wire rope loops are manufactured by
R-Group Finland Oy.
Manufacturing markings
The product packaging includes a R-Steel sticker,
containing the following information: product type,
product name, quantity, ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality
and environmental system markings, FI marking and
product picture.
Products are delivered in cardboard boxes marked with
FI and BY (Concrete Association of Finland) logo and the
number of certified product declaration, numbers of the
ISO-certificates and the product type and name.
Quality control
Quality control of the wire rope loops is done according
to the requirements of the Finish Code of Building
Regulation and the instructions according to the quality
and environment system of R-Group Finland Oy (ISO 9001
and ISO 14001).
12-9
www.cfsfixings.com
R-Steel Loops
R-Steel Loops are used to tie precast concrete elements to
the building frame using a reinforcement bar through the
loops and casting some concrete insitu.
They are similar to the RVL Wire Loop in application. The
wire boxes have the advantage of ease of casting and
protection of the loop, however the R-Steel loops can be
used in thinner panels and can also be used for lifting.
www.cfsfixings.com
12-10
Dimensions
Capacities
Design principles:
The capacities presented in the tables below are calculated
for ultimate limit states according to the following codes
and regulations:
SFS-EN1992-1-1
SFS-EN1993-1-1
R Steel loops cannot be welded.
Capacity for element tying
Ultimate limit capacity for horizontal force, NRd = 4.8kN
Concrete strength C25/30. This design is for a static
load, for dynamic load please seek advice from CFS
technical help.
Capacity for element lifting
The R-Steel Loop can be used for lifting concrete elements,
according to the diagram below as long as the following
are met:
Lifting angle must be between 0 and 45
R-Steel Loop resistance for lifting FRd = 1.9kN (concrete
C15/20)
Lifting device diameter must be 40mm
12-11
www.cfsfixings.com
Materials
Part
Material
Standard
Wire rope
high strength steel wire

SE-Zn
SFS-EN 12385
Compression sleeve
1.0046
SFS-EN 10025
Installation
Minimum Edge Distance
and Spacing
Minimum edge distance from sleeve, e = 15mm
A reinforcing bar needs to be provided in the element as
shown above to prevent the loop bursting out of the wall.
Reinforcement
Anchoring reinforcement must be installed through the
R-Steel Loop and it must be anchored to cast in situ
concrete. Reinforcement to be A500HW or similar.
Attachment to the formwork
Supervision of
Installation
Manufacturing
Check before casting:
Manufacturing markings
R-Steel loop is in good condition
The product packaging includes a R-Steel sticker,

containing the following information: product type,
product name, quantity, ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality
and environmental system markings, FI marking and
product picture.
R-Steel loop I according to design and in the right place

R-Steel loop is attached firmly
The additional reinforcement is installed
During casting:
R-Steel loop stays in the right place
The concrete is thoroughly vibrated around
the R-Steel loop
After casting:
The situation of the R-Steel loop is according
to the design
R-Steel loops are manufactured by R-Group

Finland Oy.
Products are delivered in cardboard boxes marked with

FI and BY (Concrete Association of Finland) logo and the
number of certified product declaration, numbers of the
ISO-certificates and the product type and name.
The R-Steel Loop and anchoring reinforcement must be

securely attached and must not move during casting. The
R-Steel Loop may not be vibrated during casting.
Quality control
Quality control of the wire rope loops is done according
to the requirements of the Finish Code of Building
Regulation and the instructions according to the quality
and environment system of R-Group Finland Oy (ISO 9001
and ISO 14001).
www.cfsfixings.com
12-12
CVS Staircase
Connectors
13-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
CVS 40 / 60 / 100 Staircase Products
13-3
Reinforcement Arrangement
13-5
CVS STAIRCASE CONNECTORS

10
www.cfsfixings.com
13-2
CVS 40 / 60 / 100
Staircase Products
The CVS 40 / 60 / 100 staircase products are used for
connecting precast staircases to concrete shear walls. This
is done by having a bearing that rests within the shear
wall.
The former for the cast in part is re-usable. The former
is
secured
two screws and can be removed
oncepart
theslide out of bearing.
CVS
bearingby
in mold.
CVS inner
concrete has cured.
The inner bearing part of the connector is slid out into
the pocket in the shear wall on the construction site.
CVS bearing under test to failure.
CVS bearing in mold.
CVS i
CVS inner part slide out of bearing.
CVS b
CVS bearers are produced under ISO 9001.
CVS bearing in mold.
HF
H1
M8
B1
L1
La max 110
HF
M8
H1
L1
13-3
La max 1
www.cfsfixings.com
HF
To reduce the noise transmission, an insolating pad can be inserted into the
wall pocket underneath the bearing part.
The staircase connectors, made of material S355 are available in four different
load groups. The product designation CVS 40 / 60 / 100 / 200 indicates the
ultimate capacity per connector in kN.
Calculations are available for the staircase connectors to provide proof for the
steel components and the anchorage arrangement within the precast unit.
Connector load bearing capacities have also been verified by practical tests.
Available in black or galvanised finish.
Technical Data
Part No
CFS-CVS-40
CFS-CVS-60
Design Capacity
kN
40
60
Landing Thickness
mm
150
C35/45
C30/37
C35/45
C30/37
C35/45
C40/50
C30/37
C35/45
C30/37
C35/45
250
C30/37
200
C35/45
Bar No 3 Edge U Bar
200
C30/37
Bar No 2 Back Shear

Bar
100
175
C35/45
Bar No 1 Front Shear

Bar
200
C30/37
Concrete
175
CFS-CVS-100
Additional reinforcement located at the rear of the cast in part is required to

transfer loads from the connectors into precast unit (see above image and
overleaf).
Bars
No
Diameter, ds
mm
12
12
16
16
16
12
12
12
10
16
16
16
16
20
20
Lb,net
mm
60
60
85
85
110
110
85
85
110
110
110
110
110
160
160
La 5 x ds
mm
60
60
80
80
80
60
60
60
50
80
80
80
80
100
100
Bars
No
Diameter, ds
mm
16
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
12
12
12
12
Lb,net
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
110
110
110
110
La 5 x ds
mm
80
60
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
60
60
60
60
Bars
No
Diameter, ds
mm
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
Spacing, e
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Lb,net
mm
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
The maximum gap between the concrete stair and wall elements to achieve the full design capacity is 40mm.
If this is increased to 50mm, the capacities reduce by 5kN.
www.cfsfixings.com
13-4
Reinforcement
Arrangement
Bar No 1 - Front Shear Bar
- Anchorage of shear bars may be bent either

perpendicular or aligned to CVS.
- Shear bar may be vertical or at an angle as shown.
- Shear bars may be doubled up in some cases.
Bar No 2 - Back shear bar
13-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Bar No 3 - Edge U Bar
13-6
www.cfsfixings.com
Precast Column and

Wall Shoes, and Other
Connection Systems
14-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
14-3
Diagonal Ties and Lifting Anchors
14-4
Fastening Plates
14-5
Fastening Plates
14-6
Standard Steel Anchors
14-7
14-8
14-9
14-10
Column Shoes
14-11
Column Shoes
14-12
Anchor Bolts
14-13
Anchor Bolts
14-14
Wall Shoes
14-15
Steel Brackets
14-16
Steel Brackets
PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS
Anstar Products
14-17
Composite Beams
14-18
Bracing Connections
14-19
Bracing Connections
14-20
10
www.cfsfixings.com
14-2
Anstar Products
Quality Products from Finland
Range includes column shoes, wall shoes, foundation
bolts, composite structures steel to concrete connections,
precast panel suspension system and lattice reinforcement
for sandwich panels product.
14-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Diagonal Ties and Lifting Anchors

AD diagonal ties
DIMENSIONS
Recommended insulation thickness
Standard products
[Code B-L]
120
140
AD 220-2400 (2700)
160
AD 240-2400 (2700)
180
AD 260-2400 (2700)
200
AD 280-2400 (2700)
220
AD 300-2400 (2700)
240
AD 320-2400 (2700)
260
AD 360-2400 (2700)
300
5
appr. 45
Diagonal
External bar
AD
1.4301
1.4301
Internal bar
B500 K
ADR
1.4301
1.4301
1.4301
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 281
AN lifting anchors
CAPACITIES
weight
Allowed
lifting angle
0-30
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
Concrete K20
Concrete K25
AN25-V, AN25-O
12
1000
3.9
25 kN
25 kN
AN40-V, AN40-O
12
16
1100
6.1
40 kN
40 kN
AN60-V, AN60-O
16
20
1450
12.0
60 kN
60 kN
Rebars
A500HW
Profile
S235JR+AR
Steelplate
S355J2+N
AN25-V
AN40-V
AN60-V
AN25-O
AN40-O
AN60-O
Oval hole for 5 or 8

tons hoist lock
TYPE
Allowed
lifting angle
0-20
DIMENSIONS
Fastening Plates
SBKL fastening plates
SBKL fastening plates
DIMENSIONS
CODE L/B
A
[mm]
weight
CAPACITIES
Vu
MuL
MuB
Nu
[kN]
[kg]
Tu
[kNm]
SBKL 50/100
68
60
12
0.5
7.7
9.8
0.38
0.30
SBKL 100/100
68
60
60
12
1.0
13.7
19.3
0.68
0.68
1.38
SBKL 100/150
70
10
60
90
12
1.5
18.4
19.3
1.20
0.91
1.76
AD 200-2400 (2700)
90
AD 180-2400 (2700)
15
AD 150-2400 (2700)
15
[mm]
0.49
SBKL 100/200
162
12
60
120
12
2.5
37.2
19.3
2.98
1.86
2.15
SBKL 150/150
162
12
90
90
12
2.7
39.6
22.6
2.57
2.57
2.10
SBKL 200/200
162
12
120
120
16
5.0
82.8
43.5
6.62
6.62
4.92
SBKL 200/300 and SBKL 300/300 are delivered as AKL-fastening plates, see page 4.
Anchors
S235JR+AR
SBKLR
1.4301
SBKLRr
1.4301
S235JR+AR
1.4301
SBKLH
1.4401
S235JR+AR
C
L
S235JR+AR
A
B
Plate
SBKL
www.cfsfixings.com
14-4
Fastening Plates
KL fastening plates
DIMENSIONS
CODE L/B
CAPACITIES
[mm]
weight
Nu
[kg]
Vu
MuL
[kN]
MuB
Tu
[kNm]
KL 50/100
218
60
12
0.7
7.7
9.8
0.38
0.30
0.49
KL 100/100
218
60
60
12
1.4
13.7
19.3
0.68
0.68
1.38
KL 100/150
220
10
60
90
12
2.0
18.4
19.3
1.20
0.91
1.76
Anchors
A500HW
KLR
1.4301
A500HW
KLH
1.4401
A500HW
C
L
S235JR+AR
A
B
Plate
KL
AKL fastening plates

DIMENSIONS
CODE L/B
CAPACITIES
[mm]
weight
Nu
[kg]
Vu
MuL
[kN]
MuB
Tu
[kNm]
AKL 150/150
11
12
90
90
161
2.7
99.7
38.9
8.4
8.4
3.0
AKL 200/100
11
12
120
60
161
2.5
94.2
38.0
11.3
5.6
3.2
AKL 200/200
12
16
120
120
162
5.0
201.0
73.0
20.0
20.0
7.3
AKL 300/100
15
16
180
60
165
4.7
177.0
71.5
30.1
9.3
8.1
13
16
180
120
163
7.5
215.0
74.2
30.1
20.1
9.3
12
16
180
180
162
9.8
231.0
77.0
30.1
30.1
10.9
Anchors
S355J2+N
A500HW
AKLR
1.4301
A500HW
AKLH
1.4401
A500HW
C
L
Plate
AKL
A
B
AKL 300/200
AKL 300/300
AKLP and AKLJ long fastening plates

CAPACITIES
V uB
[kNm]
AKLP 100/L
12
16
60
115
10.8
79.4
23.4
37.4
AKLP 150/L
12
16
90
115
15.5
93.6
27.6
37.4
AKLP 200/L
12
16
100
115
20.2
97.1
28.6
37.4
AKLP 300/L
12
16
200
115
29.6
116.5
34.4
37.4
AKLP 400/L
12
16
200
115
39.0
116.5
34.4
37.4
AKLJ 300/L
20
20
200
220
53.9
182.0
53.7
58.4
AKLJ 400/L
24
20
300
220
82.0
195.0
57.6
58.4
AKLJ 500/L
24
20
200
220
104.0
287.0
84.9
87.6
AKLJ 600/L
25
20
250
220
128.0
296.0
87.6
87.6
t
H
Plate
Anchors
AKLP/AKLJ
S355J2+N
A500HW
AKLPR/AKLJR
1.4301
A500HW
AKLPH/AKLJH
1.4401
A500HW
14-5
www.cfsfixings.com
100
V uL
[kN]
[kg/m]
200
Nu
200
[mm]
weight
200
A
B
L = n*200 max. 2000
200
100
DIMENSIONS
CODE B/L
Fastening Plates
JAL heavy fastening plates
DIMENSIONS
CAPACITIES
CODE L/B
weight
JAL 150/150
25
16
[mm]
90
90
220
[kg]
6.0
JAL 200/150
25
20
120
90
220
8.5
Vu
MuL
MuB
[kN]
177
69.2
15.1
[kNm]
15.1
5.4
295
31.4
23.6
10.0
Nu
110.0
Tu
JAL 250/150
25
20
190
90
220
10.0
316
114.0
49.7
23.6
14.1
JAL 250/200
25
20
190
120
220
12.4
339
116.0
49.7
31.4
15.1
JAL 250/250
25
20
190
190
220
14.9
369
121.0
49.7
49.7
18.0
JAL 300/200
25
25
200
120
280
16.8
533
182.0
81.8
49.1
24.5
JAL 300/300
25
25
200
200
280
22.9
584
190.0
81.8
81.8
29.7
JAL 400/400
30
25
300
300
280
42.7
646
196.0
123.0
123.0
44.5
JAL 500/300
30
25
140
200
280
46.0
687
374.0
190.0
108.0
62.3
30
25
400
400
280
63.9
682
200.0
164.0
164.0
59.4
30
25
500
500
280
89.8
705
202.0
205.0
205.0
74.2
JAL 800/500
30
25
175
400
280
106.0
912
490.0
358.0
265.0
131.0
JAL 800/800
30
25
350
350
280
162.0
1050
404.0
430.0
430.0
156.0
30
25
180
500
280
156.0
1050
595.0
515.0
374.0
192.0
30
25
450
450
280
244.0
1240
408.0
550.0
550.0
200.0
Anchors
S355J2+N
A500HW
JALR
1.4301
A500HW
JALH
1.4401
A500HW
C
L
Plate
JAL
A
B
JAL 1000/600
JAL 1000/1000

AVT 15 17
L
B
[mm]
weight
Vu
[kg]
[kN]
AVT 15
460
95
450
10
2.5
35.2
AVT 16
AVT 17
550
105
475
10
12
3.9
51.5
740
125
560
12
16
7.1
89.1
Plate
Anchors
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTr
1.4301
A500HW
TYPE
CAPACITIES
30
Vu
L
DIMENSIONS
140
JAL 500/500
JAL 600/600
AVT 25 27
L1
80
[mm]
235
L2
270
weight
[kg]
1.9
Nu
V 1u
V 2u
92.2
[kN]
17.9
10.7
AVT 25
80
AVT 26
AVT 27
100
100
315
350
10
3.4
115.2
30.5
10.7
120
120
385
430
12
5.0
198.9
43.6
10.7
Angle Bar
Plate (AVT 27)
Anchors
AVT
S235JR+AR
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTr
1.4301
1.4301
A500HW
150
L1
V1u
25
V2 u
Nu
H
CAPACITIES
L2
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
75
www.cfsfixings.com
14-6

AVT 23 and 24
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
L1
8
10
AVT 23
55
65
15
[mm]
205
AVT 24
80
85
20
305
Plate
L2
weight
N 1u
M1u
N 2u
M2u
Vu
100
10
[kg]
0.8
[kN]
15.7
[kNm]
0.57
[kN]
4.3
[kNm]
0.29
[kN]
10.7
120
12
1.3
26.6
0.85
6.6
0.69
11.6
N1u
M2u
Anchors
AVT
S355K2C
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
A500HW
AVTRr
1.4301
1.4301
M1u
N2u
15
100
TYPE
1
L2
L1
Vu
AVT 32 and 33
DIMENSIONS
A
AVT 32
AVT 33
CAPACITIES
weight
Nu
Mu
Vu
65
[mm]
60
245
[kg]
2.3
[kN]
28.1
[kNm]
2.0
[kN]
21.5
80
80
10
3.3
43.5
2.5
33.6
305
300
15
TYPE
Nu
Anchors
A500HW
AVTRr
1.4301
1.4301
Mu
A500HW
Nu
1.4301
S355K2C
AVT
AVTR
Vu
15
Plate
AVT 34 37
DIMENSIONS
B
A
[mm]
CAPACITIES
weight
Nu
[kg]
V 2u
AVT 34
150
65
60
245
1.3
16.9
1.2
AVT 35
150
80
80
305
10
1.8
26.2
1.2
16.8
AVT 36
AVT 37
80
100
65
80
60
80
245
305
8
10
0.9
1.4
11.5
21.4
0.6
0.8
10.7
16.8
Anchors
1.4301
A500HW
AVTRr
1.4301
1.4301
www.cfsfixings.com
Mu
AVTR
Vu
Nu
6
A500HW
S355K2C
Plate
AVT
10.7
15
Nu
14-7
V 1u
[kN]
15
TYPE

AVT 38, 41 and 42
H
DIMENSIONS
L
S
[mm]
CAPACITIES
Mu
weight
Nu
[kg]
[kN]
Vu
[kNm]
[kN]
AVT 38
100
45
575
120
1.1
14.8
1.11
14.8
AVT 41
150
65
690
200
2.7
33.9
2.61
26.1
AVT 42
200
85
870
320
5.5
64.9
5.01
40.7
Nu
Mu
Anchors
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
AVTRr
1.4301
1.4301
Mu
Vu
Plate
20
TYPE
edge distance S
AVT 39
Vu
K45-1
K30-2
[kg]
K30-2
13.8
10.7
Nu
600
[kN]
0.8
17.6
12.1
Plate
Anchors
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
150
AVT 39
K45-1
Nu
weight
100
TYPE
15
45
CAPACITIES
Vu
AVT 44
CAPACITIES
Vu
K45-1
K30-2
49.9
45.8
[kg]
K30-2
18.3
16.8
[kN]
1.4
70
140
AVT 44
650
K45-1
350
TYPE
Nu
Nu
weight
Plate
Anchors
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
Vu
AVT 43, 45 47
B
AVT 43
100
150
DIMENSIONS
H
L
[mm]
100
45
320
CAPACITIES
weight
V 1u
V 2u
Nu
M1u
[kg]
1.3
29.3
[kN]
4.7
5.6
[kNm]
0.29
0.56
M2u
AVT 45
100
100
100
45
320
1.0
22.8
3.9
5.6
0.28
0.28
AVT 46
150
150
170
65
430
10
2.5
45.1
4.7
16.0
1.04
1.15
AVT 47
200
200
210
85
545
12
5.1
70.9
5.1
28.0
2.29
2.70
B
Nu
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
AVTRr
1.4301
1.4301
M1u
25
E
L
Anchors
H
Plate
25
TYPE
M2u
V2u
V1u
www.cfsfixings.com
14-8

AVT 48
Mu
5.2
[kNm]
0.28
[kN]
14.5
Plate
Anchors
AVT
S355J2+N
A500HW
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
Mu
Nu
Vu
320
45
1.0
15
[kg]
AVT 48
100
Nu
100
Vu
25
CAPACITIES
WEIGHT
TYPE
100
AVTR 51 and 52 balcony slab joint

TYPE
WEIGHT
[kg]
AVTR 51
AVTR 52
2.9
0.3
Vu = 6,9 kN
M12-45
Nuts M12 and washers
FRAMEWORK
S235JR+AR
550
15
13
50
100
A500HW
AVTR 52
BALCONY
50
Anchor bar
105
135
555
AVTR 51 -L
1.4301
Angle bar
100
40
1.4301
8
65
25
Plate, square bar and U-loop
55
65
N u = 26,4 kN
L < 400
AVT 57 corner protector

CAPACITIES
WEIGHT
TYPE
AVT 57
Vu
[kg]
[kN]
6.3
5.3
Vu
AVTR
1.4301
A500HW
115
A500HW
22
Anchors
S235JR+AR
60
Plate
AVT
Vu
100
4*400
100
1800
ASKT fastening angle bar

weight
CAPACITIES
Vu
Nu
Nu
[kN]
[kg]
50x50x5
15
26.6
7.7
10.7
ASKT 80
80x80x8
25
62.0
7.7
10.7
ASKT 100x50
100x50x8
15
58.0
7.7
10.7
ASKT 100
100x100x10
25
94.6
7.7
10.7
0
21
ASKT 50
DIMENSIONS
S
angle size
[mm]
TYPE
Vu
Angle Bar
ASKT
S235JR+AR
ASKTR
1.4301
Vu
Anchors
A500HW
A500HW
150
14-9
Vu
www.cfsfixings.com
300
n*300
L=6000 standard length
150

AUKT fastening angle bar
CAPACITIES
[kg]
[kN]
50x50x5
26.6
1.0
10.7
AUKT 80
80x80x8
62.0
1.0
10.7
AUKT 100x50
AUKT 100
100x50x8
100x100x10
58.0
94.6
1.0
10.7
1.0
10.7
AUKT 50
20
Vu
Nu
Nu
200
angle size
weight
Vu
Angle bar
Anchors
AUKT
S235JR+AR
A500HW
AUKTR
1.4301
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
A500HW
Vu
150
Vu
300
n*300
150
AKKT
Angle size
weight
Nu
Vu
[kg/m]
[kN]
50x5
5.3
14.1
AKKT 80
AKKT 100
80x8
100x10
11.2
18.0
15.1
17.3
25.0
28.7
0
16
AKKT 50
30
TYPE
Nu
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
16.3
Vu
Angle bar
AKKT
S235JR+AR
Vu
Anchors
A500HW
100
n*C
100
Column Shoes
APK
APK
Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
A1
H
D1
[mm]
N t,Rd
D2
weight
[kg]
ANCHOR
BOLT
V c,Rd
C32/40 (K40-1)
[kN]
APK16
95
110
50
850
10
10
25
12
3.0
62.2
6.8
ATP16
APK20
100
120
50
1045
12
12
30
18
5.1
97.0
10.7
ATP20
ALP22
APK24
110
130
50
1025
16
16
35
25
8.9
174.5
13.2
APK30
125
140
50
1360
20
20
40
30
15.6
264.4
17.2
ALP27
APK33
150
180
50
1540
25
20
50
40
26.4
365.0
27.2
AET36
APK36
150
180
50
1680
25
25
50
40
30.6
470.6
35.5
ALP36
APK39
160
180
60
1830
25
20
54
40
34.2
562.2
41.8
ALP39
APK45
175
230
60
2050
32
25
60
50
54.0
752.2
55.6
ALP45
APK52
190
280
60
2230
32
25
70
70
78.2
1012.6
74.3
ALP52
APK60
240
305
70
2255
32
25
75
70
118.2
1340.0
99.7
ALP60
APK
column shoe
S355J2+N
Anchors
A500HW
Nuthouse
S355J2+N
APK-M
beam shoe
A1
A1
Baseplate
44-50
BY-272 and EC-3
44-50
Concrete Association of Finland certificate
www.cfsfixings.com
14-10
Column Shoes
AK-S2
AK S2
Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)
D1
D2
[mm]
weight
[kg]
C32/40 (K40-1)
[kN]
75
66
50
650
12
12
25
15
3.3
62.2
6.8
ATP16
80
70
50
1115
12
12
30
18
4.5
97.0
10.7
ATP20
AK24S2
95
74
50
1475
16
12
35
25
8.7
139,7
174,5
16,6
13,2
ATP24
ALP22
AK30S2
120
88
50
1820
20
16
40
30
14.8
222,1
264,4
27,2
17,2
ATP30
ALP27
AK36S2
130
100
50
1910
25
16
50
35
22.6
349.5
36.8
AET36
ATP39
AET45
AK39S2
140
116
60
2300
25
20
54
40
30.3
386.5
43.2
150
120
60
2325
32
25
60
50
45.9
546.0
41.9
A-A
AK16S2
AK20S2
AK45S2
D2
50
ANCHOR
BOLT
V c,Rd
N t,Rd
TYPE
D1
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
AK-S column shoes with one anchor rebar are available on request.
43
B-B
S355J2+N
Rebars
A500HW
Rebar 40
NFA 35016-NS
AK-KK and AK-KI

CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
AK20KK
hole for wire

on request
E/F
90
80
50/53
D1
[mm]
905
20
N t,Rd
V c,Rd
ANCHOR
BOLT
D2
weight
[kg]
30
18
4.4
97.0
10.7
ATP20
16,6
13,2
ATP24
ALP22
27,2
17,2
ATP30
ALP27
AET36
C32/40 (K40-1)
[kN]
AK24KK
98
95
50/55
1290
25
35
25
8.2
139,7
174,5
AK30KK
112
120
50/60
1520
32
40
30
15.0
222,1
264,4
AK36KK
118
130
50/60
1840
32
50
35
19.0
349.5
36.8
AK39KK
129
140
60/65
2420
40
54
40
34.7
386.5
43.2
ATP39
AK45KK
137
150
60/65
3065
40
60
50
45.5
546.0
41.9
AET45
AK36KI
120
130
50/56
1635
25
20
50
35
22.5
470.6
35.5
ALP36
AK39KI
127
140
60/56
1650
25
25
54
40
27.4
562.2
41.8
ALP39
AK45KI
137
150
60/60
2080
32
20
60
50
43.4
752.2
55.6
ALP45
AK52KI
146
160
60/60
2115
32
32
70
60
64.4
1012.6
74.3
ALP52
AK-KK
D1
AK-KI
D1
B-B
D2
C-C
A-A
www.cfsfixings.com
40
B
A
70
50
35
14-11
43
Baseplate, nuthouse
Column Shoes
AK-P column shoe for round columns
AK20P
100
1040
80
20
30
15
[mm]
50
weight
C32/40 (K40-1)
[kg]
4.3
ANCHOR
BOLT
[kN]
97.0
10.7
ATP20
AK24P
105
1295
95
50
20
36
20
5.5
136.5
10.6
AET24
AK30P
116
1620
120
50
25
40
25
10.3
213.0
16.4
AET30
AK36P
139
2060
130
50
32
50
35
20.6
349.5
26.8
AET36
AK39P
168
182
2440
3065
140
150
60
60
40
40
56
63
40
50
34.3
44.9
386.5
43.2
ATP39
546.0
41.9
AET45
AK45P

S355J2+N
Rebars
A500HW
Rebar 40
NFA 35016-NS
E
B-B
A
E
A-A
35
AK-P-J- L
AK K/P-J-L for storey high columns
80
50
20
T
[mm]
15
20
120
V c,Rd
C32/40 (K40-1)
[kN]
97.0
10.7
AK24 K/P-J-L
95
50
20
20
24
130
136.5
10.6
AK30 K/P-J-L
120
50
25
25
30
150
213.0
16.4
AK36 K/P-J-L
130
50
32
35
39
170
349.5
26.8
AK39 K/P-J-L
140
150
60
60
40
40
40
50
39
48
190
210
386.5
43.2
546.0
41.9

Baseplate, nuthouse
AK-K-J- L
S355J2+N
Rebars
A500HW
Rebar 40
NFA 35016-NS
35
AK45 K/P-J-L
AK20 K/P-J-L
N t,Rd
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
TYYPPI
www.cfsfixings.com
Baseplate, nuthouse
V c,Rd
N t,Rd
TYPE
AK-P
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
14-12
Anchor Bolts
ATP and AHP foundation bolts
ATP and AHP foundation bolts

CAPACITIES
ATP16
280
ATP20
350
weight
V c,Rd
100
M16
16
0.7
62.2
6.8
120
M20
20
1.2
97.0
10.7
16.6
[mm]
ATP
C25/30 (K30-2)
AHP
M
[kN]
[kg]
ATP24
430
140
M24
25
2.2
139.7
ATP30
500
170
M30
32
4.3
222.1
27.2
ATP39
700
190
M39
40
10.0
386.5
43.2
AHP16
800
100
M16
16
1.5
62.2
7.6
AHP20
1000
120
M20
20
2.7
97.0
11.8
AHP24
1200
140
M24
25
4.8
139.7
18.2
AHP30
1500
170
M30
32
10.2
222.1
29.8
AHP39
2000
190
M39
40
21.6
386.5
47.1
TYPE
N t,Rd
DIMENSIONS

TYPE
LENGTH
EXTRA LONG BOLTS
L = 1500
AHP 20
L = 2000
Rebars
L = 2500
L = 3000
L = 1500
AHP 24
A500HW
Rebar 40
L = 2000
NFA 35016-NS
Nuts
strength m8
Washers
S235J2+AR
ALP-L
L = 2500
ALP-P
L = 3000
L = 2500
L = 2000
AHP 30
ALP anchor bolts
50
50
L = 3000

DIMENSIONS
TYPE
N t,Rd
[mm]
weight
[kg]
V c,Rd
C25/30 (K30-2)
[kN]
ALP22L
490
140
M22
3x16
2.6
174.5
13.2
ALP27L
620
170
M27
3x20
5.0
264.4
17.2
ALP30L
650
170
M30
3x20
5.7
323.1
24.6
ALP36L
740
180
M36
3x25
10.0
470.6
35.5
ALP39L
860
190
M39
3x25
12.6
562.2
41.8
ALP45L
970
210
M45
3x32
22.5
752.2
55.6
ALP52L
1130
240
M52
3x32
27.2
1012.6
74.3
ALP60L
1290
270
M60
4x32
39.6
1340.0
99.7
ALP22P
1070
140
M22
3x12
3.6
174.5
13.2
ALP27P
1150
170
M27
3x16
6.7
264.4
17.2
24.6
ALP30P
1370
170
M30
3x16
8.0
323.1
ALP36P
1390
180
M36
4x16
11.8
470.6
35.5
ALP39P
1490
190
M39
4x20
17.7
562.2
41.8
ALP45P
1710
210
M45
4x20
23.6
752.2
M22-M52
M60
M36-M60
M22, M27
Rebars
55.6
Thread part
ALP52P
1880
240
M52
4x25
36.3
1012.6
74.3
Nuts
ALP60P
2430
270
M60
4x32
70.0
1340.0
99.7
Washers
Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-289 and EC-2
14-13
CAPACITIES
www.cfsfixings.com
A500HW
ImacroM
strength m10
S235J2+AR
Anchor Bolts
AMP anchor bolts
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
AMP36
670
180
M36
AMP39
680
190
AMP45
800
AMP52
AMP60
N t,Rd
V c,Rd
C25/30 (K30-2)
weight
160
80
25
137
10.5
470.6
35.5
M39
180
90
32
140
13.8
562.2
41.8
210
M45
200
100
32
165
20.7
752.2
55.6
930
240
M52
230
115
32
190
38.3
1012.6
74.3
1490
270
M60
270
130
40
270
72.8
1340.0
99.7
[mm]
[kN]
[kg]
Nuts
strength m10
Washers
S235J2+AR
AMP
50
ImacroM
AET and AES full capacity bolts
weight
C25/30 (K30-2)
[kN]
[kg]
AET24
430
135
M24
20
1.7
136.5
10.6
AET30
500
150
M30
25
3.3
213.0
16.4
AET45
AES24
760
210
M48
40
13.4
546.0
43.2
1275
135
M24
20
3.7
136.5
10.7
AES30
1435
150
M30
25
6.6
213.0
16.4
AES36
1910
170
M39
32
13.1
349.5
26.8
AES45
2315
210
M48
40
26.0
546.0
43.2
M
[mm]
AES
M
V c,Rd
N t,Rd
TYPE
AET
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS

Rebars
A500HW
Rebar 40
NFA 35016-NS
Nuts
strength m8
Washers
S235J2+AR
A500HW
Rebars
Threaded part
AAK assembly frame
AAK 16, 20, 22

AAK 24, 27, 30, 36
AAK 39, 45, 52, 60
Rectangular assembly frames

for 4 bolts max cc 500/500
TYPE
www.cfsfixings.com
14-14
Wall Shoes
ASL
CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
BOLTS (Including a nut

and a special washer)
Fu
B
[mm]
[kg]
K30-2
[kN]
TYPE
Weight
ASL 16
80
120
30
115
41*76
10
600
20
3.6
63.8
AHP 16 +AL
ASL 20
90
130
30
120
45*80
12
800
24
5.5
99.2
AHP 20 +AL
ASL 24
110
145
35
135
49*85
16
1000
32
10.5
143.8
AHP 24 +AL
ASL 30
130
160
40
140
55*90
20
1300
40
19.0
229.7
AHP 30 +AL
ASL 36
150
175
55
160
61*96
25
1600
50
34.9
469.5
ALP 36/P +AL
ASL 39
160
205
60
170
64*99
25
1800
75
42.0
565.0
ALP 39/P +AL
ASL 45
ASL 52
180
200
220
260
70
80
180
200
70*105
77*105
32
32
1900
2400
96
96
67.9
90.7
752.8
ALP 45/P +AL
1005.0
ALP 52/P +AL
Bolts available also on special lengths.

S355J2+N
Baseplate
Washers and nuthouses
Anchors
special washer
S235JRG2
A500HW
H
AHP +AL
B
Reinforcement Joints
ARJ
Threaded joint for full rebar capacity!
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
L1
L2
ARJ16
16
20
1200
220
ARJ20
20
24
1500
ARJ25
25
30
ARJ32
32
38
B1
CAPACITIES
Fu
B2
23
46
28
60
91.2
83.7
290
27
54
35
60
142.5
130.8
blue
1700
360
32
64
40
80
204.1
2400
500
40
80
55
80
222.4
365.0
black
grey
K40-1
[mm]
COLOUR
K30-2
[kN]
yellow
335.0
ARJ40 on request.
10
1
1
h
gt
en
J-A
rl
de
or
AR
L=
J-R
L1
AR
L1
J -L
L
T
J-L
AR
AR
Ask tender for

rebar tension rods.
B2
B2
MoC 210M or ImacroM
B2
Sleeves
10
10
A500HW
B1
Rebar
14-15
www.cfsfixings.com
Steel Brackets
ASL
CAPACITIES
SHEAR, TORSION, TENSION
TYPE
AEP400
V c,Rd
[kN]
T Rd
[kNm]
N ta,Rd
[kN]
400
10
100
COLOUR
red
AEP600
600
20
110
grey
AEP800
800
30
yellow
AEP1100
1100
50
120
150
AEP1600
1600
30
240
black
AEP2200
green
2200
50
300
Wedge with assembly arm AEP-KL-500
blue
AEP-PI
AEP-S is column part

for wall connections.
AEP-K
280
D1
280
arm wedge
AEP-KL
T12
500
TYPE
AEP400-S
AEP450PI-280-2
AEP-PA
AEP450PI-280-2
AEP600-S
150 mm AEP300S
150 mm AEP450S
175 mm AEP650S
215 mm AEP950S
AEP800-S
AEP450PI-380-190-3
AEP-PS
AEP450S
AEP-PI
AEP1300PI (2 x AEP650PI)
AEP1900PI (2 x AEP950PI)
A1
A1
40
Concrete Association of
Finland certificate 227
380
AEP1100-S
A4
A2
A6
A5
A3
40
45
NEW: Beam to beam connection. See manual.
AEP-PA
AEP1300PA (2 x AEP650PA)
AEP1900PA (2 x AEP950PA)
B1
B4
1
B1
Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007), concrete C40/50
B5
71
B2
B7
B6
B3
www.cfsfixings.com
14-16
Steel Brackets
AEP bridge
C3
C4
C5
C6
AEP400K
125
70
AEP600K
180
AEP800K
AEP1100K
weight
195
56
35
15
5.6
80
260
56
35
15
8.6
230
100
305
56
35
20
12.7
260
100
350
71
50
20
22.3
[kg]
Plate
C6
C5
45
[mm]
C3
C2
C1
C1
AEP-K
35
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
Optim500ML
C4
C2
BEAM LOWER SURFACE
Slab Hangers
AOK slab hanger for hollow core slabs
DIMENSIONS
A
TYPE
[mm]
100
140
68
200
AOK265
100
140
68
265
AOK320
100
140
70
320
AOK370
100
140
70
370
AOK400
100
100
150
150
80
80
400
500
AOK500
Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-283, EC-1
Composite Beams
A-BEAM
A-beam is composite steel/concrete beam system designed by Anstar Oy. Anstars complete service includes
strength calculations, manufacturing, concreting of the beam and carriage to site.
Beams are dimensioned and priced individually for each project.
AEP-K bridge part
into concrete column
Ask for tender!
AEP-KL wedges
against torsion
anchors into
surface concrete
suspension bar
fire resistance up
to 180 minutes
AEP-PS fire
protection plate
anchor bar into
slab seams
14-17
www.cfsfixings.com
AOK200
Composite Beams
STANDARD BEAMS
WITH SURFACE CONCRETE
LOWERED BEAMS
WITHOUT SURFACE CONCRETE
Reinforced surface concrete acts as composite structure with beam

EDGE BEAM
e.g. A265-280R
Beam steels are protected by seam concrete
MIDDLE BEAM
e.g. A265-280
EDGE BEAM
e.g. A265-280Rm
HC200
HC265
HC320
HC370
HC400
HC500
20
280-380-480
30
30
280-380-480-580
30
30
280-380-480
Bracing Connections
ADE
ADL
ADK
Normal surface treatment: hot dip galvanising. Manufactured on request.
Ask for tender!

ADE horizontal rod connection

DIMENSIONS
Fu
Vu
weight
(L = 600mm)
110
12
20
16
11,3
190
10
200
120
12
20
16
11,7
260
10
ADE30P-L
column width 200
120
12
24
20
14,7
390
20
ADE36P-L
column width 250
150
12
30
25
22,5
550
30
ADE20P-L
column width
190
ADE24P-L
column width
K40-1
[kg]
[mm]
L
T
TYPE
ADE-P
CAPACITIES
[kN]
thread M
Plates
S355J2+N
Anchors
Sleeves
MoC 210M
D
A500HW
www.cfsfixings.com
14-18
Bracing Connections
ADL truss connection
ADL truss connection

CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
Truss connection
TYPE
L
weight
[mm ]
Horizontal rod connection
K40-1
K40-1
K40-1
K40-1
Fu
Vu
Fu
Vu
20
[kg]
[kN]
295
660
175
45
30
16
114
14,5
250
100
353,5
ADL350P1
365
800
200
45
36
20
139
21,3
350
150
469,5
30
ADL500P1
395
800
240
45
45
25
169
32,4
500
250
752,9
40
Sleeves
MoC 210M
ADL-P1
A500HW
B
H
S355J2+N
ad
re
th
Plates and
tubes
Anchors
ADL250P1
Normal force of
diagonal rod
= 0- 60
TYPE
H
[mm]
Fdv
=60
Nu60
Vu60
=0
Nu0
V u0
K40-1
[kg]
[kN]
ADK300
300
280
240
24
17,0
300
150
260
300
10
ADK500
440
280
240
24
26,6
500
250
433
500
10
ADK700
510
280
340
24
37,0
700
350
606
700
20
ADK900
550
320
440
30
57,8
900
450
779
900
20
ADK1100
600
320
440
30
67,5
1100
550
952
1100
30
PL 50 x 5
PL 80 x 5
PL 100 x 5
PL 100 x 8
PL 100 x 10
ANGLE
BAR
5
5
5
x5
x5
U-profile
50
80
100
100
100
5
5
5
8
10
50
70
80
100
150
50
70
80
50
50
1,96
3,14
3,93
6,28
7,85
stainless
1.4301
acid-proof
1.4401
weight
kg/m
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
8
8
8
3,55
5,12
5,91
5,51
7,48
dimensions
t
weight
kg/m
8
8
8
8
8
5,93
7,1
10,6
11,2
12,2
dimensions
t
50x70x50x
50
70
50x100x50
50
100
60x120x60
60
120
60x140x60
60
140
www.cfsfixings.com
60x160x60
60
160
5
5
5
5
5
weight
kg/m
dimensions
b
t
FLAT BAR
MoC 210M
A500HW
Sleeves
S355J2+N
Anchors
Plates
14-19
weight
ADK
Connection capacities
DIMENSIONS
thread M
ADK diagonal rod connection
ADK900
550
320
440
30
57,8
900
450
779
900
20
ADK1100
600
320
440
30
67,5
1100
550
952
1100
30
S355J2+N
Plates
Anchors
A500HW
Bracing Connections
Sleeves
MoC 210M
U-profile
50x70x50x
50x100x50
60x120x60
60x140x60
60x160x60
50
70
80
100
150
50
70
80
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
70
100
120
140
160
1.4301
acid-proof
1.4401
weight
kg/m
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
8
8
8
3,55
5,12
5,91
5,51
7,48
dimensions
t
weight
kg/m
8
8
8
8
8
5,93
7,1
10,6
11,2
12,2
dimensions
t
5
5
5
5
5
1,96
3,14
3,93
6,28
7,85
www.cfsfixings.com
5
5
5
x5
x5
5
5
5
8
10
ANGLE
BAR
50
80
100
100
100
stainless
PL 50 x 5
PL 80 x 5
PL 100 x 5
PL 100 x 8
PL 100 x 10
weight
kg/m
dimensions
b
t
FLAT BAR
Cut and edged steel profiles
14-20
Thermokorb Balcony
Connector System
15-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Thermal AVI Thermokorb Insulated Balcony Connection System
15-3
Type TKM
15-6
Type TKA
15-7
Type TKF
15-8
Thermokorb Special Solutions
15-9
15-10
Design of Compression Strut
15-10
Standard Type
15-11
Rib Type
15-12
Design Of AVI Insulated Balcony Connectors
15-13
THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM
Designation System For AVI Insulated Balcony Connectors
10
www.cfsfixings.com
15-2
Thermal AVI Thermokorb

Insulated Balcony Connection System
Ten key benefits - Why to use AVI Balcony

Connectors?
1. Reduces heat loss and helps to reduce heating costs
and CO2 emissions.
2. Avoids condensation, damp walls, mould formation
and structural damage.
3. Reduces sound transmission to the inside of the
building.
4. If using the fire protected connector, all four sides are
protected, thus complete fire protection provided.
5. Good aesthetic appearance to blend with attached
slab.
6. UK assembly option available for quick delivery.
7. High quality due to Group owned steel mill.
8. Simple marking system for easy use on site or in
precast factory.
9. Robust units are good for site handling.
10. Installation of units is easy.
15-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Thermal AVI Thermokorb

Prevention of thermal bridges is better than cure
Introduction
NIRO Thermokorbs are heat insulating, load-bearing

connection elements between structural components
made of reinforced concrete. They are used to improve
heat insulation of reinforced concrete balconies from
their connection into the inside of buildings. Further
useful areas of application are: parapet walls and corbels.
The AVI insulated balcony connector consists of a

structural framework of independent ribs and an 80 mm
thick expanded polystyrene panel (EPS-W 30 according
to standard OENORM B 13163).
The individual ribs penetrate the EPS panel and, in order
to avoid corrosion, they consist of U-shaped stainless
steel profiles with stirrups made of ribbed reinforcing
steel welded to their ends which transfer the forces
from the individual ribs to the subsequent reinforced
concrete elements.
The distance is ensured by 2ribbed reinforcing steel

stirrups of 10 mm diameter each (B550A according to
OENORM B4707) welded to the flanges of upper and
lower strut.
The individual ribs are produced by means of welding
robots with heights of 110 mm, 130 mm, 150 mm
and 170 mm. Special elements with rib heights of 190
mm are possible. These sizes can cover slab thicknesses
ranging from 160mm to 250mm.
Cross sectional height of a single rib element
Slab thickness (cm)
16.0
18.0
20.0
22.0
Rib height RH (cm)
11.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
Description
On account of their multi-axial strength, the AVI
insulated balcony connectors are suitable for numerous
applications.
For the use in slab-type structures with predominately
moment and/or shear force loading (Mx, Vy), standard
elements of types TKM and TKA with a uniform length
of 1.00 m and varying number of ribs (2 to 9 ribs) are
provided.
For narrow spaces it is also possible to produce elements
with 1 to 9 ribs and a uniform spacing of 100 mm, hence
the length of element depends on the number of ribs. By
connecting two 5-ribs elements with a length of 500 mm
each, it is also possible to use 10 ribs per metre.
The forces are transferred from the stainless steel profiles
to the reinforced concrete through welded ribbed
reinforcing steel stirrups of steel grade B550A.
The 10 mm bar diameter that is always used corresponds

to the load bearing capacity of the stainless steel profiles
and at the same time, it determines the connection
reinforcement to be provided on construction site.
The system is designed to resist both positive and

negative bending moments and shear forces. They
consist of a uniform U-shaped stainless steel profile
(material no. 1.4571 C850 according to EN 10088-2).
Low deformation and good vibration behaviour is

achieved by AVI insulated balcony connectors because
the individual ribs have a high moment of inertia. The
additional precambers for cantilever slabs can therefore
be very small.
The load bearing capacity of the ribs depends on the
rib height RH. The rib height and slab thickness can be
matched according to demand and application. The
difference of slab thickness and rib height should not
be less than 5 cm in order to ensure sufficient concrete
cover. For special fire protection requirements R90 (90
minutes), fire protection panels are glued on the thermal
insulating elements. An R120 is possible on demand.
In cantilever and terrace balconies slabs, an expansion
joint must be provided at least every 7m.
www.cfsfixings.com
15-4
PATENTGESCHTZT
Thermal AVI Thermokorb EMPFOHLENE ZUSTZLICHE BERHHUNG IN % DE

Deckenstrke
Rippenhhe RH
Krfte aus den Einzelrippen in die antonbauteile erfolgt durch eine entspreehrung.
d grundstzlich so aufgebaut, dass

Recommended additional camber (% of the cantilever length)
ls auch negative Biegemomente und
Slab thickness
Rib height RH
en knnen. Sie bestehen aus einem
cm
cm
iroprofil (Werkstoff Nr. 1.4571 C 850
16.0
11.0
088-2) sowie
aus
zwei
Betonrippen
18.0
13.0
B550A nach NORM
B 4707), die an die
20.0
15.0
22.0
17.0
d Untergurtangeschweit
sind.
cm
cm
16,0
11,0
Camber
18,0
13,0
20,0
15,0
0.59 %
0.50
22,0%
17,0
AVI THERMOKORB T
0.43 %
0.38 %
THERMOGRAFIE
EINERslab
BALKONPLATTE
Thermography of a balcony
Summary
Einzelrippen
erfolgt of
mittypes
Hilfeand
vonapplications
en Hhen 11TKM
cm, 13 cm, 15 cm und 17 cm.
AVI insulated
connectors for balconies,
g ist die Rippenhhe
vonbalcony
19 cm realicontinuous slabs etc.; special types for different levels, i.e.
in Plattendickenbereich von 16 cm bis
upstands and dowstands, and wall connections; when
en.
placed vertically: for walls and deep beams
EMPFOHLENE ZUSTZLICHE BERHHUNG IN % DER KRAGLNGE
20,0
15,0
TKA
Rippenhhe RH
AVI insulated Deckenstrke
balcony connectors for recessed balconies,
parapet walls and
special
solutions
(e.g.
floor
slabs
with
22,0 cm
cm
different levels)
17,0 16,0
11,0
%
0,59 %
TKF
18,0
Split AVI insulated balcony
connectors for prefabricated 13,0
concrete elements (constructed
with latice reinforcement) 15,0
20,0
AT/2
22,0
AVI insulated
balcony connectors for parapet walls
s einzulegende
Anschlussbewehrung.
oment der Einzelrippen wirkt sich sehr
ormungs- und Schwingungsverhalten
us.
THERMOGRAFIE EINER BALKONPLATTE
berhhung
0,50 %
0,43 %
17,0
0,38 %
Without
thermal Trennung
insulationentsteht
high heateinloss
at theWrmeverinsideOhne
thermische
groer
to-outside
transition
area.
Significant
heat
loss
from
the
lust im bergangsbereich Innen-Auen. Eine starke Klteliving area.
einleitung in den Wohnbereich erfolgt.
Die An
Tempe
verlust
wesen
mpfohlenen zustzlichen berhhunehr gering angesetzt werden.
ippen ist abhngig von der Rippenhhe

Plattendicken werden nach Bedarf und
nander abgestimmt. Die Differenz von
penhhe sollte aus Grnden einer ausung nicht kleiner als 5 cm sein.
derungen an den Brandschutz (R90rundum Brandschutzplatten auf die

e aufgeklebt. Eine R120-Ausfhrung
h.
Ohne thermische Trennung entsteht ein groer Wrmeverlust im bergangsbereich Innen-Auen. Eine starke Klteenplatten sind
Dehnfugen
Abstand
einleitung
in denimWohn
bereich erfolgt.
nen.
BERSICHT DER TYPENREIHEN UND ANWENDUNG

TKM
Thermokrbe fr auskragende Balkonplatten, durchlaufende Platten usw

Wandanschlsse; bei vertikaler Anordnung fr Wandkonsolen und Wand
TKA
Thermokrbe im Auflagerbereich von Loggien, fr vorgesetzte Attiken s

(z. B. Decken mit Niveausprngen)
TKF
geteilte Thermokrbe fr Fertigteile (Elementplatten)
Good
heat distribution
pattern andTKconsiderable
Die Anordnung
von Thermokrben
ergibt eine gnstige
reduction
of
heat
loss
with
AVI
insulated
balcony
AT/2
Temperaturverteilung und starke Reduzierung
des Wrmeconnectors. Greatly reduced risk of mould formation.
Thermokrbe
fr
Attikaanwendungen
verlustes. Damit wird das Risiko der Schimmelpilzbildung
wesentlich herabgesetzt.
BERSICHT DER TYPENREIHEN UND ANWENDUNGEN

TKM
fr auskragende Balkonplatten, durchlaufende Platten usw.; Sonderformen fr Niveausprnge und
www.cfsfixings.com
15-5 Thermokrbe
Wandanschlsse; bei vertikaler Anordnung fr Wandkonsolen und Wandscheiben
TKA
TYPE
TypeTKM
TKM
Description
DESCRIPTION
Type TKM is used for cantilevered balconies and mainly for the transfer of bending moments and
90
EPS
80
90
10 mm
10 mm
30
30
25
25
90
EPS
80
90
10 mm
25
25
30
30
10 mm
30
30
INSIDE
30
30
25
25
WALL
INOX
WALL
Maximum admissible
bending
moments
mx max (andMcorresponding
MAXIMUM
ADMISSIBLE
BENDING
MOMENTS
X MAX (AND CORRESPONDING
shear forces vy) for types TKA and TKM according to eurocode
SHEAR FORCES V Y) FOR TYPES TKA AND TKM ACCORDING TO EUROCODE
Slab
thickness
Slab
thickness
cm
cm
16
Rib
height
Rib
height
cm
11cm
16
18
11
13
18
20
20
2222
13
15
15
17 17
Applied forces
Number of ribs
Applied
forces
15.74
20.9
5
26.1
6
31.3
7
836.5
17.5
20.9
23.3
26.1
29.1
31.3
34.9
36.5
40.7
41.8
V adm (kN)
MRd,max
(kNm)
M
Rd,max (kNm)
VRd
(kN)
V Rd (kN)
Madm,max (kNm)
Madm,max (kNm)
Vadm
V adm(kN)
(kN)
MRd,max
(kNm)
M
Rd,max (kNm)
Rd (kN)
VRdV(kN)
Madm,max (kNm)
Madm,max (kNm)
V adm (kN)
Vadm (kN)
MRd,max (kNm)
MRd,max
(kNm)
V Rd (kN)
M
VRd
(kN)(kNm)
adm,max
V adm (kN)(kNm)
Madm,max
MRd,max (kNm)
Vadm (kN)
V Rd (kN)
5.8 7.3 11.6

7.3 8.1 14.6
8.1
16.3
6.3
6.3
12.5
6.6 6.6 13.2
8.8 8.8 17.6
9.3 9.3 18.5
7.3
14.6
7.3
7.2
14.4
7.2
10.2
20.5
10.1 10.220.1
8.4 10.116.8
7.6 8.4 15.2
11.7
23.5
7.6
10.7
21.3
14.617.5
23.3
21.9
29.1
29.2
21.9
16.3
24.4
12.5
18.8
13.2
19.8
17.6
26.3
27.8
18.5
22.0
14.6
21.5
14.4
30.7
20.5
30.2
25.1
20.1
22.8
16.8
35.2
15.2
32.0
29.2
24.4
32.6
18.8
25.1
19.8
26.4
26.3
35.1
37.0
27.8
29.3
22.0
28.7
21.5
41.0
30.7
40.2
33.5
30.2
30.4
25.1
46.9
22.8
42.6
36.5
32.6
40.7
25.1
31.4
26.4
33.1
35.1
43.9
46.3
37.0
36.6
29.3
35.9
28.7
51.2
41.0
50.3
41.9
40.2
38.1
33.5
58.7
30.4
53.3
34.9
36.5
43.8
40.7
48.9
31.4
37.6
33.1
39.7
43.9
52.7
55.5
46.3
43.9
36.6
43.1
35.9
61.5
51.2
60.3
50.3
50.3
45.7
41.9
70.4
38.1
63.9
40.7
43.8
51.2
48.9
57.0
37.6
43.9
39.7
46.3
52.7
61.4
64.8
55.5
51.2
43.9
50.3
43.1
71.7
61.5
70.4
58.7
60.3
53.3
50.3
82.1
45.7
74.6
46.6
51.2
58.5
57.0
65.2
43.9
50.2
46.3
52.9
61.4
70.2
74.0
64.8
58.6
51.2
57.4
50.3
82.0
71.7
80.4
67.0
70.4
60.9
58.7
93.9
53.3
85.2
MRd,max (kNm)
11.7
10.4 3
5.2 5.8 10.4 11.615.7
5.2
Number of ribs
3
Vadm
(kN)
M
(kNm)
adm,max
Madm,max (kNm)
23.5
35.2
46.9
58.7
70.4
82.1
9 41.8 10 47.0
10
52.2
Service
loads
58.2
47.046.6 52.252.4
Service loads
52.4
58.2
58.5
65.8
73.1
65.865.2
73.3
50.2
56.4
52.9
59.5
70.2
79.0
83.3
74.0
65.9
58.6
64.6
57.4
92.2
82.0
90.5
75.4
80.4
68.5
67.0
105.6
60.9
95.9
93.9
73.173.3
Design 81.5
loads
81.5
56.4
62.7
62.7
Service loads
66.1
66.159.5
87.8
87.879.0
Design loads
92.583.3
92.5
73.2
65.9Service 73.2
loads
71.8
64.6
71.8
102.5
Design loads
102.5
100.592.2
83.890.5
100.5
Service loads
76.175.4
83.8
117.3
loads
68.5Design 76.1
106.5
105.6
117.3
Design
loads
Service
loads
Typical arrangement with

insulation
outside
the wall
thermal
thermal
insulation
outside
the wall
INOX
30
30
30
30
thermal insulation inside the wall
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
30
30

thermal insulation inside the wall
30
30
OUTSIDE
25
25
Type
TKMforces.
is usedWhere
for cantilevered
and mainly
for both
the transfer
of bending
moments
shear forces.
shear
the load balconies
to be resisted
may be
positive
and negative,
theand
connector
typeWhere the load
may
be
both
positive
and
negative,
the
connector
type
TKM/G
is
necessary.
toTKM/G
be resisted
is necessary.
Design
loads
Service
loads
Design
loads
Service
loads
Design
loads
(kN)
10.7
42.6
53.3
63.9
74.6 in Variants
85.2 V195.9
106.5 mm
Please note that for typeVRd
TKA
the rib heights
of 13021.3
mm, 15032.0
mm and
170 mm
are available
only
and V2 (170
and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete slab must be checked
that for
type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and
toPlease
EC2 bynote
a structural
engineer.
V2 (170 mm and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete
slab must be checked to EC2 by a structural engineer.
4
www.cfsfixings.com
15-6
TYPE TKA
TYPE
TKA
Type
TKA
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Type
is usedininthe
thetransfer
transfer of
bending
moments
and axial
It is used
forused
brackets,
parapetparapet
walls, various
Type
TKATKA
is used
ofshear
shearforces,
forces,
bending
moments
and forces.
axial forces.
It is
for corbel
walls,
TKA is usedof
in the
transfer of shear
forces, bending
moments
and axial
It is usedbending
for brackets,
parapet walls,
variousforces
variousType
connections
prefabricated
elements
and different
levels.
Theforces.
admissible
moments
and shear
canmined
be determined
in inway
theassame
way as type TKM.
in in the same
type TKM.
mined in in the same way as type TKM.
CONNECTION REINFORCEMENT TO BE
PROVIDED
ON CONSTRUCTION
SITE
CONNECTION
REINFORCEMENT TO
BE
PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE
(RH=110 mm
80
(RH=110 mm
80
2525
Typical
arrangement
of of OUTSIDE
Typical
arrangement
OUTSIDE
an
attached
parapet
wall
attached parapet
Typical an
arrangement
of wall 10 mm
120
3030
120
10mm
mm
10
25
25
30
30
10 mm
an attached parapet wall
INOX
INOX
WALL
WALL
EPS
EPS
* Options:
* Options:
Standard:
120 mm
Standard:
120 mm
Variant V1: 170 mm
Variant V1: 170 mm
Variant V2: 220 mm
10 mm
10 mm
* Options:
Standard: 120 mm
Variant V1: 170 mm
Variant V2: 220 mm
INOX
25
30
Variant V2: 220 mm
25
10 mm
30
a recessed balcony connection
110
10 mm
EPS
110
30
EPS
25
30
RECESSED BALCONY
RECESSED BALCONY
Typical arrangement of
Typical
arrangement of
a recessed balcony connection
Typical
arrangement
a recessed
balcony of
connection
25
80 80 120* 120*
INOX
WALL
WALL
MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE SHEAR FORCES V Y MAX (AND CORRESPONDING
Maximum admissible shear forces vy max (and corresponding bending

BENDING ADMISSIBLE
MOMENTS M SHEAR
) FOR TYPES
TKAVAND
TKM ACCORDING
TO EUROCODE
MAXIMUM
FORCES
CORRESPONDING
Y MAX (AND
moments mx) for types TKA andX TKM according to eurocode
BENDING MOMENTS MX) FOR TYPES TKA AND TKM ACCORDING TO EUROCODE
Slab
Rib
Applied
Slab
Rib height
Applied forces
thickness
height
forces
thickness
Slab
Rib
Applied
Number of ribs
cm
cm
cm
thickness
cm height
16
11
cm
cm
16
16
18
11
11
13
18
18
13
13
20
20
20
22
22
15
15
15
17
forces
V adm,max
(kN)
Vadm,max
(kN)
Madm (kNm)
Madm
(kNm)
V adm,max
(kN)
V Rd,max(kN)
VRd,max
(kN)
Madm
MRd(kNm)
(kNm)
(kN)
V Rd,max
(kN)
V adm,max
MRd
(kNm)
(kNm)
MM
(kNm)
Rd adm
Vadm,max (kN)
(kN)
V Rd,max(kN)
V adm,max
Madm M
(kNm)
(kNm)
Madm Rd(kNm)
(kN)
V adm,max
VRd,max
(kN)
(kN)
V Rd,max
M
adm (kNm)
MRd
M(kNm)
Rd (kNm)
V Rd,max (kN)
(kN)
V adm,max
Vadm,max
(kN)
MRd (kNm)
M
adm (kNm)
MadmV(kNm)
adm,max (kN)
(kN)
V Rd,max
Madm
(kNm)
VRd,max
(kN)
MV
Rd (kNm)
Rd,max (kN)
MRd
(kNm)(kN)
V adm,max
MRd (kNm)
Number of ribs
22
33
15.3
15.3
1
1.2
1.2
15.3
21.4
21.4
1.2
1.7
21.4
15.5
1.7
1.2
1.7
15.5
21.6
15.5
1.2
1.7
1.2
15.6
21.6
21.6
1.3
1.7
21.8
15.6
15.6
1.8
1.3
1.3
15.7
21.8
1.3
21.8
1.8
22.0
1.8
15.7
1.8
30.6
30.6
2
2.4
2.4
30.6
42.8
42.8
2.4
3.4
42.8
30.9
3.4
2.5
3.4
30.9
43.3
30.9
2.5
3.5
2.5
31.2
43.3
43.3
2.5
3.5
3.5
43.7
31.2
31.2
3.5
2.5
2.5
31.4
43.7
2.5
43.7
3.5
44.0
3.5
31.4
3.5
45.9
345.9
3.7
3.7
45.9
64.3
64.3
3.7
5.1
64.3
46.4
5.1
3.7
5.1
46.4
64.9
46.4
3.7
5.2
3.7
46.8
64.9
64.9
3.8
5.2
5.2
65.5
46.8
46.8
5.3
3.8
3.8
47.1
65.5
3.8
65.5
5.3
66.0
5.3
47.1
5.3
1.8
3.5
5.3
44
Number of ribs
5 5
6 6
910
10
61.2
76.5
91.8
107.1 122.4 137.7 153.0
153.0
Service
loads Service
461.2 576.5 6 91.8 7 107.1 8 122.4 9 137.710
4.9
6.1
7.3
8.5
9.8
11.0
12.2
loads
4.9
6.1
7.3
8.5
9.8
11.0
12.2
61.2 107.1
76.5 128.5
91.8 149.9
107.1171.4
122.4192.8137.7
85.7
214.2153.0 Service loads
Design loads
85.7 8.56.1
107.1
Design
4.9
6.8
10.27.3128.5
12.08.5149.9
13.79.8 171.4
15.4 11.0192.8
17.1 12.2 214.2
loads
85.7
107.1
128.5
149.9
171.4
192.8
61.8
108.2
123.6
139.1
154.5
6.8 77.3
8.5 92.7
10.2
12.0
13.7
15.4214.2
17.1
ServiceDesign
loads loads
5.0
6.2
7.4
6.8
8.5
10.2 8.712.0 9.9 13.7 11.215.412.4 17.1
61.8
77.3
92.7
108.2
123.6
139.1
154.5
Service
86.5
216.3154.5
61.8 108.2
77.3 129.8
92.7 151.4
108.2173.0
123.6194.7139.1
loads
DesignService
loads loads
5.0
6.2
7.4
8.7
9.9
11.2
12.4
6.9
8.7
5.0
6.2 10.47.4 12.28.7 13.99.9 15.6 11.217.4 12.4
62.4
93.5
109.1
124.7
140.3
155.9
86.5 78.0
108.2
129.8
151.4
194.7
216.3
Design
86.5
108.2
129.8
151.4
173.0173.0
194.7
216.3
Service loads
Design loads
loads
5.06.9 6.3 8.7 7.5 10.48.8 12.2
10.0 13.9
11.3
12.5
6.9
8.7
10.4
12.2
13.9
15.615.6 17.4 17.4
87.3
109.1 131.0 152.8 174.6 196.4 218.3
Design
loads Service
62.4
78.0
93.5
109.1 124.7
140.3140.3
155.9
155.9
Service loads
7.062.4 8.8 78.010.5 93.512.3 109.1
14.0 124.7
15.8
17.5
loads
5.0
6.3
7.5
8.8
10.0
11.3
12.5
11.3
12.5
62.85.0 78.66.3 94.3 7.5110.0 8.8
125.7 10.0
141.4 157.1
Service
loads
87.3 6.3
109.1 7.6
131.0 8.8152.8 10.1
174.611.3196.412.6218.3
5.0
Design loads
87.3
109.1
131.0
152.8
174.6
196.4
218.3
Design
7.0 110.0
8.8 132.0
10.5 154.0
12.3 176.0
14.0197.915.8219.9 17.5
88.0
loads
Design
7.0
8.8 94.3
10.5 110.0
12.3 125.7
14.0 141.415.8 157.1
17.5loads
62.8
78.6
7.1
8.8
10.6
12.3
14.1
15.9
17.6
Service loads
17
Vadm,max
(kN)
15.7
31.4
47.1
62.8 6.3
78.6 7.694.3 8.8110.0 10.1125.711.3141.412.6 157.1
Service
Madm (kNm)
1.3
2.5
3.8
5.0
22
17
loads
(kN)
22.0
44.0
66.0
88.0
110.0
132.0
154.0
176.0
197.9
219.9
V Rd,max
Please note that for Madm
type
TKA
the
rib
heights
of
130
mm,
150
mm
and
170
mm
are
available
only
in
Variants
V1
and
V2
(170
mm
(kNm)
1.3
2.5
3.8
5.0
6.3
7.6
8.8
10.1
11.3
12.6
Design loads
M
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8110.0
10.6
12.3154.0 14.1
15.9197.9
17.6 be
Rd (kNm) The1.8
and/or 220 mm stirrup
overhang).
design of
the shear
adjoining
concrete
must
checked
VRd,max
(kN)
22.0
44.0
66.0resistance
88.0 in the
132.0reinforced
176.0 slab
219.9
Design
to EC2 by a structuralMRd
engineer.
(kNm)
7.1
8.8
10.6
12.3
14.1
15.9
17.6
loads
Please note that for type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and V2 (170 mm
and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete slab must be checked
Please note that for type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and
to EC2 by a structural engineer.
V2 (170 mm and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete
5
slab must be checked to EC2 by a structural engineer.
15-7
www.cfsfixings.com
TYPE TKF
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
TypeTKF
TKF
30
Type TKF is used for cantilevered balconies, especially for the requirements of the prefabricated concrete elements industry
(with lattice reinforcement pref. element slab). One part (compression strut) is installed in the slab with lattice reinforcement
Description
in the
precast concrete factory; the second part (tension strut) is placed on site.
DESCRIPTION
Type TKF is used for cantilevered balconies, especially for the requirements of the prefabricated
Type
TKF is
used forindustry
cantilevered
balconies,
especially -for
theelement
requirements
of the
concrete
elements
(with lattice
reinforcement
pref.
slab). One
partprefabricated
(compressionconcrete elements industry
600
600
260
strut)
is
installed
in
the
slab
with
lattice
reinforcement
in
the
precast
concrete
factory;
theinsecond
(with lattice reinforcement pref. element slab). One part80 (compression strut) is installed
the slab with lattice reinforcement
part (tension strut) is placed on site.
EPS
in the precast concrete factory;
the second part (tension strut) is placed on
site.
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
120
180
10 mm
WALL
25
INSIDE
250
lattice girdermin. slab thickness 180 mm
30
25
60
110
EPS
250
100
INOX
600
260
80
120
180
30
OUTSIDE
lattice girder
lattice girder
30
110
250
100
600
25
reinforcement in half slab
25
60
250
lattice girder
10 mm
MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE
MOMENTS
MX MAXWALL
(AND CORRESPONDING
SHEAR FORCES V Y)
reinforcement inBENDING
half slab
INOX
min. slab thickness 180 mm
Applied(kNm)
forces
Number
of ribs 18.8
12.5
Rib Madm,max
Applied 6.3
(kN)
3.3
6.6
9.9
thickness
height Vadm forces
cm
cm13
1
2
3
18
20 18
20
cm
15 13
15
22 20
22
17 15
17
22
17
TYPE AT/2
Type AT/2
Mx
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AT/2
Description
TypeType
AT/2AT/2
is used
between
parapet
wall wall
and floor
slabsslabs
for the
is used
between
parapet
and floor
transfer
of axial
forces,
shear
forces
andforces
bending
for the
transfer
of axial
forces,
shear
andmoments.
bending
moments.
The
distance
between
elements
is
chosen
TheDESCRIPTION
distance between elements is chosen according to the
according
to the prevailing
conditions.
prevailing
structural
conditions.structural
The thermal
insulation be
Type AT/2 is used between parapet wall and floor slabs for the
Theinsulated
thermal insulation
between insulated
balcony on site.
tween
balcony connectors
must be provided
transfer
of axial
shear forces
connectors
mustforces,
be provided
on site.and bending moments.
The distance
elements
according
to the
Applied
forces between
Service
loads is chosen
Design
loads
Applied forces
Service loads
Design loads
prevailing structural conditions. The thermal insulation be
(kNm)
8 8
12 12
Mx
Mx (kNm)
tween
insulated balcony
connectors must
be provided on site.
Vy (kN)
11
16
16
Fz (kN)
35
Example of admissible load combination
Fz
110
25
50
300
200
50
stirrups 10 mm to be provided on site

160
25
110
TY
25
300
stirrups 10 mm to be provided on
site
TYPE AT/2
WALL
48
48
Design
loads
insulation on site TY
300
axis distance
300
TYPE AT/2
12
80
M
(kNm)
8 combination
Example
ofxadmissible
load combination
Example
of admissible
load
11
V y (kN)
25
50
80
35
35
Service
loads
Mx
160
Vy
300
200
16
WALL
48
insulation on site
80
Fz (kN)
Fz (kN) forces
Applied
11
50
120
V y (kN)
Fz
Vy
80
13
cm
600
18
25.1
31.4
37.6
43.9
50.2
56.4
62.7
Number
of ribs
Service loads
13.2
16.5
19.8
23.1
26.4
29.7
33.1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8.8
17.6
26.3
35.1
43.9
52.7
61.4
70.2
79.0
87.8
MRd,max (kNm)
Madm,max (kNm)
6.3
12.5
18.8
25.1
31.4
37.6
43.9
50.2
56.4
62.7
Serviceloads
Design
V Rd (kN)
4.6 1 9.3 2 13.9 3 18.5 4 23.1 5 27.8 6 32.4 7 37.0 8 41.6 9 46.3 10 loads
Vadm (kN)
3.3
6.6
9.9
13.2
16.5
19.8
23.1
26.4
29.7
33.1
(kNm)
Madm,max
Madm,max
(kNm)7.38.8
6.3 14.6
12.5 22.0
18.8 29.3
25.1 36.6
31.4 43.9
37.6 51.2
43.9 58.6
50.2 65.9
56.4 73.2
62.7 Design
MRd,max
(kNm)
17.6
26.3
35.1
43.9
52.7
61.4
70.2
79.0
87.8
Service
loadsloads
Service
V (kN)
3.64.6
V(kN)
3.3 7.29.36.6 10.8
9.9 14.4
13.2 18.0
16.5 21.5
19.8 25.1
23.1 28.7
26.4 32.3
29.7 35.9
33.1 loads
adm (kN)
VRdadm
13.9
18.5
23.1
27.8
32.4
37.0
41.6
46.3
(kNm)
92.2
102.5 Service
MMadm,max
(kNm)10.2
8.8 20.5
17.6 30.7
26.3 41.0
35.1 51.2
43.9 61.5
52.7 71.7
61.4 82.0
MRd,max
Rd,max
(kNm)
7.3
14.6
22.0
29.3
36.6
43.9
51.2
58.670.2 65.979.0 73.287.8Design
loadsloads
Design
loads
V
(kN)
5.0
10.1
15.1
20.1
25.1
30.2
35.2
40.2
45.2
50.3
V
(kN)
4.6
9.3
13.9
18.5
23.1
27.8
32.4
37.0
41.6
Rd
Rd
Vadm (kN)
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.4
18.0
21.5
25.1
28.7
32.3
35.946.3
(kNm)
MMRd,max
(kNm)8.410.2
7.3 16.8
14.6 25.1
22.0 33.5
29.3 41.9
36.6 50.3
43.9 58.7
51.2 67.0
73.2 Design
Madm,max
adm,max
(kNm)
20.5
30.7
41.0
51.2
61.5
71.7
82.058.6 75.4
92.265.9 83.8
102.5
Service
loadsloads
Service
loads
V
(kN)
3.8
7.6
11.4
15.2
19.0
22.8
26.6
30.4
34.2
38.1
V
(kN)
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.4
18.0
21.5
25.1
28.7
32.3
35.9
VRdadm
(kN)adm
5.0
10.1
15.1
20.1
25.1
30.2
35.2
40.2
45.2
50.3
(kNm)
MMadm,max
(kNm) 11.7
10.2 23.5
20.5 35.2
30.7 46.9
41.0 58.7
51.2 70.4
61.5 82.1
82.0 105.6
MRd,max
Rd,max
(kNm)
8.4
16.8
25.1
33.5
41.9
50.3
58.771.7 93.9
67.0
75.492.2 117.3
83.8102.5
Serviceloads
Design
Design loads
loads
V Rd (kN)
5.33.8
V(kN)
5.0 10.7
10.1 16.0
15.1 21.3
20.1 26.6
25.1 32.0
30.2 37.3
35.2 42.6
40.2 47.9
Rd (kN)
Vadm
7.6
11.4
15.2
19.0
22.8
26.6
30.4
34.245.2 53.3
38.150.3
(kNm) 11.7
8.4
16.8 35.2
25.1 46.9
33.5 58.7
41.9 70.4
50.3 82.158.7 93.967.0 105.6
75.4 117.3
83.8 Design
Madm,max
MRd,max
(kNm)
23.5
Service loads
V adm (kN)
3.8
7.6 16.0
11.4 21.3
15.2 26.6
19.0 32.0
22.8 37.326.6 42.630.4 47.934.2 53.3 38.1 loads
VRd (kN)
5.3
10.7
11.7
23.5
35.2
46.9
58.7
70.4
82.1
93.9
105.6 117.3
MRd,max (kNm)
Design loads
V Rd (kN)
5.3
10.7
16.0
21.3
26.6
32.0
37.3
42.6
47.9
53.3
600
Rib height
120
Slab
Slab
thickness
FORCES V Y)
Slab
Rib
Applied
Number of ribs
thickness
height
forces
MAXIMUM
ADMISSIBLE
BENDING
MX MAX (AND shear
CORRESPONDING
SHEAR
forces vy)
Maximum admissible
bending
momentsMOMENTS
mx max (and corresponding
cm
cm
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
300
axis distance
www.cfsfixings.com
15-8
THERMOKORB
THERMOKORBSPECIAL
SPECIALSOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
BALCONIES
BALCONIESWITH
WITHUPSTAND/DOWNSTAND
UPSTAND/DOWNSTANDCONDITIONS
CONDITIONS
THERMOKORB SPECIAL SOLUTIONS
Thermokorb Special Solutions
1st
1stoption:
option:Type
TypeTKA
TKAV1V1ororV2V2
BALCONIES
WITH UPSTAND/DOWNSTAND
CONDITIONS
FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
Balconies
with upstand/downstand
conditions
ToTobebeused
usedpreferably
preferablyfor
forup
uptotomax.
max.
1st
option:
Type
TKAlength
V1
or V2
5 5ribs
ribs
per
per
1 1mmofofelement
element
length
To be used preferably for up to max.

1 m ofTKA
element
length
5 ribs perType
1st option:
V1 or
V2
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
FURTHER CANTILEVER REINFORCEMENT

CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
BALCONY
TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE
TO BE PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE

SLAB
SLAB
INSIDE
INSIDE
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
BAR
BAR
CANTILEVER BALCONY
To be used preferably for up to max. 5

ribs per 1 m of element length
CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
10
10mm
mm
SLAB INSIDE
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
MOUNTING BAR
CROSS BARS TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE, MIN. 10 mm
170
170
mm
mmTKA/V1
TKA/V1
OROR220
220
mm
mmTKA/V2
TKA/V2
2nd
2ndoption:
option:Type
TypeTK-Special
TK-Specialsolution
solution
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVERBALCONY
BALCONY
TO
BE PROVIDED ON SITE
SLAB
SLAB
INSIDE
INSIDE
b1 b1
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
BAR
BAR
CANTILEVER BALCONY
To be used for 6 and more ribs per 1 m of

element length
CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
10
10mm
mm
SLAB INSIDE
MOUNTING BAR
b11
100
100 mm
mm
SPECIAL
SPECIAL
TYPE
TYPE
BS8
BS8
( b(1 xb1hx1)h1)
SPECIAL TYPE BS8 ( b11 x h11)
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
CROSS BARS TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE, MIN. 10 mm
hh11
To be used for 6 and more

m of element
length
ribs per 1Type
2nd option:
TK-Special
solution
FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
100 mm
100 mm
h1
h1
ToTobebeused
usedfor
for6 6and
andmore
more
2nd option: Type TK-Special solution
ribs
ribsper
per1 1mmofofelement
elementlength
length
170 mm TKA/V1
OR 220 mm TKA/V2
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVERCONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONSTO
TOWALLS
WALLS
Cantilever connections to walls
1st
1stoption:
option:Type
TypeTKA
TKAV1V1ororV2V2
2nd
2ndoption:
option:Type
TypeTKTK-Special
Specialsolution
solution
1st option: Type TKA V1 or V2
2nd option: Type TK- Special solution
CANTILEVER CONNECTIONS TO WALLS

CANTILEVER
BALCONY
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE
CROSS BARS TO BE
PROVIDED ON SITE,
MIN. 10 mm

CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
BALCONY
b1 b1
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
BAR
BAR
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
BAR
BAR
MOUNTING BAR
MOUNTING BAR
SPECIAL
SPECIAL
TYPE
TYPE
BS5
BS5
( b(1 xb1hx1 xh1hx2)h2)
170
170
mm
mmTKA/V1
TKA/V1
OROR220
220
mm
mmTKA/V2
TKA/V2
170 mm TKA/V1
OR 220 mm TKA/V2
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
TO BE PROVIDED ON
CONSTRUCTION SITE
77
7
15-9
www.cfsfixings.com
SPECIAL TYPE BS5 ( b11 x h11 x h22)
b11
hh22
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE
2nd option: Type TK- Special solution
CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
10
10
mm
mm
h1
h1
FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
2
hh1h
1
h
2
1st option: Type TKA V1 or V2
CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
10
10
mm
mm
CROSS BARS TO BE
PROVIDED ON SITE,
MIN. 10 mm
AVI THERMOKORB
TK
Designation System For AVI

Insulated Balcony Connectors
DESIGNATION SYSTEM FOR
INSULATED
Type/AVI
Rn(G
or E) RH/DBALCONY
(Remark) CONNECTORS
Type/ Rn(G or E) RH/D (Remark)
Type
Type
Design of ribs
Number
of ribs
empty = element
Design
ofmribs
length 1
Number
R = element length of ribs
depending on
empty = element
number of ribs
length 1 m
R = element
/R length depending on number of ribs
TKM
TKA
TKM
/R
/R
/R /R
AT/2 parapet wall

element
/R
TKF
split element
Slab thickness
Remark
G = straight
RH (cm)
D (cm)
empty = no fire
protection
R90 = with fire
protection R120 =
with fire protection
Design of or
comRib height
E = bent up
pression strut
max. 9
G = straight
or
E = bent G/E
up
max. 9
G/E
max. 9
G/E
max.9 9
max.
G/E E
/R
Rib height
max. 9
RH (cm)
Slab thickness
D (cm)
11/13/15/17
empty = no fire
protection
R90 = with fire protection
16/18/20/22
R120 = with fire protection
11 (standard) and/or
16/18/20/22
11/ 13/ 15/ 17V1 orV2
1611/13/15/17
/ 18/ 20 / 22
/R90
13/15/17
11 (standard)
16/ 18/ 20 / 22 18/20/22
/R90
and/or V1 or V2
Special type
11/13/15/17
V1 or V2
11
16
13/ 15/ 17
18/ 20 / 22
/R90
/R90
Special type
V1 or V2
/R90
/R90
/R90
Examples:
TKM/
R6E 15/20 R90
TKM/ 7G 15/22
R90 insulation
centered
AT/2 parapet
/R
G
11
16
TKA/
4G
11/18
TKA/
5G
13/18
V1
wall element
TKF/ 9E 13/18
Examples:
TKM/
R6E 11/16
15/20 R90
TKM/ 7G 15/22 R90 insulation centered
AT/2
TKA/ 4G 11/18
TKF/ 9E 13/18
AT/2 11/16
Remark
/R90
TKA/ 5G 13/18 V1
Design of Compression Strut

The bottom leg of the stirrup is available in two variants:
DESIGN OF COMPRESSION STRUT
G straight (also for applied forces with +/- values)

Thebent
bottom
of the
is available
in two variants:
E
upleg
(e.g.
forstirrup
lattice
reinforcement
slabs)
G straight (also for applied forces with +/
values)
E bent up (e.g. for lattice reinforcement slabs)
600 mm
600 mm
600 mm
600 mm
TKM/G
TKM/G
TKF
TKA
split element
Design of
compression strut
TKM/E
TKM/E
120mm
TKA/G
TKA/G
STANDARD
STANDARD
170mm
600 mm
V1
120mm
TKA/E
TKA/E
600 mm
600 mm
220 mm
600 mm
220 mm
600 mm
V2
170mm
V1
600 mm
V2
Special
stirrup
shapesAT/2
different
fromwith
types
TKMcompression
and TKA are
possible.
Parapet
wall elements
are available
straight
struts
only.
Parapet wall elements AT/2 are available with straight compression struts only.
www.cfsfixings.com
15-10
STANDARD Type
TYPE
Standard
Description
DESCRIPTION
Number
mofofelement
element
length
(element
length
without
fire protection)
Numberofofribs
ribsper
per 1
1m
length
(element
length
without
fire protection)
200
600
200
TKM/2
TKM/2
TKA/2
TKA/2
200
300
300
200
TKM/3
TKM/3
TKA/3
TKA/3
100
300
200
300
100
TKM/4
TKM/4
TKA/4
TKA/4
100
200
100
200
200
200
200
100
200
100
TKM/5
TKM/5
TKA/5
TKA/5
100
200
100
TKM/6
TKM/6
TKA/6
TKA/6
100
100
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
200
100
100
TKM/7
TKM/7
TKA/7
TKA/7
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
TKM/8
TKM/8
TKA/8
TKA/8
100
100
TKM/9
TKM/9
TKA/9
TKA/9
Height of element
1000 mm
15-11
www.cfsfixings.com
RIB TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Rib
Type
Element length depending on number of ribs (minimum length without fire protection)
Description
Element length depending on number of ribs (minimum length without fire protection)
50 50
50
TKM/R1
TKA/R1
100
50
TKM/R2
TKA/R2
100 mm
50
200 mm
100
100
50
50
TKM/R3
TKA/R3
200
50
AT/2
300 mm
50
100
300 mm
100
100
50
400 mm
50
100
100
100
100
50
TKM/R5
TKA/R5
2 TKM/R5 or 2 TKA/R5
provide 10 ribs per metre
500 mm
50
100
100
500 mm
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100
100
TKM/R6
TKA/R6
TKM/R4
TKA/R4
600 mm
50
100
100
100
50
TKM/R7
TKA/R7
700 mm
50
100
100
100
100
TKM/R8
TKA/R8
100
50
Height of element
800 mm
Length of element
10
www.cfsfixings.com
15-12
AVI THERMOKORB
Design Of AVI Insulated

Balcony Connectors
DESIGN OF AVI INSULATED BALCONY CONNECTORS
The design program TK-BEM calculates and specifies the type of AVI
insulated balcony connectors for the loads. The program is available as an
Excel spreadsheet (version 2003 or higher)
The design
program
TK-BEM
calculates
andofspecifies
type ofbalcony
AVI insulated balcony connectors for the loads. The program
This
program
calculates
the different
types
the AVIthe
insulated
connectors in all common applications and can take into account moments
and
forces
along all in
three
axes. applications and can take into account moments and forces along all three axes.
balcony
connectors
all common
Download
www.avi.at
Download
underunder
www.avi.at
The AVI insulated balcony connectors are designed on 3

different calculation sheets. These sheets are launched
The controlled
AVI insulated
are designed on 3 dif
and
via balcony
a menu connectors
file.
ferent calculation sheets. These sheets are launched and
It is not possible to start the spreadsheets individually. In
controlled
via user
a menu
file.
is entered.
not possible
to start the
the
menu, the
name
canIt be
Furthermore
spreadsheets
individually.
In
the
menu,
the
user
can be
the user has options for how to start a new filename
and how
to
close the
program. the user has options for how to start a
entered.
Furthermore
new file and how to close the program.
In the start menu, the following spreadsheets can be

selected:
In the start menu, the following spreadsheets can be selected:
Balcony connections with types AVI-TKM, AVI-TKF and
AVI-TKA V1 and AVI-TKA V2
Balcony connections with types AVI-TKM, AVI-TKF and
AVI-TKA
Parapet V1
wall
connections
and
AVI-TKA V2with type AVI-AT/2 or with a
transverse single rib (TKA R1)
Parapet wall connections with type AVI-AT/2 or with a
transverse
Corbel connections
with R1)
types AVI-TKM and AVI-TKA.
single rib (TKA
Bracket connections with types AVI-TKM and AVI-TKA
The applied moments and forces along the 3 spatial axes
may be inputted by the user.
15-13
www.cfsfixings.com
15-14
www.cfsfixings.com
Well Void Tube
16-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Well Void Tube Round Profile
16-3
Well Void Tube Ovalised Profile
16-4
Seal Caps for Well Void Tube
16-5
WELL VOID TUBE

10
www.cfsfixings.com
16-2
Well Void Tube Round Profile

Mild steel or galvanised finish
Available in lengths up to 5 metres
Length tolerance 5 mm up to 250 mm internal diameter
Internal
External
Profiling
Weight
10 %
d2
rance
hp
CFS-WVR- 30
CFS-WVR- 40
CFS-WVR- 50
30
40
35
46
0.8
0.8
2.5
3.0
0.20
0.20
50
56
0.8
3.0
CFS-WVR- 60
60
67
0.8
CFS-WVR- 65
CFS-WVR- 70
CFS-WVR- 80
CFS-WVR- 85
CFS-WVR- 90
CFS-WVR-100
65
70
80
85
90
100
72
77
87
92
97
108
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
CFS-WVR-125
125
133
CFS-WVR-150
CFS-WVR-180
CFS-WVR-200
CFS-WVR-250
150
180
200
250
CFS-WVR-290
CFS-WVR-300
CFS-WVR-310
CFS-WVR-350
CFS-WVR-400
External
d2
rance
Profiling
Weight
hp
10 %
434
484
450
500
2.5
2.5
8.0
8.0
5.59
6.22
0.34
CFS-WVR- 450
CFS-WVR- 500
CFS-WVR- 550
534
550
2.5
8.0
6.96
3.5
0.46
CFS-WVR- 600
584
600
2.5
8.0
7.49
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.8
0.56
0.57
0.77
0.80
0.95
0.85
CFS-WVR- 650
CFS-WVR- 700
CFS-WVR- 750
CFS-WVR- 800
CFS-WVR- 850
634
685
735
650
700
756
2.5
2.5
2.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.12
10.99
11.78
CFS-WVR- 900
785
835
885
800
850
900
2.5
2.5
2.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
12.58
13.37
14.17
1.0
3.8
1.11
158
188
208
260
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
3.8
3.6
3.8
4.8
1.28
1.55
1.70
2.24
290
300
300
310
2.0
2.0
4.8
4.8
2.50
2.68
CFS-WVR- 950
CFS-WVR-1000
CFS-WVR-1050
CFS-WVR-1100
CFS-WVR-1150
CFS-WVR-1250
935
985
1035
1086
1130
1230
950
1000
1050
1108
1158
1250
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
14.96
20.16
22.30
24.36
25.48
27.70
310
350
400
320
360
410
2.0
2.0
2.0
4.8
4.8
4.8
2.80
3.11
3.55
CFS-WVR-1350
CFS-WVR-1500
1330
1480
1350
1500
4.0
4.0
8.0
8.0
30.20
33.28
Pull-Out Resistance
The resistance to pull out of these well-void tubes should
be considered over the length the tube within to the
punching cone of the anchor that is cast into the tube.
Part No
Pull-Out Resistance
kN per 100mm length of tube
16-3
Internal
CFS-WVR-50
21
CFS-WVR-60
25
CFS-WVR-70
29
CFS-WVR-80
33
CFS-WVR-100
35
CFS-WVR-125
44
CFS-WVR-150
52
CFS-WVR-200
70
www.cfsfixings.com
Well Void Tube Ovalised Profile

Mild steel or galvanised finish
Available in lengths up to 5 metres
Length tolerance 5 mm up to 250 mm internal diameter
D epth
Outer a/b
132 32
141 41
149 49
160 60
157 28
170 70
CFS-WVV-170-50
CFS-WVV-170-35
CFS-WVV-180-80
CFS-WVV-177-42
CFS-WVV-190-60
170 50
170 35
180 80
177 42
190 60
Tolerance
Pr ofiling Depth
hp
Weight
kg/m 10 %
WELL VOID TUBE
CFS-WVV-132-32
CFS-WVV-141-41
CFS-WVV-150-50
CFS-WVV-160-60
CFS-WVV-157-28
CFS-WVV-170-70
R
~
CFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVVCFS-WVV-
208 208
CFS-WVV-
www.cfsfixings.com
16-4
Seal Caps for Well Void Tube

Steel / plastic without rim
Steel
Plastic with rim
Plastic
Plastic
Without R im
Internal
Internal
Diameter
d1
External
Diameter
d2
With R im
Depth
t
Internal
Diameter
d1
External
Diameter
d2
Depth
t
d2
Depth
t
CFS-WVC-121
CFS-WVC-130
21.0
30.0
24.5
33.0
11.0
10.0
CFS-WVC-140
CFS-WVC-150
55
60
64
69
8
8
40.0
51.0
56.0
61.0
45.0
56.0
63.0
67.5
10.5
11.0
12.0
11.0
38
48
88
102
15.0
15.0
64
71
74
77
8
5
66.0
71.0
71.0
77.0
12.0
11.0
62
122
20.0
79
84
88
99
90
90
99
105
8
9
9
11
76.0
81.0
86.0
90.0
98.5
80.0
85.0
90.0
95.5
102.5
10.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10.0
77
96
138
162
20.0
20.0
CFS-WVC-120
CFS-WVC-125
CFS-WVC-150
119
124
130
129
11
10
123.0
127.0
15.0
122
188
20.0
149
155
17
147.0
153.0
15.0
147
213
20.0
CFS-WVC-200
CFS-WVC-250
CFS-WVC-290
CFS-WVC- 300
CFS-WVC- 310
CFS-WVC- 350
200
250
290
300
210
265
310
320
15
10
17
17
199.0
249.0
298.0
204.0
254.0
314.0
20.0
20.0
23.0
193
247
303
268
340
408
25.0
25.0
22.0
349
384
434
483
535
363
400
450
500
550
18
19
19
20
20
355
406
455
510
CFS-WVC-155
CFS-WVC-160
CFS-WVC-165
CFS-WVC-170
CFS-WVC-175
CFS-WVC-180
CFS-WVC-185
CFS-WVC-190
CFS-WVC-100
CFS-WVC- 400
CFS-WVC- 450
CFS-WVC- 500
CFS-WVC- 550
16-5
External
www.cfsfixings.com
21.0
32.0
WELL VOID TUBE
www.cfsfixings.com
16-6
rk systems
ecostal Permanent
R
Formwork for
Construction Joints
17-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
Structural Design
17-3
Standard Type RSH Horizontal
17-5
Standard Type RSH Vertical
17-9
Standard Type V
17-11
Jobsite Application
17-13

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
10
www.cfsfixings.com
17-2
Structural Design
DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA 2.8.2: Planning Principles

The type of joint must be specified in the starter pack drawings
recostal Starter Packs

type RSH and type RSV
Joint category
key profiled according
to DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA
DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA 6.2.5: Transfer of Shear Forces in Joints

EC 2 divides the type of joint surface into 4 categories. Trapezoidally profiled construction
joints represent the highest category with regard to the transfer of shear forces.
Roughness
coefficient
c 1)
Friction
coefficient
Strength
reduction
coefficient3)
key profiled joint
0.5
0.9
0.7
rough joint
0.4 2)
0.7
0.5
smooth joint
0.2 2)
0.6
0.2
0.5
0 4)
Type of surface according

to EC 2 6.2.5 (2)
very smooth joint

1)
2)
3)
4)
In case of dynamic or fatigue loading, concrete bond (adhesion) should not be taken into
consideration (c = 0).
Where tension occurs perpendicular to the joint due to strain, c = 0.
For concrete classes C55/67 the stated values are to be multiplied by factor (1.1 - fck / 500) with fck
in [N/mm] .
The friction proportion in Expression 6.25 may be allowed up to the limit of N 0.1 fcd for very
smooth joints.
Geometry of key profiled joints according to EC 2: recostal Starter Packs meet the
EC 2 requirements for the highest category key profiled.
Starter Pack Requirements according to DBV Bulletin

Type RSH
Starter packs without key profiled surfaces are to be classified as rough, smooth or
very smooth by means of analysis. Starter packs that are not categorized should
always be classified as joint category very smooth.
Concrete Cover for Starter Packs according to DBV Bulletin

For sheet steel starter packs that remain inside the construction, the concrete cover
should be determined referring to the most unfavorable section according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, Paragraph 4.4 with Table 4.4DE. The allowance for deviations cdev for the
sheet steel of the box may be reduced by 5mm.
Reduced Bar Tension
Type RSV
17-3
www.cfsfixings.com
According to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 8.3 (NA.5), the reinforcement surrounding sections of

rebending, while exposed to predominantly static loading close to the limit of the bearing
capacity, has to be determined with no more than 80 % of the otherwise permissible
values of the calculated stress-strain curve of the reinforcing steel according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, Fig. 3.8. The design value of the anchorage length lb,rqd for this type of starter
pack may, according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 8.4.3 GL (8.3), also be determined with the
reduced rated value of the bar tension fyd,red = 0.8 fyk / s.
Shear Force Longitudinal to the Construction Joint

[R1] Exp. 6.25: Design value of the shear capacity
Total bearing capacity = bearing contact area [concrete] + [friction] +
[reinforcement] max. bearing capacity
VRdi = c fctd + N + VRdi,s VRdi,max [N/mm2]
VEdi
a1
bi
VEdi
a1
a1
a2
bi
a1
Where
fctd = ct fctk;0,05 / c (with ct = 0.85 and c = 1.5 according to 3.1.6 (2)P);
N < 0.6 fcd (positive for stress and negative for tension);
VRdi,s = fyd,red (1.2 sin + cos) where = As / Ai and
fyd,red = 400 [N/mm2] / s (0.8 fyk at bending);
VRdi,max = 0.5 v fcd (no reduction to 0.3 VRd i,max)
a1 < 50 mm
Like a2 a1 50 mm may be taken into account for bi;

however, in this case, only the slighter roughness of
the starter pack box or the construction joint surface
should be considered for bi. Alternatively, the
individual width of the construction joint surface area
or the starter pack box with their respective surface
roughness for bi may be allowed for.
Table 1. Classification of joint surfaces according to [R1], 6.2.5

Type of surface
according to EC 2
6.2.5 (2)
2)
3)
4)
Strength
reduction
coefficient
v 3)
key profiled joint
0.5
0.9
0.7
rough joint
0.4 2)
0.7
0.5
smooth joint
0.2 2)
0.6
0.2
0.5
0 4)
very smooth joint

1)
Roughness
Friction
coefficient coefficient
c 1)
In case of dynamic or fatigue loading, the concrete bond (adhesion) should not be taken
into consideration (c = 0).
Where tension occurs perpendicular to the joint due to impact, c = 0.
For concrete classes C55/67, the stated values are to be multiplied by the factor
(1.1 - fck / 500) with fck in [N/mm].
The friction proportion in Expression 6.25 may be allowed for up to the limit of
N 0.1 fcd.
Shear Force Transverse to the Construction Joint

[R1] Exp. (6.2): Shear resistance without shear reinforcement,
including reduction by applying roughness coefficient c
VRd,c = (c /0.5) [0.15 / c k (1001 fck)1/3 + 0.12cp] bw d
where k = 1 +(200/d [mm]) 2.0 and c according to Table 1
[R1] Exp. (6.8): Shear resistance with shear reinforcement
VRd,s = (Asw / s) fywd z cot
where z = 0.9 d and/or z d - cv,i - 30 mm and fywd = fyk / s
t 20 mm
Wall to floor slab
Floor slab to floor slab
VEd
t 20 mm
a2 50 mm where
surface roughness
according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, 6.2.5 (see
Table 1)
Edge of concrete pour area,

[R1] DIN EN 1992-1-1 with DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA
Maximum acceptable shear with shear reinforcement

(very smooth joint not permissible): [R1] Exp. (6.9) for 90 bar
reinforcement, reduced to 30% in sections of rebending
VEd 0.30 VRd,max = 0.30 bw z v1 fcd / (cot + tan )
with v1 = 0.75 (1.1 - fck /500) 0.75
a1 < 50 mm
a2 50 mm where surface
finish is according to DIN
EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5
[R1] Exp. (6.7aDE): Reduction of the strut inclination, calculated with

reduction to 45 in the area le = 0.5 le cot d on either side of the joint
1.0 cot [(1.2 + 1.4cd / fcd)] / [(1 - VRd,cc / Ved)] < 3.0
where [R1] ] Exp. (6.7bDE): VRd,cc = 0.48 c fck1/3 (1 - 1.2cd / fcd) bw z
with c according to Table; cd = NEd / Ac > 0 as compressive strength!
Please note: The longitudinal reinforcement to be considered in Exp. (6.2)
is, according to the structural design, the one that is exposed to tensile
loads (e.g. c, d or e). Fig. d and e show the effective depth d to be reduced
by a1 due to the difficult concrete pour conditions of a1 < 50 mm in the stress
area.
5
www.cfsfixings.com
17-4
Standard Type RSH

type RSH
with trapezoidal profile
for transverse stresses.
RSH Starter Packs

recostal Starter Packs type RSH meet the requirements of DIN EN 1992-1-1 for the
highest surface category key profiled in the case of transverse loads.
Advantages
Strong, robust galvanised sheet metal starter packs, dimensionally stable

Cost and time effective installation, starter packs are simply nailed to the formwork
Easy removal of the sheet metal covers due to their special design
Trapezoidally profiled box for excellent bond
Various possible combinations provide a solution for all common installation details
The Decisive Factor for the Designer

recostal Starter Packs type RSH meet the requirements of the DBV Bulletin
Rckbiegen von Betonstahl und Anforderungen an Verwahrksten nach Eurocode 2
[Rebending of reinforcement steel and requirements for continuity strips according to Eurocode 2]
(issue January 2011) for the highest joint category key profiled in the case of
transverse stresses.
No national approval required!
Technical Data RSH Starter Packs

Trapezoidally profiled starter packs, joint category key profiled according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, highest shear force bearing capacity
Concrete reinforcement steel BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR according to DIN 488,
= 8 mm 14 mm (16 mm)
Diameter of bending rolls dbr 6 Ds in the section of rebending
8 standard profiles, bar widths 10 cm 22 cm, smaller or larger bar widths on request
Standard unit length L= 1.25 m, fixed lengths up to 2.50 m on request
Application
recostal Starter Packs ensure time-saving installation of secure connections between
steel reinforced concrete construction parts that are created with different pour
sequences. Therefore, floor slabs, walls or staircases can be installed subsequently
with rigid connections corresponding to the highest joint category key profiled.
The large variety of shapes offers the perfect connection for many different design
situations; special types for specific solutions are also available. The standard range
includes starter packs with 8, 10 and 12 mm diameter and L=1.25 m unit lengths. Unit
lengths exceeding 1.25 m, the production of special types and the combination with
waterproofing systems as well as solutions for entire projects are possible on request.
Increased Corrosion Protection

Type RSH is installed with a planned
25 mm recess
RSH active - Starter Pack

with active Waterproofing
RSH Starter Packs can be manufactured with an active
bentonite coating on both sides for the application in
construction joints exposed to water.
6
17-5
www.cfsfixings.com
s
*) Values for 12 mm
35 or 40*)
1.25 m
25 or 30*)
Standard
Type
RSH 12
RSH 14
RSH 16
RSH 18
RSH 20
RSH 22
Lap length
l0 (cm)
Bar height
h (cm)
Bar width
b (cm)
Effective depth
d (cm)
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
- 8/15
- 8/20
-10/15
-10/20
-12/15
-12/20
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
32
32
39
39
46
46
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
19
19
19
19
21
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
RSH 11
(mm)/
s (cm)
RSH 10
Reinforcement steel: BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR
Other shapes on request

7
www.cfsfixings.com
17-6
Standard Type RSH
Shear Force Transverse to the Construction Joint

Highest joint category key profiled

type RSH
with trapezoidal profile
for transverse stresses.
Determination according to:

DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA
DBV-Bulletin Rckbiegennach Eurocode 2
[Rebending according to Eurocode 2], January 2011
Determination Example - Acceptable Shear Force

Acceptable shear force without shear reinforcement, including reduction by applying
roughness coefficient c:
VRd,c = (c /0.5) [CRd ,c k (1001 fck)1/3 + k1 cp] bw d
(6.2.a)
Values
Definition
h = 20 cm
Height of the construction part
d = 17 cm
Effective depth
bw = 1.0 m
1m width of section
C20/25
Tab. 3.1
fck = 20 N/mm
c = 0.5
6.2.5 (2)
key profiled metal base
CRd ,c = 0.15/c = 0.10
(NA, 6.2.2(1)), Yc = 1.5
k = 1 +(200/170) = 2.08
k = 1 +(200/d [mm]) 2.0
1 = 7.54/(100 x 17)
= 4.435 10-3
(A sl/bw d) 0.02
determined with 12/15 cm = 7.54 cm/m, single
K1 = 0.12
NA, 6.2.2 (1)
cp = 0
No compressive stress in the concrete from axial

loading or prestressing
VRd,ct = (0.5/0.5) [0.10 2.0 (100 4.435 10-3 20)1/3 + 0] 1.0 0.17 103
= 70.4 kN/m
Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced,
the bearing values have to be reduced
accordingly.
17-7
www.cfsfixings.com
Shear Force Bearing Capacity (kN/m)

Shear force bearing capacity (kN/m) of slab to steel reinforced concrete wall connections without shear reinforcement depending
on the joint category and the steel cross section, if starter packs are used.
The values given in the table are subject to the

application of the entire anchorage and lap
lengths required according to EC 2.
Type
11
RSH 10
12
13
15
17
19
21
23
RSH 11
RSH 12
RSH 14
RSH 16
RSH 18
RSH 20
RSH 22
Bar
diameter/
centers
Joint category key profiled

VRd,c,kp
C 20/25
C 25/30
C 30/37
Effective
depth
d (cm)
Tabular values VRd,c in kN/m

All values have been determined for cp = 0
Joint category smooth

VRd,c,smooth
C 20/25
C 25/30
C 30/37
8/15
40.18
43.28
45.99
16.07
17.31
18.40
10/15
46.64
50.24
53.39
18.66
20.10
21.36
12/15
52.65
56.72
60.27
21.06
22.69
24.11
8/15
42.58
45.86
48.74
17.03
18.35
19.50
10/15
49.42
53.24
56.57
19.77
21.29
22.63
12/15
55.79
60.11
63.87
22.32
24.04
25.55
8/15
44.91
48.38
51.41
17.96
19.35
20.56
10/15
52.13
56.16
59.68
20.85
22.46
23.87
12/15
58.86
63.40
67.37
23.54
25.36
26.95
8/15
49.41
53.22
56.56
19.76
21.29
22.62
10/15
57.35
61.78
65.65
22.94
24.71
26.26
12/15
64.75
69.75
74.12
25.90
27.90
29.65
8/15
53.71
57.85
70.40
21.48
23.14
28.16
10/15
62.34
67.16
71.36
24.94
26.86
28.55
12/15
70.38
75.82
80.57
28.15
30.33
32.23
8/15
57.84
62.31
66.21
23.14
24.92
26.48
10/15
67.14
72.33
76.86
26.86
28.93
30.74
12/15
75.80
81.65
86.77
30.32
32.66
34.71
8/15
61.09
65.8
69.93
24.43
26.32
27.97
10/15
70.91
76.38
81.17
28.36
30.55
32.47
12/15
80.05
86.23
91.64
32.02
34.49
36.66
8/15
63.48
68.38
72.67
25.39
27.35
29.07
10/15
73.69
79.38
84.35
29.47
31.75
33.74
12/15
83.19
89.61
95.23
33.28
35.85
38.09
Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced, the bearing values have to be reduced accordingly.
www.cfsfixings.com
17-8
Standard Type RSV
Shear Force Longitudinal to the Construction Joint

Highest joint category key profiled
Determination Example - Shear Capacity
type RSV
with trapezoidal profile for
longitudinal stresses.
Total bearing capacity =

bearing contact area [concrete] + [friction] + [reinforcement] max. bearing capacity
Example: concrete C 20/25
Values
Definition
b = 17 cm
Shear force area
N = 0
Nominal compressive stress vertical to the joint NEd =

design value of the applied axial force or prestressing
which can act together with the shear force.
c = 0.5
c according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5(2) (key profiled)
= 0.9
according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5(2) (key profiled)
fctd = ct fctk;0.05 / c
= 0.85 1.5/1.5
= 0.85
Design value of the axial tensile strength of concrete with

fctk;0.05 = 1.5 N/mm according to DIN EN 1992-1-1,
Table 3.1 and c = 1.5 for concrete according to
DIN EN 1992-1-1, Table 2.1
ct = 0.85 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 3.1.6 (2)P
Asl = 10/15 double

= 5.24 x 2
= 10.48 cm/m
Cross section of the reinforcement transverse to the

joint, double
fyd,red = 0.8 500/1.15

= 348 N/mm
Design value of the reinforcement steel yield strength

with fyk = 500 N/mm according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 /
NA 3.2.2(3P) c = 1.15; reduced steel tension 80 % fyd
according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 8.3 (5)P
= 90
Angle of the reinforcement transverse to the joint
v = 0.7
v according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 6.2.2(6)
fcd = cc fck / c
= 0.85 20/1.5
= 11.33 N/mm
Design value of the characteristic cylinder strength with

fck = 20 N/mm according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, Tab.3.1 and
cc = 0.85 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, NA 3.1.6(1)P
and c = 1.5 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 Tab.2.1N
Bearing Contact Area - Concrete Bearing Contact Area - Friction

VRdi,c = (c fctd) = (0.5 0.85)
VRd, = ( N) = (0.9 x 0)
= 0.425 N/mm
=0
Bearing Contact Area - Reinforcement

VRd,sy = fyd (1.2 sin + cos ) = 10.48/(17 100) 348 (1.2 0.9 sin 90 + cos 90)
= 2.32 N/mm
Factor 1.2 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, NA 6.2.5
Total Bearing Capacity

VRdi = VRdi,c + VRd,sy < VRdi,max
> VEd
The values stated apply to full length
anchorage and lap lengths; if the lengths
are reduced, the bearing values have to be
reduced accordingly.
10
17-9
www.cfsfixings.com
VRdi,max = 0.5 v fcd

= 0.5 0.7 11.33 = 3.97 N/mm
= 3.97 10 0.17 = 674.9 kN/m
VRdi
= (0.425 + 2.32) 10 0.17

= 466.65 kN/m = applicable
< VRdi,max = 674.9 kN/m
17 cm
1.25 m
Standard
Type
RSV 8
RSV 18
Bar height
h (cm)
Bar width
b (cm)
Effective depth
d (cm)
- 8/15
32
17
11
-10/15
39
17
11
- 8/15
32
17
11
14
-10/15
39
17
11
14
-12/15
46
17
11
14
- 8/15
32
17
14
17
-10/15
39
17
14
17
-12/15
46
17
14
17
- 8/15
32
17
18
21
-10/15
39
17
18
21
-12/15
46
17
18
21
Table of the Bearing Capacity Applicable for the Shear Force Stress Longitudinal to the Starter Pack
The values given in the table are subject to
the anchorage and lap lengths required
according to DIN EN 1992-1-1.
Tabular values in kN/m
All values have been determined for Nd = 0
Determination according to:

DIN EN 1992-1-1 6.2.5 (6.25)
DBV Bulletin Rckbiegen von ... [Rebending] (Issue 2011)
Type of surface key profiled
Taken as:
N = 0; 45 90
Applicable:
max. Ved < VRd,i < VRd,i max
e. G. RSV 8 - 8/15 cm, max. Ved = 298.56 kN/m = applicable
Shear force
area b (mm)
Type
110
RSV 8
140
170
210
RSV 11
RSV 14
RSV 18
C 20/25
C 25/30
C 30/37
(mm)/
s (cm)
VRd,i galv
VRd,i galv max
VRd,i galv
VRd,i galv max
VRd,i galv
VRd,i galv max

654.5
- 8/15
298.56
436.21
307.91
545.55
314.13
-10/15
440.63
436.21
449.98
545.55
456.20
654.5
- 8/15
311.31
555.17
323.21
694.33
331.12
833.00
-10/15
453.38
555.17
465.28
694.33
473.19
833.00
-12/15
626.27
555.17
638.17
694.33
646.08
833.00
- 8/15
324.06
674.90
338.51
843.12
348.12
1011.50
-10/15
466.65
674.90
480.58
843.12
490.19
1011.50
-12/15
639.02
674.90
653.47
843.12
663.07
1011.50
- 8/15
341.06
832.76
358.91
1041.50
370.78
1249.50
-10/15
483.13
832.76
500.98
1041.50
512.85
1249.50
-12/15
656.02
832.76
673.87
1041.50
685.73
1249.50
RSV 14
Lap length
l0 (cm)
RSV 11
(mm)/
s (cm)
Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced, the bearing values have to be reduced accordingly.
11
www.cfsfixings.com
17-10
Standard Type V
recostal
Single Bar Starter Packs
type VHQ
1.25 m
Standard
Type
VHQ
s (cm)
Lap length
l0 (cm)
Centerss (cm)
(mm)/
- 8/15
32
15
- 8/20
32
20
- 8/25
32
25
- 10/15
39
15
- 10/20
39
20
- 10/25
39
25
- 12/15
46
15
- 12/20
46
20
- 12/25
46
25
Required box width (cm)
Graph for the Determination of the Production-Related

required Box Widths and Max. Producible l0-Lengths
Lap length l0 (cm)
Notes:
b: Production-related required box width for single bars. In case of double bar starter
packs, the respective value has to be doubled.
Example:
Type SB (double bar starter pack)
12, s = 15 cm, l0 = 50 cm required box width: 2 x 6.8 = 14 cm
12
17-11
www.cfsfixings.com
Special Types
recostal Special Types are made to specification and are available in many different shapes.
Production-related options can be derived from the graph on page 12.
Special types
Qty.
Diameter
Centers
Size
Height
(m)
(mm)
s (cm)
b (cm)
h (cm)
Lap length
l0 (cm)
Size
v (cm)
Size
a (cm)
Unit
length
L (cm)
SHQ

SWQ
SG
SR
SB
S2H
SRG
SKB
SKG
SKR
Special solutions and solutions for special projects on request

13
www.cfsfixings.com
17-12
Jobsite Application
recostal Starter Packs type
RSH and type RSV
Joint category key profiled
14
17-13
www.cfsfixings.com
Specification Example
Starter packs with trapezoidal profile for shear forces, key profiled joint according to Eurocode 2
Project:
Starter Packs
Position
Quantity/unit
1.0001
Starter packs made from galvanised sheet steel with trapezoidal

profile longitudinal to the unit according to EC 2 joint category
key profiled, to be supplied for the horizontal connection of
construction parts.
Price per unit
mm
Centers:
s=
cm
Bar width:
b=
cm
Bar height:
h=
cm
Bar diameter:
Total
Make: recostal type RSH

m
1.0
15
www.cfsfixings.com
17-14
Magnetic Formwork
Systems
18-1
www.cfsfixings.com
Contents
MagFly Technology
18-3
MagFly AP
18-4
Examples of MagFly AP Magnets with FlyFrame Formwork System
18-5
MAGNETIC FORMWORK SYSTEMS

10
www.cfsfixings.com
18-2
MagFly Technology
Patented system for efficient formwork
What is MagFly technology
Advantages at a glance
MagFly technology is a robust and compact magnetic.

The secret behind this technology is our patented foot &
spring system which makes positioning magnets and/or
shuttering precisely to the millimetre simple.
Extremely easy and precise positioning because the

magnet seems to glide on the tilting table or steel pallet.
In the neutral position there is an air gap between

the steel table and the magnet. This air gap means that
the full magnetic force of the magnet does not come
into play straight away, allowing it to be adjusted to the
desired position without clamping.
It is then activated by applying slight pressure. Only then
does the full magnetic force become effective, which can
be more than 30,000 N per magnet.
18-3
www.cfsfixings.com
Precise fixing of the magnet by lightly pushing it; only

then does the full magnetic force come into effect.
Simple visual checking to see if the magnet is sitting
properly.
All the painstaking hammering into position usually
required for rigging is dispensed with. This saves time,
reduces wear and saves costs.
Compact construction without steel boxes or casings.
Full utilisation of the magnetic force by direct and
positive connection between steel table, magnet and
shuttering.
MagFly AP
Lightweight magnet technology
What is MagFly AP?
Advantages at a glance
MagFlyAP is a development of the well-proven

MagFly universal magnet.
Good ergonomic design; it has low weight and the

new type of lever makes carrying and handling easy.
With an aluminium casing, high performance magnet

materials and an integrated adapter for MultiForm and
FlyFrame shuttering systems, the new system magnet is
powerful and lightweight.
Extremely light but strong.
With a magnetic force of 22,000 N and a weight of only

5.40 kg it has the best magnetic force to weight ratio of
its class worldwide.
The new MagFlyAP also offers integrated MagFly

technology for precise positioning.
Accurate fixing of the magnet by light pressure of the
hand.
The permanently mounted eccentric lever makes
additional tools for releasing the magnet unnecessary.
Compact design with integrated adapter for
MultiForm and FlyFrame.
MAGNETIC FORMWORK SYSTEMS
www.cfsfixings.com
18-4
Examples of MagFly AP Magnets

with FlyFrame Formwork System
18-5
www.cfsfixings.com
Version: April 2015

Construction Fixing Systems Limited
Unit 2A, Westfield Estate, Henley Road,
Medmenham, Marlow, Buckinghamshire SL7 2TA
Telephone: +44 (0) 1491 576466
Fax: +44 (0) 1491 578166
Email: sales@cfs-fixings.co.uk
www.cfsfixings.com

Precast Concrete Systems

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Precast Concrete Systems

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Precast Concrete Systems

A brief introduction to CFS

Analysis Discussion Action Result

However, the company is forever pushing to develop new

Lifting Systems Design Criteria

Spherical Head Anchors

Quick Lift Anchors

Cast-in Lifting Loops

Double Wall Lifting Anchors

Reinforcement Continuity Systems

Precast Panel Support and Restraint Systems

MOSO Precast Panel Suspension System

Precast Wall Connection Wire Rope Boxes

CVS Staircase Connectors

Precast Column and Wall Shoes,

Thermokorb Balcony Connector System

Well Void Tube

 ecostal Permanent Formwork for

Magnetic Formwork Systems

Quality and CE Certification

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

Construction Products Regulation (CPR) 305/211/EC

Lifting anchors, loops, eyes and chains are all covered

Fixing Sockets are covered

The requirements have been implemented in the

The CE marking on our fixing products shows that the

Factory Production Control Certificate

Initial Type Testing - Steel and Concrete

Determination of load capacity

Verified by Independent Technical Bodies

Manufacturing under Certified Factory

Manufacturing using Certified Raw Materials

Fixing and Lifting Instructions

How do you know if the CE mark is genuine?

Product marking is required by the Machinery Directive

Unfortunately even where products are marked with a CE

It is difficult in the case of lifting equipment such as this

M20 Socket with load class 2.0

Applied Load on Each Anchor

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

Spherical Head Anchors

Quick Lift System

This is an economic option

Selection of type within an anchor system

With these factors in mind, review the different types of

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

Angled Lift up to a spread of 90, or 45

Weight of the Unit, Fv

Number of lifting points, N

This should be the unfactored weight.

Two legged slings are statically determinate. N=2

Three legged slings are statically determinate provided

FG = V x FG = self weight [kN]

= specific weight of the

Typically =25 kN/m

Four legged slings are statically indeterminate. It must be

Typical Dynamic Impact Factor,

Stationary Crane, Mobile Crane, Rail-Mounted Crane

Lifting and transporting on even ground

Lifting and transporting on uneven ground

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

Demoulding Adhesion to Formwork

Adhesion coefficient, qadh

Double Wall Lifting Anchors

ecostal Permanent Formwork for

Electroplated or stainless steel

The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a

A pressed-plastic stopper prevents the penetration of

Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications

The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a

This socket provides the highest corrosion resistance as

Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications

Zinc plated or Stainless Steel

Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications